Ask the Scholar
Document scope · 1 page
Scholar
Ask about this object, its catalog metadata, its source description, or the page inventory.
For page-specific OCR and visual context, open one of the page chats.
Scholar Source Context
Document identity
localId
258225282
label
The Presidential Advance Manual, 1971
core
doc
dtoType
document
citationUrl
pageCount
1
Source metadata
id
258225282
contentType
document
title
The Presidential Advance Manual, 1971
citationUrl
collections
White House Staff Member and Office Files (Nixon Administration)
John W. Dean III's Files
thumbnailUrl
largeImageUrl
imageCount
1
hasImages
yes
source
import
hasTranscription
no
Source extras
naId
258225282
levelOfDescription
fileUnit
recordType
description
ocrSource
nara-archive
Single page context
seq
1
pageIndex
0
type
document
mediaId
4554de07a9e11bcb
ocrText
DOCUMENT WITHDRAWAL RECORD [NIXON PROJECT]
DOCUMENT
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
TYPE
SUBJECT/TITLE OR CORRESPONDENTS
DATE
RESTRICTION
N-1
manual
The Presidential advance
1971
c(nifor)
[DX*130]
manual 1971
PaRtially opened
1/2010
FILE GROUP TITLE
BOX NUMBER
JOHN DEAN
108
FOLDER TITLE
1970 Eanpaign File The Presidential Advance
manual, 1971 C Removed from Bender, ]
RESTRICTION CODES
A. Release would violate a Federal statute or Agency Policy.
E. Release would disclose trade secrets or confidential commercial or
B. National security classified information.
financial information.
C. Pending or approved claim that release would violate an individual's
F. Release would disclose investigatory information compiled for law
rights.
enforcement purposes.
D. Release would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of privacy
G. Withdrawn and return private and personal material.
or a libel of a living person.
H. Withdrawn and returned non-historical material.
ONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION
NA FORM 1421 (4-85)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Presidential Materials Review Board
Review on Contested Documents
Collection: John W. Dean III
Box Number:
108
Folder:
1970 Campaign File The Presidential Advance Manual, 1971
[Removed from Binder]
Document
Disposition
130
PaRtially opened
Retain Close Agency Policy
1/2010
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
DOCUMENT WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NIXON PROJECT)
DOCUMENT
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
TYPE
SUBJECT/TITLE OR CORRESPONDENTS
DATE
RESTRICTION
1
Manual
The Presidential Advance Manual, 1971
n.d.
As Possible B
The Standard Motorcade, Pages: Motorcade-7 through
Motorcade-8; The Parade Motorcade, Pages:
Motorcade-9 throught Motorcade 10, 4 PP. total
[Plans and requirements]
FILE GROUP TITLE
BOX NUMBER
WHSF SMOF John Dean
107 108
FOLDER TITLE
The Presidential Advance Manual, 1971
RESTRICTION CODES
A. Release would violate a Federal statute.
E. Release would disclose trade secrets or confidential commercial or finan-
B. National security classified information.
cial information.
C. Pending or approved claim that release would violate an individual's
F. Release would disclose investigatory information compiled for law
rights.
enforcement purposes.
D. Release would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of privacy or a
G. Withdrawn and return private and personal material.
libel of a living person.
H. Withdrawn and returned non-historical material.
GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
GSA FORM 7279 (10-79)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
THE PRESIDENTIAL ADVANCE MANUAL
1971
38714
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
IMPORTANT!!!
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD YOU EVER LET THIS
MANUAL OUT OF YOUR SIGHT. Never give, or even show, a copy
to the local committee or anyone else. When using this Manual, study
the pertinent portions which are applicable to a particular discussion
prior to your meeting. You should never make reference to this Manual
when discussing advance techniques with anyone other than another
Advanceman.
By the time of your first advance you should have committed to
memory a complete outline of your responsibilities and duties. Without
this basic know-how, coupled with a generous dose of common sense and
the ability to make discrete and diplomatic decisions, you cannot be an
Advanceman.
As an Advanceman you have an opportunity to make a real contri-
bution to the American political process at its best, and in winning- a
quiet sense of pride for your contribution will remain with you the rest
of your life.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MEMORANDUM
THE WHITE HOUSE
WASHINGTON
September 10, 1971
TO:
ALL ADVANCEMEN
FROM:
RONALD H. WALKER
RE:
ADDITIONS TO THE MANUAL #1
For your information:
The White House Switchborad 202/456-1414
Signal Switchboard
202/395-2000
Advance Office
202/456-2535
Advance Office Dex Number
202/395-4249
A. For those of you not familiar with the line-up of the Advance
Office, it is as follows:
Mike Schrauth is handling staff schedules. In my
absence, Mike is the man you should keep in touch
with regarding problems, questions and various input.
Also assisting us in the Advance Office are:
Karen Rietz
Julie Rowe
It is imperative when setting up your advance office
on the road that you brief your secretaries on the
players in the Advance Office in Washington.
B. The following changes and additions from recent memos have
been pulled together for insert into the manual.
1. Pre-Visit
a.
Advancemen must feed local color to the Advance
Office for speechwriters.
b.
Dex to the Advance Office (at least 24 hours before
the visit) three to five names for Presidential phone
calls. (see attached form)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-2-
C.
Weather and demonstrator reports must be dexed
to the Advance Office.
2. Finances
The Lead Advanceman must negotiate an arrangement
with the hotel management covering the President and
staff rooms. Dex this to the Advance Office.
3. Motorcade and Helicopters
a.
Mr. Haldeman always will ride in seat number 7
in the President's helicopter.
b.
Have a Quebec P-33 in the Pilot Car for the Tour
Director.
C.
In crowd situations, an advance car (not the route survey
car) must proceed the motorcade by about 10 minutes. A
complete report on what is along the route must be radioed
to the Lead Advanceman (using codes when appropriate).
A P-33 should be in this advance car.
d.
On all crowd situation motorcades, a map must be in
the Pilot Car for the Tour Director showing the location
of color (e.g. g. bands). A copy must be in the control car
for H. R. Haldeman with numbers only. The Tour
Director can refer Mr. Haldeman to the map and numbers
and tell him only about those groups he wants to.
e,
Always have a planned "spontaneous" stop along the
motorcade route which has been discussed with USSS.
Identify it on the Tour Director's map.
f.
If the President will be riding in a car other than a White
House car (100X or 800X, etc.) insure that the USSS has
the portable flag brackets and seal on the front door.
do
Local pre-publicity should state that the President's car
is third and has flags.
h.
The staff car should always be a nine passenger station
wagon and the WHCA bull horn men should ride in the rear.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-3-
4. Hotels
a.
All elevators must stop on all floors including the
President's.
b.
Always have a staff lounge and a continental type breakfast
in the morning. A T.V. should be in every staff lounge.
C.
No liquor ever in staff lounge or office.
d.
Have a room for Ollie Atkins and other photographers.
e.
When the President meets the hotel manager insure that
a White House photographer is present. Send the picture
to the manager.
5. Meetings and Ceremonies
a.
During outside ceremonial events, e.g. dam dedications,
do not play "Hail to the Chief" to get the President off the
platform. When he starts off, play up-tempo music. Clear
this with the Advance Office.
b.
If the President's remarks are to be carried live on T.V. or
radio, advise Tim Elbourne and Mark Goode as soon as you
get this information.
c.
In normal situations Steve Bull will move the President and
the Aide will stay with Mrs. Nixon. On military bases this
will be reversed.
6. Miscellaneous
a.
Airport meeting with GOP leaders will not be on board
S '76. If at the airport (e.g. g. manager's office) a tour of
S '76 might be appropriate. Other options are: the hotel
or a private residence.
b.
Arrangements should be made for the President to meet
the local press on all stops. Coordinate this with Tim
Elbourne and the Advance Office.
C.
Advancemen should always have a few extra Presidential
gifts in case Steve Bull or the Aide run out (include some
lady's gifts).
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-4-
d.
If no President has been to the city being visited,
advise the Advance Office.
e.
The Lead Advanceman should introduce new trainees to:
Walker, Chapin, and Haldeman, in that order.
f.
When a local political type is referred to in a schedule,
include full name, state and party affiliation.
so
In the event of live T. V. coverage, there should be a
T.V. monitor (set) with a direct feed from the local or
national network doing the event. The monitor should be
in the staff room for members of the President's traveling
staff who wish to view the President's remarks. This should
be coordinated with Mark Goode and WHCA operations. Make
sure you get good sound and good color quality.
7. Post-Trip
a.
T.V. and radio reports plus local newspaper clippings must
be sent to the Advance Office. The T. V. and radio reports
are due immediately following the broadcast. (see attached
form)
b.
In addition to submitting a list for Presidential thank-you
letters and cards, the Advanceman should submit the names or
titles of groups (e.g. g. bands, singing groups, color guards,
police units) or in some cases individuals to receive
Certificates of Appreciation.
c.
Trainee and trip reports must be submitted within 48 hours
after the trip. Also, the trainee's boss should receive a
Presidential thank you letter after the trainee's first trip.
d.
Expense forms must be completed and submitted to the Advance
Office immediately after the event. The Lead Advanceman
should carry expense forms with him for trainees.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
SAMPLE
RECOMMENDED TELEPHONE CALL
TO:
Mrs. Harry S. (Bess) Truman
RECOMMENDED BY:
Bill Timmons
Ron Walker
PURPOSE:
To pay respects while visiting Kansas City,
Missouri. Call should be made from Kansas
City.
BACKGROUND:
Senator Bob Dole recommended through
Bill Timmons that the President make a
side trip to visit former President Truman
while the President was in Kansas City.
TALKING POINTS:
1.
The health of the former President.
2.
Great pleasure to be able to visit
Kansas City.
3.
Express regret at not having time
for a personal visit.
July 3, 1971
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
REPORT ON COVERAGE OF PRESIDENTIAL EVENTS
(BY NET NAME)
-- Event / Location being covered
-- Station call letters
-- Location of station
-- Network affiliation (if applicable)
-- Lead story (if not President, give length of lead)
-- How did they get into report? Report voice over? President?
Crowd scene?
-- Crowd report. How many shots of the crowd? How did it look -
enthusiastic, cheering, dead? Estimate of crowd size given?
If so, what was it?
-- Did the report show the President speaking? Voice over? Direct?
-- A general feeling for the whole report - very positive, positive,
straight, negative.
-- Any negative comment? Any strong plusses?
-- Length of report.
*NOTE:
The above is a guide or format for the advanceman's use
in reporting coverage. There is no need to include the
question in your report. Simple yes/no answers are not
sufficient.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
CONTENTS
I
Preface
II
Introduction
III
Encyclopedia of Advance Techniques
IV
Committee Chairmen
V
Financing
VI
Communications WHCA
VII
Crowd Raising
VIII
Press - Television
IX
Airport Arrival
X
Motorcade
XI
Rally Techniques
XII
Overnight
XIII
Other Events
XIV
Case Studies
XV
Thank Yous
XVI
State Contacts
XVII
Appendix
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Preface
I PREFACE
The purpose of this manual is to describe briefly the functions of the
Advanceman and to set forth certain principles and guidelines that
are necessary to insure the maximum effectiveness of every
Presidential event.
Chapters 2 and 3 detail general procedures, policies and the guiding
philosophy for a Presidential advance.
Chapters 4 through 13 are intended to be a "living" repository of proven
and effective ideas and techniques essential to a good advance. It
obviously is not exhaustive. Since the creativity of each Advanceman
will enable us to expand this encyclopedia of knowledge, when proven
new ideas are submitted, they will be added to the manual. If an
Advanceman attempts to deviate from proven advance techniques he
must be sure they are appropriate and right.
Chapter 14 consists of case studies of three different types of
Presidential events (a) the political event; (b) the non-political
event; and (c) the international event.
The balance of the manual provides useful information required or
potentially needed for successful advancing.
At all times, you must remember that the results of your work will
affect not only the President of the United States, but a significant
segment of the population. In short, do not under estimate the
importance of your functioning as an Advanceman.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
ard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
II INTRODUCTION
What is Presidential advancing ?
Advancing is the exhaustive, detailed planning that makes every
Presidential trip and appearance seem to be an effortless success.
It involves an incredible diversity of activities: organizing the efforts
of local citizens anxious to welcome President Nixon; publicizing the
President's impending visit; deciding where and how the President
will go; working with the White House support team to find the best
parking places for airplanes, helicopters and motorcades; coordinating
with the White House Communications Agency the audio/visual require-
ments; assuring crowd-filled auditoriums, motorcade routes, and
airport welcomes with the right amount of "jazz, 11 spontaneity and
dignity; arranging for the right people to be in all the right places at
the right time; meeting with governors, mayors and business leaders
and telling them what to do in a way that convinces them that they are
doing exactly what they want to do; and above all, anticipating potential
problems and having solutions available.
What is a Presidential Advanceman?
He is the leader of a highly professional and dedicated team of
White House experts. He is the President's personal representative
and in most cases is the first tangible contact the local people have
ever had with the White House. Thus his authority and responsibilities
are awesome. He possesses a rare combination of characteristics and
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 2
abilities: he is the decision maker graced with a tremendous amount
of common sense and good judgement; he is diplomatic yet forceful;
he has the ability to anticipate and think of things in their total context
and not get bogged down in petty details, he is resourceful and has a
unique ability to organize people, things and his own time; he has the
answers; in short, he can get the job done in a manner becoming a
personal representative of the President. Yet the Presidential
Advanceman must accomplish these things in an anonymous fashion --
he must have a passion for anonymity -- giving gladly all the credit
for a successful visit to the local people.
The Influence and the Responsibility
Advancing the President is one of the most rewarding and most
difficult jobs a man can undertake. Designated to serve as the personal
representative of the President of the United States, the Presidential
Advanceman simultaneously assumes tremendous influence and respon-
sibility. During the course of planning and conducting a Presidential
appearance or visit, the Advanceman may delegate some of his power to
the team he directs, but the responsibility -- the full responsibility -- -
for the final outcome of the event is his alone.
During every advance he works, a Presidential Advanceman is
frequently the first direct contact any American citizen has with the
White House. Except through the distant, impersonal medium of television,
millions have never seen the President, or Air Force One or even a
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 3
representative of the President. To all of these Americans, the Advance-
man represents the awesome authority of the President. The Advanceman
must quickly recognize the wide latitude that this suddenly acquired authority
gives him and then use it effectively and with one purpose -- to serve one
man, the President.
The only textbook for this job is a thorough knowledge of techniques
proven successful in the past. Yet, never forget that every Presidential
appearance is unique in some respect. The ever-changing requirements
make common sense an Advanceman's most important asset.
The Team
The Advanceman's White House contact is the Tour Office.
Beginning with the basics of the proposed site, date and reasons for
a Presidential appearance, it is the Tour Office which is the Advance-
man's key source for all necessary information. The Advanceman
submits to the office tentative schedules for final approval, questions
relating to the event and all matters requiring Presidential level
mediation or a decision. An Advanceman should not feel that he is
losing control if he has to ask the White House for advice or assistance,
and he should keep the Tour Office up-to-date on the progress of the
advance. On the other hand, he must not bother the White House with
trivia he could handle himself. Call for necessities, not for niceties.
Working with the Presidential Advanceman in every instance is
a team of elite professionals, each of whom is an acknowledged expert
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 4
in his field. They are:
Military Aide
Secret Service Advance Agent
White House Communications Agency Representative
White House Press Office Advance Representative
The President's Television Consultant
At times, the team may also include Air Force One and Marine One or
Army One advance representatives, a White House doctor, and in many
cases, a representative from the White House Speech Writing Group.
As head of this team, the Advanceman coordinates all information
provided him by these experts and uses it to make all major decisions
affecting the advance. Because of the great number of decisions an
Advanceman must make all day, every day, even the most experienced is
going to make some wrong decisions. The only avenue to success when
this happens is to acknowledge a mistake as soon as it becomes apparent
and correct it immediately. Personal pride, stubbornness or fear of
embarrassment can never be allowed to influence an Advanceman or
hinder a Presidential advance.
Personal availability is a major responsibility of the Advanceman.
The team is trained to come to the Advanceman with both facts and
questions and they expect immediate decisions and answers. An
Advanceman who is unavailable for even a few hours is sure to find his
entire operation seriously bogged down -- the team cannot and should
not operate without his direction.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 5
So that team members can function at peak efficiency at all times,
it is up to the Advanceman to hold daily breakfast and evening meetings
to keep everyone posted on his regular telephone conversations with the
White House SO that they know immediately when plans concerning their
activities are confirmed, changed or cancelled.
How the Team Operates
Because he is completely responsible for the final outcome of
an event, it is necessary that an Advanceman understand in broad terms
the general functions, capabilities and procedures of his team members
and of the agencies they represent.
The Military Aide assists in the execution and planning of most
of the logistic requirements. It is he who can come up with the airplane
and helicopters, who can advise of travel times and distances and the like.
Matters pertaining to the military should be coordinated by the
Military Aide's Office. If it is nothing more than the initial contact with
the Commanding General or the Base Commander, the Aide's Office
should make the initial contact, in the long run it will expedite any
matters where you need assistance. The Military Aide, in most cases,
follows the President in uniform, and is available to attend to the needs
of the President. In case of a purely political event the Military Aide's
public and visible duties may be limited.
The Secret Service Advance Agent makes all arrangements
relating to the security of the President and the First Family. He
helps the Advanceman determine such factors as indoor and outdoor
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 6
walking routes and motorcade routes to be used and discreetly checks
into the activities of the local law enforcement agencies. But, he
should not become directly involved with the local political situation
except when Presidential safety is involved.
The Secret Service has an awesome responsibility, and the
Advanceman must be understanding of his specific role.
The White House Communications Agency (WHCA) representative
assumes overall responsibility for providing all communications, audio-
visual, and support equipment. In short, WHCA establishes an arm of
the White House Communications Net on the scene. It provides for radio
and telephone communications between advance team members and the
White House. WHCA arranges for the necessary sound, lighting, and
power requirements. WHCA can get the job done but the Advanceman
must keep them constantly informed of all requirements and changes.
The White House Press Office Representative is Tim Elbourne.
He determines the physical and logistical requirements needed to
insure adequate press coverage. It is the Advanceman's responsibility
to insure that these requirements are met and ready. The Advanceman
consults him for recommendations on the staging of an event, particularly
with regard to the manner in which it will be covered by the press. The
Advanceman must never forget that the final outcome of any event is
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 7
determined to a great extent by the manner in which the press interprets
it. Experience suggests that if the President were to give the most
moving speech of the decade without adequate provisions for press
coverage, it could conceivably be received with indifference. The
press officer provides expertise to prevent such a reception.
The White House Press Office representative has a tremendous
responsibility. He coordinates all the movements of the White House
Press Corps during the Presidential trip. The Advanceman should
always consult the Press Office representative on any arrangements
being made for the White House Press Corps.
The President's Television Consultant is Bill Curruthers.
Bill is assisted by Mark Goode, Special Assistant to the President
for Television. Mark is a full-time member of the White House
staff and provides the Advanceman with recommendations on the
staging of an event in order to achieve maximum television coverage.
Mark will help the Advanceman determine the best way to cover an
event. He also will coordinate the efforts of the Navy Photographic
Team.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 8
The Volunteers
In addition to this professional team, every advance also involves
a second team, a group of enthusiastic, local volunteers. Some of these
volunteer groups are efficiently organized and are of great help to the
Advanceman. Others are not. Regardless of the actual value to him, the
Advanceman must always encourage the participation of large numbers of
local volunteers in planning committees, poster painting committees, etc.
He should create the impression that it is the local organization that does
all the work and deserves all the credit for a successful Presidential visit.
Whenever he is assigned an event by the White House, the advance-
man will receive the name of the prime contact in the community to be
visited by the President. If the event is a political rally, the prime contact
might be the County Republican Chairman. In the case of a non-political
event, such as a speech to an industrial group, the contact might be the
president of the industrial organization sponsoring the function. Ideally,
the Advanceman should arrange to channel all local volunteer efforts
through this individual so that he can direct all instructions to one man
and get all the local information he needs back from the same single
individual. This is easier than working directly with a multitude of strangers
However, if for some reason the prime contact cannot be used to serve
this purpose, the Advanceman must find some way to diplomatically and
discreetly circumvent the original contact and unofficially substitute a
capable assistant.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 9
Ideally, a prime contact is a man who himself has contacts in
as many places as possible -- he should be someone who can get things
done quickly. He is a backup for the Advanceman. It is vital to have
quickly available the phone numbers of all relevant poeple SO that little
time is wasted trying to find someone who is needed.
The Schedule
The Advanceman plays an important part in preparing the
schedule (see Appendix for examples). This document guides the
President and his party from the time they leave Washington until
the time they return. It has to be accurate down to the last minute
and detail. It has to be SO thorough that the President and his party
could go through the event in its entirety should something happen
suddenly to the Advanceman. In other words, the schedule is the
difinitive document that allows the Presidential event to stand and
proceed by itself. There can be no deviation from this schedule
unless there is full concurrence on the part of the Tour Office and
the Advanceman. The schedule itself is determined through the
joint efforts of all members of the advance staff and all members
of the advance staff have to be thoroughly familiar
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 10
with its content. Most of the information is confidential and the finalized
version receives only limited distribution within the White House. It is
never given to the press. The Press Advanceman prepares a separate
press schedule that approximates the one just discussed but deletes
significant pieces of information.
Remember Details, Television Does
Every Presidential appearance is at least partially symbolic in
nature. Both. the live and television audiences will have their interpreta-
tions of what is happening affected by a multitude of factors such as the
size, nature and temperament of the crowd, the response of the audience
to the President's remarks, and even by such apparently insignificant
factors as the manner in which the hand signs are painted, the appearance
of the hall and the quality of the decorations. The Advanceman must insure
that all of these factors work to the advantage of the President and he must
always remember that the televised effect takes top priority. Though
thousands may be in the live audience they are a small group compared
to millions of television viewers.
Remember, if the press can find an opportunity to photograph an
area in the vicinity of the President where there is an absence of people
they will imply that no one liked the President enough to come out and
see him. Principle No. One of Advancing: It is much better to stuff
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 11
6000 people into a 5000 person auditorium than 20, 000 into a 30, 000 seat
auditorium, because if the press sees empty seats instead of saying
that 20, 000 people showed up they will say that 10, 000 didn't.
NOTE:
Where the Advanceman wants spectators to stand and
where the spectators themselves want to stand do not
necessarily coincide. Spectators like to stand where
they can see. From the Advanceman's point of view,
this is an absurd notion. They should stand where they
can fill space and make the area look crowded for the
benefit of TV and press cameramen.
Never Assume Anything
An Advanceman must never assume anything.
Do the members of the audience know to rise when the President
enters the room? The Advanceman makes sure they do. He spots people
throughout the audience who will rise.
Does the audience know to clap when the speech is finished?
The Advanceman plays it safe. He puts people on the dais who will
stand and lead the applause at the conclusion of the Presidential remarks.
On the date of the scheduled appearance, will anything be happening
in town that could interfere with the President's visit? The Advanceman
finds out. He checks every available source and then keeps checking.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Introduction - 12
Just because the White House initially says Air Force One will
land at Airport X, an Advanceman still has the responsibility of per-
sonally investigating Airport X to determine its suitability for a
Presidential arrival. If an Advanceman believes Airport X is unsuitable,
he tells the White House why and suggests an alternate landing site.
Just because the President is coming, the Advanceman never
assumes a crowd. He makes certain that a general audience is invited --
and makes equally certain that the Presidential motorcade does not tie up
rush hour traffic anymore than necessary -- remember, voters are in
those cars.
TheAdvanceman plans all day, every day and he plans for all
contingencies. He even plans what must be done in case of rain, snow
or sleet when such weather is a meteorological rarity.
No Room For Doubts
The few men who have the opportunity to read this manual have
been judged to have the ability, interest and desire to make a significant
contribution to the Nixon Administration in the capacity of Presidential
Advanceman. The exceptional demands of the job cannot be overemphasized.
Anyone who at this point has any doubts about his ability to fill the role will
best serve the White House and himself by stopping here.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Encyclopedia of
Advance Techniques
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
III ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ADVANCE TECHNIQUES
Organization of Committee Chairmen
How the Advanceman works with the Overall Chairman to
coordinate all activities
Description of various types of people required for
specific chairmanships
Financing
Local organization responsible for all costs -- those of the
event as well as living expenses of the Advanceman
Communications - WHCA
When and how to use radio, telephone, and record communications
Description of all WHCA provided communications equipment
and audio-visual support
Crowd Raising
Organizing telephone campaign
Handbills
Feeding news releases to local communication media to assure
maximum free publicity
When all else fails, how best to buy advertising from papers,
radio, and TV
Press - Television
The White House Press Corps
The local Press Corps
Providing operational facilities for both groups
Utilizing television for our advantage
Airport Arrivals
Crowd placement and direction
Planning for spontaneous remarks by the President
Building crowd enthusiasm with pre-arrival program
Assembling the Reception Committee
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Encyclopedia - 2
Motorcade
Standard rules
Standard Motorcade
Parade Motorcade
Motorcade requirements
Rally Techniques
Decorating the hall
Staging the President's arrival
Sound systems
Bands
Hand signs
Choral groups
Overnight
How to arrange and what to do
Other Events
Meetings
Receptions
Dinners
Thank you letter procedure
Who the President writes thank you letters to
Example of form for list of names
State Contacts
Key people must be contacted
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Chairmen
Committee
at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
IV COMMITTEE CHAIRMEN
Organization
Recalling that the function of an Advanceman is that of an
organizer or manager rather than a performer of the multitude of tasks
that need to be accomplished, it is absolutely essential that he organize
the local volunteers to perform these duties. Once an Advanceman has
established his schedule and is ready to go to work, the first thing he
should do is meet and discuss with his prime contact the need for various
committee chairmen. Neither the Advanceman nor the prime contact can
be expected to perform the 1000 or SO details in arranging for a Presiden-
tial visit, so they must seek as helpers dependable, enthusiastic and loyal
people, anxious to become involved in the President's visit. Each one
must be made to feel that his or her job is the most important of all. To
reiterate, the primary functions of the Advanceman are to exercise
command, watch for mistakes, and at all times anticipate and not try
and do everything himself.
In nearly any situation the existing mechanism for planning and
implementing the event will be insufficient. This will be the case even
when there is an entire County Republican organization with which to work.
Therefore, it will be necessary to restructure and, in some cases, to
build from scratch, an organization that is task-oriented and is concerned
only with the outcome of the Presidential visit.
In meeting with the prime contact, the Advanceman should first
discuss the type of chairmen he is seeking and give him a brief descrip-
tion of the duties each individual will be expected to perform. This will
better prepare him to select the best qualified individual for each
particular job.
The ideal organization is one in which there are a number of
committee chairmen all reporting to the prime contact with whom the
Advanceman is working. Each one of the committee "task" chairmen
is charged with the responsibility of a certain aspect of the visit. The
following are some suggested task functions for which there should be
a chairman when required:
Overall Chairman
Task Chairman
Telephone
Handbill
Poster
Press
Printing
Signs and Banners
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Chairmen - 2
Event or Rally Chairman
Airport Chairman
Sub-Chairman:
Physical Facilities
Crowd Ushers
Decorations
Program
Entertainment
Platform
Parking
Out of Town Coordinator
Motorcade
VIP Chairman
Hotel
There may be any number of sub-chairmen reporting to any one
of these task chairmen. The philosophy behind this structure is quite
simple: delegate as much responsibility to as many responsible people
as possibľe, but at the same time maintain control through as limited
a channel as possible.
In some cases, until the first meeting with the prime contact,
the Advanceman will not know what the requirements are for the event.
Consequently, he will not be able to telephone ahead to ask the prime
contact to line up committee chairmen. What he can do, however, is
to request the prime contact to begin recruiting responsible people who
will ultimately be assigned one of the positions of responsibility just
listed.
During the Advanceman's private meeting with the prime contact,
one of the items on the agenda will be assignment of these recruits
to their respective positions. Then, the Advanceman and his prime con-
tact should sit down with each individual chairman and brief him on his
responsibilities, making each one feel he has the most important job.
Also, he should be sized up as to his ability to perform.
As noted before, the need for any one of the chairmen listed will
depend upon the nature of the function. In multiple event stops, such as
a public airport arrival and a downtown rally, many of the chairmenships
must be duplicated. Following is a brief discussion of the responsibili-
ties of each of these principal chairmen:
Overall Chairman
Frequently, but not always, the prime contact becomes the
Overall Chairman of the visit.
NOTE: The prime contact in many cases is the State Chairman,
National Comm tteeman, President of an organization,
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Chairmen - 3
etc., and does not always have time or the energy to act
as Overall Chairman. If, in the Advanceman's opinion,
this is the case, the Advanceman should encourage the
appointment of a bright shining local star, eager to make
a name for himself, as the Overall Chairman.
Your prime contact is generally a person with numerous con-
tacts and has the clout to accomplish anything. If he details the major
responsibilities of the visit to another individual, he should still be kept
informed on a daily basis what progress is being made and if there is
any situation in which help is needed, call on him. You are keeping him
involved this way.
The Overall Chairman must be a leader and capable of dealing
with the various committee heads. He should have an unlimited amount
of time to devote to the pending visit. If he doesn't have the time, despite
his qualifications and enthusiasm, he is obviously not the man.
The Overall Chairman must establish a smooth chain of command
and make sure everyone is on the right track, checking many times daily
for status and progress reports. The Advanceman and Overall Chairman
should meet as often as necessary, but daily reports are a must.
It cannot be emphasized enough that the Overall Chairman is
the person through whom the Advanceman must work as much as possible
and even though he will meet with the various committee heads from
time-to-time, he won't have time to personally supervise their every
activity and must rely on the Overall Chairman to do this.
Telephone Chairman
The Telephone Chairman must be able to recruit, direct and
firmly control the large corps of volunteers who will make the thousands
of telephone calls which will urge individual members of the community
"to turn out" to welcome the President. This must be an extremely
dependable individual, able to perform a thankless task that is grueling
and demanding. The success of any event is dependent to a large part
on the success of the telephone campaign.
Handbill Chairman
The Handbill Chairman must arrange for volunteers to distribute
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Chairmen - 4
at least 50, 000 (often more) handbills, all during the two to three day
period just prior to the rally. Hundreds of volunteers are needed. This
Chairman should have youth contacts and have the ability to produce.
Naturally, he will also be responsible for the actual printing and pro-
duction of the handbills.
Poster Chairman
When ordering handbills, it is smart to order 500 to 1, 000
36" X 24" posters (enlarged cardboard-backed versions of the handbills)
that can be put in store front windows, bulletin boards, on telephone
poles, in the lobby of hotels, public buildings, etc. The Poster Chair-
man will be in charge of the deployment of these signs and will need
contacts and volunteers similar to those required by the Handbill Chair-
man. His volunteers, however, probably should be old enough to drive
(an aid to distribution) and be mature enough to use discretion in placing
the posters.
Press Chairman
This Chairman should have some press background and be able
to help the White House Press Advanceman build a publicity program.
This individual is VERY important and must be totally loyal and compe-
tent. He will be spokesman for the event so that the Advanceman can
remain anonymous. He is not to be given a free hand, however, the
Advanceman will have to screen the content of his news releases to insure
that times are correct and that the tone is appropriate. Any inquiries
from the press made to the Advanceman or any other member of his staff,
or to the local organization, should be referred to this Press Chairman
or the White House Press Office. A major responsibility of this Chairman
is to have printed and issue press credentials for the local media covering
the event.
The Press Chairman should be kept on a tight rein. Creativity
should be encouraged only in relation to finding new ways for publicity.
Printing Chairman
This Chairman must be able to coordinate and obtain the pro-
fessionally printed material required -- handbills, credentials, tickets,
posters, banners, directional signs, information signs, etc. His respon-
sibility does not include distribution other than getting the finished printed
material to the proper person such as the Handbill Chairman, etc. The
Printing Chairman must get a loyal printer who will maintain strict
confidence regarding the nature of our order.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Chairmen - 5
Signs and Banners
This Chairman should have contacts with large numbers of teen-
agers. He is responsible for arranging sign-painting parties where
thousands of signs can be made and then he must distribute them accord-
ing to the directions of the Advanceman.
Event or Rally Chairman
The Event or Rally Chairman has the responsibility for directing
and coordinating the multiple efforts required to successfully implement the
event or rally the President is attending. He must be dependable, intelligent,
creative, resourceful and above all, an excellent administrator. His is
a major responsibility and requires the active assistance of various sub-
chairmen. These sub-chairmen should report directly to the Event
Chairman.
Airport Chairman
The Airport Chairman's functions are similar to the Event Chairman
in that he is responsible for structuring and controlling a multifacetted
affair. He must be able to coordinate the efforts of numerous sub-chairmen
and volunteers.
Sub-Chairmen
The following sub-chairmen encompass most of the task functions
required to successfully implement an event, rally or airport arrival. The
actual event will determine which or all of them are required.
Physical Facilities Chairman
This Chairman must be "can do" "nothing is impossible" type. His
responsibility is to construct the rally or event site to the Advanceman's
specifications. He must be able to obtain a myraid of equipment and laborers
on a moments notice, including such diverse items as flatbed trucks, portable
bleachers, thousands of yards of rope, oil drums, etc.
Crowd Ushers Chairman
The Crowd Usher Chairman must be able to recruit, direct, and
firmly control a large corps of volunteers to monitor, direct and place (not
necessarily where they want to go) large numbers of people.
Decorations Chairman
This Chairman may or may not have some artistic ability but must
have the contacts and imagination to decorate a hall, an auditorium, a gym-
nasium, etc., so as to present a colorful atmosphere -- large banners,
signs, bunting, pictures and balloons should be useful.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Chairmen - 6
Program Chairman
This individual has the total responsibility for developing the
program for the event, especially that portion that takes place prior to
the President's arrival and participation. It is surprising how often the
matter of a program is overlooked. This Chairman's responsibilities
include the recruitment of a Master of Ceremonies. However, it is
strongly recommended that the Advanceman personally approve the choice
of the MC to insure that he is suitable in all respects to host an event in
which the President of the United States will participate.
Certain considerations include:
a. General appearance
b. Personality
c. Temperance (no joke--find out if the proposed MC
has a tendency to bolster his courage with alcohol)
d. Previous experience.
In addition to recruiting the MC, the Program Chairman will
schedule speakers and entertainment up to the time of the President's
arrival.
Entertainment Chairman
This individual should have numerous contacts with high school
bands, radio disc jockeys, TV personalities, etc., so that he can be
called upon to provide entertainment to round out a program of speeches
and introductions.
Platform Chairman
The Platform Chairman must be both very diplomatic and firm.
He coordinates and helps with the seating of those individuals who are
selected to sit on the platform with the President. He will be at the
event to receive these people and make sure they are properly taken
care of.
To briefly describe his problem, if people were given their
choice, everyone would sit on the stage and no one would be in the
audience. Further, a lot of people will come forth with good reasons
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Chairmen - 7
why they should be on stage. As much as possible, the Advanceman
should let the Platform Chairman handle the situation. The Advance-
man should avoid having to say "no, " but he shouldn't let the Platform
Chairman say "yes. 11 The Secret Service can help, because they will
have a list of platform guests and only those people will be allowed on
stage. The Platform Chairman is responsible for establishing the
arrival time for those to be on the platform, getting their credentials,
making the place-cards for their chairs, etc., BUT HE SHOULD NOT
SEAT HIMSELF ON THE PLATFORM.
Parking Chairman
This is an extremely important function -- if people come to see
the President and cannot find parking or get stuck in a crush, a real
tragedy exists. Therefore, the Parking Chairman must recruit a large
number of volunteers to coordinate and direct the parking in conjunction
with the local police. The Parking Chairman should also arrange to have
parking ushers identifiable (arm bands, flashlights, etc. ). He should
also provide parking directional signs (arrows, etc. ). This chairman
should produce a logical parking plan and implement it.
Out of Town Coordinator Chairman
This Chairman should be an individual who has a lot of contacts
out of town. Primarily, his job will be to make phone calls and encour-
age those in out-lying areas to get together busses and box lunches and
come to see the President. Then he must continually check up on the
progress of these plans and provide any necessary assistance.
Motorcade Chairman
This must be a dependable person who has access to a lot of
vehicles. He will also help with labeling and getting people into the
right vehicles. He will work in conjunction with the Secret Service
and the Advanceman.
VIP Chairman
This Chairman takes care of the issuing of credentials and dis-
siminating information to the VIPs. He makes sure special guests
know where and when they should report to get VIP treatment. All
VIPs should be referred to him -- he should have all authority in
this area.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Chairmen - 8
Hotel Chairman
On those occasions when there is an overnight stay by the
President and his party, particularly in a political situation, the hotel
arrangements play an important part. The Hotel Chairman will work
closely with the Press Advanceman in establishing press facilities and
a press room, and with the Advanceman and the Military Aide in making
arrangements. This is an important job because in the case of an over-
night, offices must be established so the White House can continue to
function on the road. The Hotel Chairman must be willing to perform
some menial tasks and must be blessed with great resources of energy,
patience, and a sense of humor.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Financing
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
V
FINANCING
The single most important problem every Advanceman faces
on every advance is the matter of financing. This section of the
Manual concerns itself with two portions:
A. Event Financing
B. Personal Financing.
Event Financing
The matter of who pays the bills is an extremely complicated one and
is a matter that must be broahced right at the start. During an Advance-
man's first meeting with the organization key contact, it is advisable that
he lay the matter out on the table and discuss it openly.
For a political event, unless the Advanceman has received specific
information to the contrary, he assumes the local organization hosting the
event will pay all the expenses involved, and they should be told this.
Specifically, expenses to be paid locally will include all costs incurred in
rental of the hall, hiring entertainment, sending out invitations, placing
advertisements and the costs for all event-related hotel accommodations,
including those of the Advanceman and the Presidential party. If the
President is appearing on behalf of a local Republican candidate, the local
organization will pay for the cost of flying Air Force One from Washington
to the rally destination.
To make matters even more difficult, an Advanceman soon dis-
covers that many vendors and local businessmen have an inherent distrust
of political organizations and will demand cash on the line.
In many cases the local organizations have meager resources and
they will be dependent upon a few generous loyal Republicans. However,
it is not the Advancemen's job to go out and solicit funds. That responsi-
bility belongs to the County Chairman or the head of whatever organization
is hosting the event.
In initial talks with the key contact, during which the event will be
discussed and a general attack planned, it is important that agreement
be reached regarding certain basic requirements including necessary
crowd-raising techniques, potential halls for the -rally, and the hotel
where the party will stay. On the basis of these initial discussions, the
Advanceman should make a rough estimate of the funds required. The
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Financing - 2
subject of finances should come up right after the key local contact has
agreed that all of the factors relating to the general event that you have
just discussed are indeed necessary. There are some crafty County
Chairmen who have had many years of practice in feigning horror,
disbelief, innocence or shock when advised that they are responsible
for the financing. This obligation, however, is not unknown to them.
Before the Advanceman even arrived on the scene they undoubtedly
suspected that their organization would be asked to incur the expenses
involved in the event.
This whole situation is extremely delicate and, in some cases,
the local organization will not, in fact, have the funds the Advanceman
considers necessary to do the job.
At that time the Advanceman will have to make some very quick
judgements and consider where it may be possible to pare the budget
without sacrificing the outcome of the event. The existence of this
situation should be determined by the Advanceman early in the planning
stages and he should notify the Tour Office immediately.
Once the Advanceman has received the commitment for the money,
he should get a billing address where bills can be sent. He, himself,
should avoid handling money. Additionally, he should avoid signing any
receipts for property -- the responsibility for the loss or damage of
which would then accrue to him.
Along the same line, the Advanceman should avoid paying out
of his pocket for items or services related to the event because it will
be next to impossible to get reimbursement from the local organization.
Instead of cash he should give the vendor or whoever it is demanding
money the billing address provided by the local contact.
Personal Financing
On any advance, be it a political or non-political event, an Advance-
man's personal expenses will be paid through the Tour Office. An
Advanceman is requested to use moderation and good sense with regard
to personal expenses. While he is not expected to consume all his
meals at a drug store lunch counter, it should be understood that the
funds are just not there to provide wine and filet mignon for every meal.
The same applies to hotel rooms. Although it is accepted, if not
encouraged, that he rent a comfortable hotel room, he needn't lodge
in the most expensive and elegant suite that the hotel has to offer.
When traveling by airplane an Advanceman is expected to purchase
coach or tourist tickets rather than first-class.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Financing - 3
An Advanceman will get the local organization to incur his living
expenses. The easiest way to facilitate the absorption of a hotel bill
by the local people is simply to give the hotel the billing address that
was provided. If the hotel has a nice restaurant, the Advanceman should
eat as many meals there as he can and put them on his hotel bill.
Although an Advanceman is usually provided with a signal phone
in his room from which he can make telephone calls, there may be
occasions when it is necessary to make a long-distance call from a
private telephone. The costs for such job-related calls may be reflected
on his expense report.
For certain events Advancemen are issued Air Travel Cards that
may be used for charging airline tickets. When air tickets are charged,
the Advanceman must append a copy of the ticket to his weekly expense
sheet SO that a record may be kept. In cases where an Air Travel Card
is not used, particularly in the case of a non-political event, Advancemen
are given a government air travel ticket. All that is necessary in this
case is to make a reservation on the desired airline. The ticket will
enable the holder to fly to the destination previously noted on the ticket.
Prior to departing on an advance, every Advanceman is provided
with a weekly expense form which he should subsequently submit for
reimbursement for his personal expenses. Any unusual expenses, includ-
ing extraordinary entertainment bills, should be fully explained in the
section provided. The completed forms should be signed and submitted
to the Tour Office which will review them and direct the funding officer
to draw up the check for reimbursement which will be mailed to the
Advanceman at the address indicated on the expense sheet.
Notes on Financing
Prior to leaving for an advance the Advanceman should discuss
the matter of who is responsible for the finances with the Tour Office.
As stated in this chapter, frankness and honesty are essential
in your dealings with the sponsoring organization. It is wise to take
notes on any discussions regarding finances. Very often after a trip
an amazing thing happens -- the prime contact often "forgets" various
financial agreements and commitments.
A recurring problem this past year has been the responsibility
of the sponsoring organization to assume the cost of locally obtained
sound, power, and lighting facilities. WHCA often must obtain these
additional resources -- and they are expensive. Therefore, the
Advanceman must get definite financial agreements from the locals to
assure covering these costs.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Communications
WHCA
VI
COMMUNICATIONS - WHCA
Introduction
Communication is the Lifeline of the Advanceman
1. An Advanceman's radio is the closest and best means to contact
the various members of his advance team. He should always have it
and it should always be turned on.
2. Trivia and nonsense communications of any kind should be avoided
when using the radio. It is one of the most sophisticated systems in the
world and one should not take advantage of it.
3. It is important that the Advanceman be aware of the don'ts in
using his radio:
a. Don't talk about demonstrators.
b. Don't talk about crowd estimates.
C. Avoid unnecessary talk once the Presidential party has arrived
d. When you have doubts about a subject, don't use the radio
use the land line (telephone).
e. Jokes are not funny over the radio.
f. It is important to remember that there are a lot of people
monitoring these transmissions and an Advanceman should say
nothing that would discredit himself or the Presidential
operation.
g. Always use an ear piece when the Presidential party has
arrived because the sound of a DCN travels far and loud.
A conversation could not only be distrubing to the President
and the staff, but could be overheard by the press.
h. The Advanceman should be totally and completely aware of
traffic on Sierra prior to the President's arrival. Traffic
should be kept to a minimum by all stations, including WHCA,
Air Force One Advance and locals. There is too much
happening to be talking trivia -- use the radio only when
absolutely necessary. Ear pieces should be worn at all times
during the President's visit. Good Advancemen should always
be aware of radios without ear pieces in the area of the
President and GET THEM TURNED OFF.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Communications - 2
Background
The White House Communications Agency (WHCA), an element
of the Department of Defense, was formed as the White House Army Signal
Agency in 1942 and has the responsibility for providing communications for
the President of the United States, First Family, the White House Staff,
the United States Secret Service and others as may be directed by the Preside
List of Services Provided
For ready reference, the WHCA provides the following type
services, which are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this section.
a. Voice Communications - Telephones, switchboards
b. Record Communications - Teletype; all security classifica-
tions, courier service
c. Audio-Visual Support - Recording, lighting, public address
systems, etc.
d. Radio Communications - Base stations, hand-held radios,
phone patches, etc.
The WHCA will always have a Trip Officer at a trip site. All
requirements for communications services should be forwarded to
this Officer.
Voice Telephony
The WHCA, in most cases, will provide an operator-attended
switchboard which will function on a 24-hour per day basis from the
day it is placed in service. This switchboard has the capability to
terminate a maximum of 150 extensions, if required, and has the
capability of extending users to other cities, states, and countries via
the White House Signal Switchboard.
The switchboard has the additional capability of interfacing
radio calls with telephone subscribers, providing dial service (operator
or subscriber dialed), and furnishing service to other switchboards,
i.e., hotels, police departments, hospitals, etc.
There are times when it is not practical to provide a switchboard.
In these instances, the WHCA endeavors to install Message Business (MB)
or Flat Business (FB) type service to satisfy the telephone requirement.
Simply stated, MB or FB service is regular dial service and operates
like commercial service in any residence.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Communications - 3
In order to provide required telephone service on a timely basis,
it is required that the WHCA Trip Officer be furnished the following
information at the earliest practicable time:
a. A complete list of all personnel to accompany the
President. This list to include room assignments.
b. A list of all areas that will be visited by the President.
This enables them to plan adequate communications
services.
Since the major efforts involved in installing complete telephone
services are performed by commercial telephone companies, overtime
and union problems, etc., may occur. To avoid this whenever possible,
it is incumbent on the Staff Advanceman to notify the WHCA Trip Officer
as soon as possible of all schedule changes, rooming changes, additions
or deletions of agenda items, personnel, etc.
It is imperative an Advanceman keep the switchboard informed
of his location at all times in order that changes from the staff may be
disseminated as they occur. Locator service is a vital function of every
trip.
All Staff Advancemen are to inform their trip staff that the
TELEPHONE SHOULD NEVER be used to discuss CLASSIFIED or
PRIVILEGED INFORMATION.
Record Communications
The WHCA is required to provide record communications for
the President and the White House Staff. Simply stated, record com-
munications consist of teletype and cryptographic machines. This
method of communication can afford secure transmission of any secur-
ity classification. Staff Advancemen should avail themselves of this
means of information exchange. It is secure and provides a written
record of a communication between the staff advance and the White House.
The Communications Center must be in the same hotel as the
President or Presidential staff. To that end, Staff Advancemen should
be prepared to aid the WHCA Trip Officer in acquiring a room 10' x 12'
to be available for use as a Communications Center and classified
storage area.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Communications - 4
In addition to the secure means of transmission detailed above,
the WHCA provides a non-secure means of graphic transmission/
reception which can transmit an 8 X 10 page of information in six
minutes.
At trip sites, the WHCA also provides a courier service used
primarily to move classified documents and material.
Audio-Visual Support
The WHCA provides all audio-visual support for the President
of the United States. This support consists of providing lecterns, micro-
phones, lighting, public address systems, audio distribution for news
services, and the recording of all Presidential speeches.
Since all efforts expended in the speech environment, both public
and private, are directly used by the President and other dignitaries,
and are instrumental in projecting the President's image visually and
orally, it is imperative that these requirements be made known and
identified at the earliest possible time. The Advanceman should always
survey a speech site in the company of the Communications Officer in
order to identify any problems as soon as possible.
At a minimum, the WHCA will provide the following support:
a.
Public address system at the arrival and departure airport.
This is a standing requirement even if a speech or statement
is not scheduled. In the arrangements for the airport, the
system is installed and available but concealed if no address
is scheduled. If the President should decide to speak, the
microphones can be brought out in a matter of a few seconds.
These microphones will be mounted on a stand-up microphone.
b.
The WHCA will provide the lectern and microphones to be
used by the President. This is a custom built lectern for
the President. No other will be used except in an emergency.
c.
Adequate lighting (250 foot candle) of the dias area in
sufficient intensity for color TV and color movies will be
provided by WHCA. Also, lighting the main crowd area
(150 foot candle) which we expect the cameras to shoot
from the camera platform, that includes both in front of
the dias and behind.
d.
Public address systems are normally furnished by the host
organization. However, any such systems must be approved
by the communications officer and its installation coordinated
with him. Also, sound amplification for the band playing
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130(2pp) (2 PP ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION
NLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Communications - 6
Both types of radio transceiver enables two-way conversation
between an individual equipped with a radio and the base station operator,
switchboard operator, or between another radio equipped subscriber.
Additionally, there is available for issue a receive only system
which is also on the Staff net. This system is called the Page-Boy
system. A call is received by a subscriber only when his number is
dialed and precludes the subscriber from having to monitor all calls
on the net. The Page-Boy unit is a very effective means of communi-
cations and the unit itself is considerably smaller than a two-way radio.
Brevity in transmission is important to preserve availability of
the net for other traffic. The most frequently used code signals and pro-
words, together with their meanings, are shown below:
Code Signals
Meaning
22
Telephone location or person
designated in message.
76
Leaving the net. Should be followed
by a location, time, duration, or
other contact instruction.
77
Entering the net. May be followed by
destination.
78
What is your location, or my location
is
Pro-Words
Meaning
Over
End of my transmission. Response
expected.
Out
End of my transmission. No response
expected.
Roger
Your transmission received and
understood.
Wilco
Your message received, understood,
and will comply with your request.
It must be assumed that all radio transmissions are vulnerable
to interception; therefore, NO CLASSIFIED or PRIVILEGED information
should be discussed.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
VII
CROWD RAISING
Any Advanceman learns very quickly that as long as there is a
crowd present, even if all else fails, a meeting can still be a success.
On the other hand, even if an advance is technically perfect but there
are empty seats, the meeting can be a total failure. So, it's important
to pick the right size hall.
Generally the hall should never exceed 5, 000 to 7, 000 capacity,
even in a large city, and it should not exceed 2, 500 capacity in a town
of less than 100, 000 people. When in doubt, the rule is to always go for
the smaller size auditorium or hall. A good Advanceman rapidly develops
a sixth sense which enables him to judge almost instantly just how well
the local organization is prepared to produce.
Helpful in attracting crowds to an airport are news stories and pho-
tos featuring the President and the First Family, Cabinet Members and
other Presidential guests, Air Force One, Helicopters -- Marine One and
Army One and background (Advancemen are furnished press packages
containing such information on these military units and photos, as well
as information on the pilots.) The reception given these aircraft is
amazing, and in many towns this information can get front page coverage.
If Air Force One is to land at a military installation, the Base
Commander should be encouraged to allow his personnel time off to greet
the President, and to encourage all their families to come.
Keep in mind that in the large cities it is possible to fill halls
that hold 8, 000, 10, 000, and even 15,000. But don't forget the central
point: The Crowd is merely a backdrop for the media reports. There-
fore, a packed house is the important thing. For example, 6, 000 over-
flowing a place that holds 5, 000 people is much more impressive than
10, 000 in a hall that holds 12, 000 people.
An important basic of successful crowd building: Every notice
of the event, written or verbal, should give the starting time as being
at least one-half hour before the real time of the event to insure that the
crowd is there and waiting when the President arrives.
Crowd-building for the main meeting of a Presidential trip is,
therefore, most important. The backbone techniques of crowd-building
(and each is equally important), are:
A. Telephone Campaign
B. Publicity and Advertising Campaign
C. Handbills
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising - 2
A. Telephone Campaign
It is important to organize a telephone campaign to turn out the
crowd for every public meeting. The Local Chairman cannot allow the
calls to be made from the party workers' homes. Instead, the operation
should be centralized in one room with numerous phones SO the operation
can be well supervised to insure the maximum number of completed
calls. The Telephone Chairman will often want to use a brokerage house
phone after hours. This is not a good idea. The phones are needed from
9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
The telephone campaign should start four days before the meeting
(earlier and the telephone message may lose its impact. ) Four 3-hour
shifts should be organized, i. e., 9:00 a.m. to noon; noon to 3:00 p.m.;
3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m.; and 6:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. A minimum of 15
phones should be used. Many more are desirable if there are enough
volunteers to make it practical. Have a supervisor for each shift.
Telephone Campaign Checklist
Call every Republican voter. If there are no prepared telephone
lists and it is impossible to obtain them, use the telephone book -- this
method is better than no telephone campaign at all. When the committee
is short-handed, only exchanges in districts with a LARGE GOP regis-
tration should be called.
The Advanceman may also approach the local Chief Operator at
the Telephone Company, and arrange for the information operators, in
their professional manner, to look up the numbers of the GOP mailing
list. They should be paid for their assistance. These numbers can be
picked up early every morning for that day's phone operation. In many
cases this is better than using the phone book.
The Telephone Chairman should supply as many volunteers as
possible and then the number recruited determines the number of phones
that should be installed. Volunteers should be given directions to locate
the telephone headquarters, a sample message, and, if necessary,
arrangements should be made to transport the volunteers to and from
telephone headquarters.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising - 3
Do not expect a volunteer to work more than one shift of three
hours, because the work is quite arduous. Besides, you want them to
come back.
Give each shift a quota of calls to make and instruct them to
deliver the message with a minimum of conversation. Have a contest
between shifts with a prize for the one who makes the most calls.
Casual visitors to the telephone headquarters should be discour-
aged and only those having direct business with the callers should be
admitted to the telephone room.
Have light refreshments (sandwiches, coffee, etc. ) available
for the volunteers.
Provide a supervisor for each shift.
Avoid press coverage of the telephone activity. The telephone
operation should be set up in an out-of-the-way location.
Telephone Headquarters Checklist
Ask the Telephone Company to assign numbers not in sequence to
the phones to be used by the volunteers. Also, ask the Telephone Company
not to put the assigned numbers on the dial of the phones used, and to
keep those numbers unlisted. The numbers of the phones used should be
given only to the shift supervisors. These measures are intended to
prevent the phones from being tied up by persons outside the operation, and
to guard against any outside attempt to disrupt the operation.
Contact the Telephone Company early enough to insure installation
of phones well in advance of the four-day period before the meeting.
WHCA has nothing to do with this operation, it is strictly a local effort.
Have two phones installed for incoming calls and for regular use.
The numbers of these phones should be listed and furnished to all volun-
teers for family and business contact purposes.
Make sure the supervisor of each phoning shift knows whom to
contact at the phone company if trouble should develop with the mechanical
operation of the phones.
The suggested message to be delivered by the volunteers should
be fastened near each phone. In addition, the same message should be
printed in large letters at several locations in the telephone room on the
walls. Make sure each such copy of the message is totally accurate.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising - 4
Touch Tone Phones: Have these new phones installed if possible --
they are faster and easier to use.
Notes on Message Preparation
The message should be short (not more than 30 seconds). The
volunteers must be reminded that their job is not to have a conversation,
but to deliver a message. Each call should be completed in one minute
or less.
The message should be positive. It should include the name of the
organization calling, the President, when and where the meeting will be
held, a mention of any added attraction and the main facts should be
repeated.
Sample Message
"Hello. This is Sally Jones calling for the Republican State Com-
mittee to invite you and your family to see and hear the President of the
United States, Richard Nixon, June 6 at 8:00 p.m. in the Memorial Audi-
torium. Won't you help our community give the President and Mrs. Nixon
a warm welcome. That is this Friday night, June 6, 8:00 p.m. at
Memorial Auditorium
there is no charge and plenty of parking space. "
With a minimum of conversation, plus dialing time, one call
should be completed every minute. Each volunteer should complete 60 calls
per hour. Therefore, with an efficient 15-telephone operation, 12 hours a
day, it is possible to complete 10, 800 calls per day, or 43, 200 calls in
the four-day campaign. Anything less than a 15-phone, well-disciplined
operation is not productive. Often a fifty-phone operation, delivering
over 140, 000 messages in four days is easily obtainable if the Advanceman
effectively puts the technique across and sees that the telephone campaign
is well implemented by the Telephone Chairman. The telephone campaign
must be used as standard operating procedure for every advance of a
Presidential visit.
Running a telephone campaign is a "real drag, 11 but it is absolutely --
REPEAT, ABSOLUTELY ESSENTIAL.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising - 5
PUBLICITY
Publicity and promotion are important parts of overall planning
and staging of a Presidential visit or event. Publicity, when the Presi-
dent is involved, is vastly different from promoting a candidate or local
bazaar. You will find that local news media--newspapers, radio, TV--
are usually hungry for information. And they will use nearly anything
worthwhile that is given to them by the Press Chairman.
Accordingly, the tactic is not "How can we get this into the paper?"
but rather "When do we want this to appear? " in order to achieve maximum
assistance in crowd raising and total impact of the visit.
The bywords are PLANNING AND CONTROL.
The Press Kit
The Press Release Kit which is provided each Advanceman contains
basic information and photos on the President, the First Family, Marine
or Army One, Air Force One, and biographical material and photos on
pilots and Cabinet members. You will find this material will be used by
many publications and can be ultra helpful in crowd-building and creating
excitement of the visit within a community.
Appropriate photos and biographies should be given to the Press
Chairman SO he may distribute them to the local news media in accordance
with a news release plan.
The News Plan
At the outset of an advance, the Advanceman should take inventory
of all events and stops and determine where and when help is needed from
the news media. From this basic accounting, he outlines a news release
plan.
This plan should be discussed with the Chief Advanceman and the
White House Press Office for its basic content and release scheduling.
Almost always, the initial announcement of a trip and the basic itinerary
will be released from the White House in Washington. Once the basic
announcement is made from the White House, possible stories from the
local angle might be:
1. Announcement of visit.
2. Story on some details of the visit.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising - 6
3. Story on all details of the visit.
4. Pictures of local workers--decorating a hall, making
homemade signs, human interest pictures and stories.
5. Wrapup story on the entire visit, including the President's
plans before and after the visit.
6. Should a parade-type motorcade be planned, then the route
should be published in the paper--showing a map--after
carefully clearing it with the Secret Service.
Following the establishment of a news plan, the next step is to
meet with the local Press Chairman and outline the news release plan
to him. If any stories must be written, the Local Chairman should write
them for your approval. There is often a tendency for the Local Chairman
to "dump" all of your hard news at one time--remember, however, the
local papers will use much of what you give them--so draw it out for as
many new news leads as you can figure out.
Deadlines
When formulating the overall release plan, it should be considered
that the press works on various deadlines. If you want a story to appear,
for example, in the morning papers (AMs), the story should be released
in the afternoon of the day before. If you want a story to appear in the
afternoon papers (PMs) it should be given to the paper by 10:00am of the
day you want it to appear. For TV stations the deadline is usually 2 - 3
hours before the local news show. Radio doesn't present serious dead-
line problems because of the "spot" nature of their news shows.
Sample Deadline Schedules
Morning Papers (AMs) - Release story in late afternoon. Deadline
is usually 7:00-10:00pm the night before,
depending on the size of the paper.
Afternoon Papers (PMs) - Release story early morning of the day
paper is to appear. Deadline is usually
10:00 - 11:00am.
Weeklies - Most weeklies appear on Tuesdays or Thursdays. For
Tuesday papers, copy should be released on Saturday.
For Thursday edition, copy should be submitted on
Monday or Tuesday before noon.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising - 7
News Release Tips
News releases should be prepared as if the story will appear in
the newspaper exactly as you submitted it. While you will find that large
AMs and PMs will usually rewrite the story, weeklies and smaller PMs
most often will not.
Releases should be prepared with the most important material
high up in the story or in the lead, as stories are usually cut from the
bottom. Often an AM paper will not use material that was given to a PM
the day before (this is due to depleted news value as well as a certain
amount of jealousy). Always check circulation figures of a PM paper
before letting them break a story first, SO as to justify the break.
Usually the best way to plan an important story is to give it to
AMs and PMs after 4:00pm the day before you want the story to appear.
This way both AMs and PMs have time to work with the story and to
give it better placement. With this method of releasing, AMs (usually
larger circulation) will give it play, but the PMs will often use it also.
Almost never should you let a weekly newspaper break a story
first, due to their limited circulation (they are usually throw-aways or
shoppers). Among the few exceptions would be announcement of a shop-
ping center rally where a weekly's circulation may be heavy among
adjacent residences. Weeklies will often use biogs of the First Family,
Helicopter or Air Force One pilot, etc.
The Wire Services
If you have announcements to make, such as time and place for
issuing local press credentials, overall schedule of visits, changes in
the President's itinerary--the quickest and easiest way to get this infor-
mation to all local media is over the local AP, UPI or city wire services.
They go directly and simultaneously to newspapers, radio and TV stations.
However, these wire services shouldn't be expected to release feature
stories and "filler" type material--those are best handled by giving news
releases directly to the local media. Sometimes, however, the Press
Chairman can get feature-type stories on the local wire by planting some
background material with the local AP or UPI reporter.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising - 8
Television and Radio
TV and radio stations present an entirely different problem, although
related. TV is interested in audio and visual material over straight news
releases. If there are colorful or respected local individuals you can
trust to go on TV or radio talk shows, or news shows, it can be of tremen-
dous help in creating an overall impact for an event. Civic leaders, local
politicians, heads of volunteer groups, chairmen of rallies often are
good subjects. They should be articulate, respected, dignified--however,
they must never talk about substantive issues, administration policy or
decisions. Their primary reason for appearing is to generate enthusiasm
for the visit, spread the word, and help build a crowd.
The Press Chairman should arrange these interviews and they
should be scheduled as an integral part of the overall news plan. Normally
interviews should have the approval of the Appointments Secretary and the
White House Press Office, especially where political personalities are
involved.
Potential Story Ideas
1.
President coming to visit
2. First Lady coming to visit
3. Tricia, Julie and David
4. Cabinet to join President
5. Other Presidential guests
6. Senior White House Staff
7. Air Force One and Pilot
8. Marine One or Army One and Pilots
9. Presidential cars
10.
Recap of week's stories
There should never be a time that you have to pay for advertising.
The Presidency is NEWS. Most city newspapers are starving for informa-
tion regarding the President, the First Lady, Tricia, Julie and David,
Cabinet Officers, senior White House Staff, Air Force One, Marine One,
Army One, and even the President's limousine.
With a well-thought-out publicity program, it is possible to provide
the local news media with front page material on a daily basis.
The Advanceman should make sure that he is in full control of all
publicity from the time he enters town. Nothing should be given the news-
papers without his clearance. If he is not careful, an enthusiastic Press
Chairman will give the entire schedule, the names of everyone included
in the Presidential party, plus the background material on the aircraft,
etc. , all in one story. It is easy to see the benefit of organizing these
headline stories separately and then having the Press Chairman "feed"
them to the local press on a day-to-day basis.
To recap -- a sound publicity program would be:
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising - 9
a.
After coordinating with the White House Press Office, the
first local story would be an announcement of the impending
visit of the President.
b. The second story would be the news that the First Lady is
accompanying the President.
Later stories could feature such news as:
C.
Tricia, Julie and David accompanying the President.
d. Members of the Cabinet accompanying the President.
e. The Senior White House Staff accompanying the President.
f.
A story and pictures of Air Force One and the pilot.
g. The Presidential helicopters or the President's car--maybe both.
h. A tentative schedule of the President's activities, keeping in
mind that all public appearances should be billed at least half
an hour prior to the actual time.
i. On the day of the President's arrival, news releases should be
front page headlines, such as "MR. PRESIDENT, WELCOME TO
INDIANAPOLIS! or "WELCOME TO SANTA BARBARA, MR.
PRESIDENT AND MRS. NIXON!" The motorcade route can be
released at this time if it has been cleared by the White House and
the Secret Service. Also, a recap of all information given
during the week.
Paid Advertising
In the event it is necessary to supplement free publicity with paid
ads, these guidelines should apply:
a. Daily newspapers are extremely useful. They can be used if the
event is taking place anywhere within a 100-mile radius of the
paper's origin. The paper's impact depends, obviously, on its
area of circulation.
b. Daily newspapers schedules vary. Some require material a day
previous to scheduled publication, others need it two days before.
C. Normally weekly newspapers can be used only if there is a good
deal of "lead" time. Most weeklies publish on Wednesdays or
Thursdays and they need two days to process the ad. Therefore,
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd-Raising - 10
to advertise an event on a Wednesday, the copy must be sub-
mitted to the paper on the previous Tuesday.
d. An ad never need be larger than 3 columns by 9 inches, but
not much smaller. Three columns by 9 inches is 378 inches.
The ad should run for two days on three pages each day,
preferably on pages 3, 5 and 7, in the lower right-hand corner.
The preferred positions should be requested, but it is not
advisable to agree to an additional charge to guarantee the
desired or "fixed" position.
e. In particularly critical situations, or when there are few other
means of publicizing the event, it may be well to run the ad for
the three days previous to the event. Ads can cost from 6 ¢ a
line to $1.86 a line, depending on the area.
f. In the case of a large city, it would be less costly and probably
more effective to place an ad in just one of the largest daily
papers and then buy additional, much less expensive ads in
the suburban papers, as well as those in nearby small towns.
Radio is a very effective means of rally advertising if utilized
properly. In some areas there are more radio stations available for use
than there are newspapers.
The most effective time to advertise on radio is during what is
known as "prime drive time". This can vary per station. Generally,
it is from 7:00 am - 9:00 am and 4:00 pm - 6:00 pm.
If the event is in New York City where 12 stations are available,
usually only the 3 or 4 most popular stations would be used. The cost of
advertising over a large metropolitan station can be extremely expensive.
Also, in a city like New York, it is important to remember that the sub-
urban population is reachable through the much less expensive suburban
stations.
In Portland, Oregon, for example, it would be most effective to
use just a few Portland stations, a greater number of suburban stations,
and even more stations in outlying towns.
If the event is in a small town, it is good to use both the station
in that town and the stations in all surrounding towns within driving distance.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd-Raising - 11
Generally, it is not necessary to schedule more than 7 of the 10
second spots a day, dividing them between morning and evening prime
time. Most likely the announcements will run for two days, but if there
are circumstances which call for it, they are sometimes run for three
days. A spot should be no longer than 10 seconds, unless there is a
specific point to get across, in which case it can go to 30 seconds. Also,
the local announcer should read the commercial on the air live. You
don't have the time nor money for producing a spot on tape. Costs can
range from $3.00 for a 10 second commercial, to $20.00, depending
upon the area.
*
Television is expensive. Costs vary from $30 to $500 for a 10
second spot, depending on the area. Also, the production of the slide
can be a problem. However, some stations will produce it for you. If
TV is used, 5 to 7 spot commercials a day in prime time with maybe
one scheduled near noon -- can be effective. TV can be used as much
as 3 days prior to the event.
Television should be used only if there is an exceedingly large
hall to fill or if no other effective media, such as a daily or weekly
paper, is available. Using TV involves giving the station a script for
the local announcer to read (as on radio) and a slide. A slide would have
the picture of the President and the time and place of the event.
NOTE:
With an effectively organized publicity campaign
there should be very few occasions that the
Advanceman has to pay for advertising. The
White House Press Office and the Advanceman to-
gether can feed information to newspapers, radio
and TV on a daily basis, and it will be NEWS.
And the best advertising.
Again, REPEAT: For all events, advertise the starting time as
at least one-half hour before the actual time of the event to insure that
the crowd is there and waiting when the President arrives.
C. Handbills
Next to the telephone campaign and a saturation news release and
publicity program, the best crowd-raising technique is handbills. The
campaign needs easily 10 times as many handbills as the size of the
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd-Raising - 12
expected crowd. They should be printed on the cheapest newspaper stock
available, and the message should be kept simple, short, but informative.
If there is a financial pinch, a mimeograph machine can be used. In such
a case, the message can be repeated five times on one stencil. After the
stencil is mimeographed, the paper is cut and it makes for a fast printing
process.
Large numbers of young kids can be used to distribute the handbills.
Distribution should not take place more than 3 days before the event
the day just before is best. Every major parking area in town (preferably
supermarkets, shopping centers, airports) should be hit. Each flyer
should be rolled and slid through the door handle on the driver's side of
cars. All college campuses (if friendly), dorms, fraternities, etc.,
should be saturated. It is a good idea to try to get supermarket managers
to approve bag boys putting one handbill in every grocery bag. Scotch
tape two or three to every public restroom mirror in every large office
building. Newspaper boys may agree to deliver them with their papers.
Stand on top of the highest building in town and throw the handbills into
the wind. Do anything, but get them distributed. Also, systematically
laying them on the sidewalk in a busy part of town right-side-up draws
attention.
It is easy to be sandbagged on this operation. A Chairman may
report that the flyers have all been distributed when, in fact, they are
laying in someone's garage. This operation must be carefully controlled.
It is a good idea to have all volunteers assemble for distribution in some
central spot maybe a parking lot then make building and shopping
center assignments. This is the only way to assure success.
Handbills for a motorcade crowd (if one is planned) should not
show the entire route, but just that part of the route where the crowd is
wanted.
For hotel arrivals, be sure you saturate the specific hotel (each
room and each mail box) and all other buildings adjacent and nearby.
All handbill announcements must show the President's arrival time as
30 minutes prior to the actual arrival time crowds just don't arrive
on time.
Posters
Posters should be distributed around town at all major areas
where crowds gather: supermarkets, restaurants, airline terminals, etc.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd-Raising - 13
Nail them to telephone poles and trees. These posters announcing the
coming event (unlike those waved by the crowd at the event) can be pro-
fessionally printed. Usually they are just enlarged versions of the
handbills printed on cardboard.
Marquees
The Ov erall Chairman should delegate someone to contact every
supermarket, laundry, theater, etc., which has a theater-type marquee,
and get each one to put up a message hailing the coming visit -- for
free, of course. This method is often overlooked, but is extremely
effective. Marquee signs should be up 24 hours or more before the
visit.
Other Crowd Building Techniques for Rallies
Stuff guest boxes of all major hotels with flyers announcing the
rally site, time, etc.
Put posters in as many business establishment store fronts as
possible.
Have cashiers in cafeterias, supermarkets, etc., hand out
handbills (flyers).
Concentrate on parking lot handbill distribution in suburban
supermarkets where they are likely to be Republican votes,
and in large downtown parking lots so that the message reaches
the businessmen likely to respond.
Organize bus transportation to the rally from outlying areas.
This should be done in detail. The Out-of-Town Coordinator
could assign quotas of busses to each outlying area and get a
large contributor to underwrite it.
Get schools to bring groups by bus. This is particularly
effective when boarding schools are contacted for evening events.
Line up local celebrity-type entertainers on the program; sports
figures are always good.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Crowd Raising - 14
Handbills distributed at mass transportation centers, municipal
parking lots, large office buildings during the lunch hour.
Information tables staffed by pretty young girls with handbills
at focal points.
Distribute handbills at sporting events, state fairs, any local
attraction.
In large office buildings pay night custodians to place handbills
on desks, bulletin boards, etc.
At any large public gathering have MC or public address system
announce the President's visit.
Each Republican Committeeman or Precinct Captain be
responsible for bringing by bus, car, etc. a certain number
of people.
NOTE: IMPORTANT There are certain rally techniques
that are definitely unPresidential -- for example:
sound trucks, flatbed trailers with bands, parachutists,
elephants, clowns, and any other technique not discussed
or cleared by the White House.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
SEE AND GREET
The President of the United State
RICHARD NIXON
AND
MRS. NIXON
AT
12 NOON
OCT. 12, 1970
HARTFORD, CONN.
Motorcade Route
HILTON
Pearl St.
HOTEL
Main St.
Sheldon St.
CITY
HALL
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
COME AND GREET
The President of the United States
RICHARD
NIXON
OCEAN GROVE AUDITORIUM, OCEAN GROVE, N.J.
2:00 p.m.
Oct.17,1970
Persons traveling from Northern N.J. - Garden State Pkwy. Exit 100B
Persons traveling from Southern N.J. - Garden State Pkwy. Exit 100
Ample Parking
Entertainment
Reproduced chard Nixon Presidential
Elbrary
and Museum
Press - Television
VIII PRESS - TELEVISION
The White House Press Corps is undoubtedly the most elite - -
and powerful--group of reporters in the world.
and they know it! They
are highly demanding, highly aggressive, and highly expressive. They
must be
as they provide the vital communications link between the
President and the people of the world.
The power and impact of this august group is almost staggering-
because of their close coverage of the President, within minutes or
seconds of every utterance or action, both interpretive and factual news
accounts begin to flow throughout the world.
More often than not, a primary reason for a Presidential trip is
to show the nation's leader in an environment other than his oval office
in Washington, D. C. The only way to achieve this is to make certain
that the Press are always in a position to capture the flavor and setting
that the Advanceman has gone to such great length to insure
and then
making certain that the reporters can file the story. Timely reports
filed by the White House Press Corps are paramount to the overall mission
and effectiveness of a Presidential trip.
Achieving the smooth movement and communications capabilities
for the press often causes major logistical problems in transportation,
housing and communications techniques
and can cause conflicts between
the Advanceman and the Local Committee Chairman who violently maintains
that the press are ruining "his" show. (It is a common occurrence for a
Rally Chairman to demand that the press be relegated to an obscure posi-
tion so that an additional 100 of his friends can get a better view. He has
no concept of reaching the 50 million TV viewers or the millions of news-
paper readers, which is the primary thought of the Advanceman.)
The White House travelling Press Corps numbers anywhere from
70 to 150 or more newsmen, depending on the anticipated news value of
the trip. This group usually includes 5 - 8 TV camera crews; 8 - 10 still
photographers; 5 - 10 radio cor respondents; and representatives from
virtually all of the nation's leading newspapers, news magazines, and TV
networks, as well as a host of foreign correspondents,
Among the more important in this group are the news agencies:
Associated Press; United Press International; Reuters (British) and Agency
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 2
France Presse. These "wire services" feed virtually every newspaper,
TV station or news agency in the world. Accordingly, the care and
feeding of this group is of prime importance to the Advanceman--insur-
ing that they are always close to the President and in turn, communica-
tions are close to them.
Because of the overriding importance of the White House Press
Crops, the careful thought and planning of their every move, every picture
setup, every Presidential remark is one of the most critical aspects of
a Presidential advance. It is a direct result of this advance planning that
determines how the world sees the President. Without press coverage
which accurately reflects what the Presidential Advance Team wants to
illustrate, there is little reason for the President to make the trip.
The Press Office Advanceman works closely with the rest of the
Advance Team and the Tour Office to make recommendations on how best
to achieve the trip goal, i. press movement, timing of statements
(for deadline purposes), camera angles, communication needs, speech
sites, housing, and numerous other variables.
Following are some of the mechanics and rules the Press Advance-
man keeps in mind during an advance:
Local Press
The local press on the scene are an important factor in overall
press planning. Often the local media representatives outnumber the
White House Press traveling with the President.
which creates special
situations and problems as the traveling press usually arrives late, when
all others have taken their places in the press area.
Although local press are ultra-important, in almost all cases
priority must be given the White House Press Corps. This is true for
several reasons: (1) The White House Press covers and protects virtually
all local media because of their vast distribution outlets; (2) The White
House Press reports are distributed throughout the world rather than
just the city or stop involved; and (3) The White House Press must have
prime positioning to facilitate quick movement in order to stay with the
President when he moves. This doesn't mean ignoring the local media,
but rather working out compatible situations which will work to mutual
benefit.
Often the President desires to meet members of the local press.
This can usually be accomplished by having area newsmen stand in a
specific spot (usually on departure) where it is easy for the President
to walk over to them should he elect to do so. It should never be
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 3
mentioned that the President will talk to local news media -- however,
a plan should be established in the event he desires.
A common problem is that the local press contingent is usually
at the scene of an event far in advance of the White House Press traveling
with the Presidential party. This, of course, leaves little or no space
for the White House Press when they arrive. A general rule is always to
have space for at least 40 writers at the front of the Press Area to be
filled when the President arrives. Four prime spaces should be allocated
on the camera platform for ABC-TV, CBS-TV, NBC-TV and UPI-TN.
These positions should be marked with tape at least two hours before the
President arrives. There should be room for 10 radio technicians next
to the multiple feed (Presidential patch or "mult"). Also, telephones for
the wire services, AP, UPI, Reuters, should be marked with tape at
that time.
and an additional 15 telephones should be marked as "White
House Press" and press "chutes" should be established for White House
press, to facilitate quick movement into and out of the press area.
Local Press Chairman/Local Credentials
As a part of the committee structure that the Advanceman sets up,
a Press Chairman from the local area should be appointed. This is
usually the GOP Press Man when a political advance is concerned, or
the press representative from the local group or sponsoring organization
where a non-political advance is the case.
The major job of the Press Chairman is to accredit and issue
credentials to the local press. The U. Secret Service requires that
a list be compiled of all press that are accredited to cover the event.
The list should include:
1. Full name of reporter
2. Affiliation
3. Place of birth
4. Date of birth
5. Social Security Number
This list should be given to the advance Secret Service Agent at
least one day before the event.
The Press Chairman is responsible for printing press credentials
to serve as identification for local media--these credentials are paid for
by the host group. The credentials should be of the tie-on or pin-on
variety, and serially numbered, and include space to display the name and
affiliation of the newsman. Usually 300-400 credentials will cover all of
the local media. Ten samples of the Press Credential should be given to
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 4
the Secret Service Advance Agent at least four days before the visit, SO
that he can distribute them to local police for clearance and identifica-
tion purposes. Newsmen traveling with the Presidential party will be
credentialed in Washington by the Secret Service.
Sample credential:
PRESS
No. 156
PRESIDENT NIXON VISIT
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
JANUARY 10, 1971
Name
Affiliation
The accreditation proceeding should take place approximately two
days before the actual visit of the President -- no earlier. The Local
Chairman should set up shop with one or two secretaries in a central area
easily accessible to newsmen--a hotel room is usually suitable. About
4 - 5 days before the visit the Press Chairman should announce on the
local city wire service the time and place where credentialing will take
place. It is suggested that credentialing activity take place during two
days only, between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. When issuing
the credentials, proof of identity is required--usually a local police or
sheriff press credential is held by most legitimate newsmen- if a newsman
doesn't have this, proof of identification and a letter from the editor on
the media letterhead will suffice. On the spot accreditation for late
arrivals should be set up with local press chairman -- especially true for
network crews arriving independently from the President and the White
House Press Corps.
Press Releases
Under no circumstances should the Press Chairman release stories
relating to the President's visit unless it has been cleared with the White
House Press Office. This holds true for routine publicity releases indi-
cating local welcoming committees, as well as to the timing and location
of the President's movements.
The White House Press Office will provide to the Advance Team
a standard set of releases and pictures which the Chairman may give,
on approval of the Chief Advanceman, to the local media for publicity
purposes. These releases include information on the President, the
First Family, Air Force One, Marine or Army One, etc.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 5
To achieve maximum impact for crowd building and for security
reasons, a detailed release schedule should be thoroughly worked out
with the Chief Advanceman, the Local Chairman, the Secret Service
and the White House Press Office. It should be remembered that all
major announcements regarding the President and the trip will be re-
leased by the White House--these announcements should be coordinated
with the local press announcements.
Because the Advanceman is constantly on the scene, he will be
called frequently by the Press Chairman, who will say that he is being
deluged by local press inquiries and will undoubtedly try to pressure
the Advanceman into prematurely releasing schedules, manifests, and
other data. The Advanceman might also be cornered directly by the local
press reporters. At all times he should follow the set release plan, and
he should not try to answer questions regarding schedules until it is
released by the White House, and at no time comment on Administration
policy. If there is ever a question, refer the reporter to the White House
Press Office in Washington (202/456-2100).
(There have been near disasters in the past where an Advanceman,
trying to be helpful to a local newsman, answered a seemingly innocent
question which put the entire Administration on record regarding a local
or state issue. Invariably, the newsman cites a "White House" source
as divulging the startling information! As you might imagine, such
"helpfulness" could take weeks, months, or years to clear up.)
Press Transportation
All air and land transportation for the White House Press Corps
is handled by the White House Transportation Office in conjunction with
the Press Advanceman. Acting much in the same manner as a travel
agent, this office charters all aircraft, busses, and works with the
Military Office in arranging and contracting for helicopters or other
military transportation where commercial means aren't available. The
Transportation Office also bills each newsman traveling with the party
(including local media) for his pro rata share of the transportation costs.
The only form of press transportation not contracted for by this
office are: (1) the "Wire Service" telephone cars in a motorcade, which
are obtained from the local telephone company by WHCA, and (2) "Press
Pool" cars and drivers which are provided by the Secret Service.
The WHCA trip officer should be reminded that wire car drivers
are to be told that there is only one Telco man per car.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 6
Local press wishing to join on press plane should make arrange-
ments through Jiggs Fauver (202/456-2250).
There are several basic rules to keep in mind when considering
press movement in relation to the movement of the President:
1.
Ample time should be given for loading press busses,
planes, etc., in the President's schedule.
2. The press airplane always lands before Air Force One and
always departs after Air Force One. As a general rule, the
time span between Air Force One movement and press plane
movement is usually 15 - 30 minutes--thereby giving the
press time to get into position before the President's arrival,
and giving them filing time after the President's departure.
(This timing is variable, however, depending on scheduling
factors at the next stop.)
3. Press helicopters always land in advance of the President's
helicopter, and always depart after the President's helicopter.
4. In a motorcade, the "Wire Service" cars are always behind
the 2nd staff car. The wire cars are also behind the photo
convertibles.
5.
The tops should be down on convertibles, if weather is clear.
(Advise Secret Service that photo cars should be large
convertibles such as Cadillacs, Pontiacs, Mercurys, etc.)
6.
Press busses should be equipped with PA systems and air
conditioning and be of the "over road" type without governors.
Press Baggage
Arrangements for handling the press baggage (which is substantial
since there is camera and sound gear, luggage and press office gear,
mimeograph machines and typewriters) is procured by the White House
Transportation Office. This office often deals with the Military Office
to arrange work parties, hotel bellmen or a private concern.
Repuirements for transporting baggage will vary according to
the number of press traveling with the party. But as a minimum the
following are needed:
1.
Two 1-1/2 ton covered trucks (for luggage and press office
gear).
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 7
2.
One station wagon (for Transportation Office).
3.
On occasion, one panel truck (for additional light and
sound gear).
The Transportation Office representatives work with the hotel
bellmen in order to tag the baggage with room numbers and transport
baggage to the individual newsman's room. A baggage call, indicating
the time baggage must be in the hotel lobby before departure, will be
clearly stated on the press schedule. Newsmen are expected to get
their own baggage to the hotel lobby (or to other collection point).
Baggage should be tagged with room numbers at the hotel after arrival--
no attempt should be made to tag baggage at the previous stop.
The White House Transportation Office is responsible for arranging
for all press accommodations for an overnight stay, in conjunction with
the Press Office Advanceman.
The official party's accommodations are arranged for by the Staff
Advanceman. The White House Press Corps will usually stay in a differ-
ent hotel from the President and official party. Should the same hotel be
used, the press should always be placed on a different floor than members
of the official party.
Because the Staff Advanceman is on the scene consistently, and is
dealing with the hotel manager, he should become involved in the place-
ment and assignment of the press rooming requirements.
As a general rule, approximately 100 hotel rooms should be
reserved to accommodate the traveling press, the White House Press
Office Staff and the Transportation Office Staff. Of course, this figure
depends on the number of press that are traveling with the party.
As a minimum, the following accommodations are needed:
1. Press Room: A large room (usually a meeting room or ball-
room) that can accommodate at least 200 reporters. This is "headquarters
for reporters where the Press Secretary conducts briefings, and it serves
as a workroom where the press file their stories. The room should be set
up with tables in rows with chairs to seat 100 people. Approximately 20
long distance telephones should be placed on the tables and 5 - 10 coin
telephones placed in the room. The light level in the Press Room should
be bright SO that reporters can work easily without eye strain. There
should be at least 25 typewriters (manual) placed on the tables. There
should also be space for at least 5 Western Union Telex machines, which
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 8
the reporters use for filing. A White House phone should always be in
this room.
There should be a platform at one end of the room from which the
Press Secretary conducts his briefings. There should always be a bulletin
board and a blackboard with chalk and erasers as well as an adequate PA
system.
Contrary to campaign practice, there should be no complementary
food or beverage service in the room unless it is cleared with the Press
Advanceman. When this does occur, it is not financed by the White House
but rather provided by the host committee or group. (See diagram for
typical Press Room setup. )
2. Press Office: This should be a large suite to accommodate up
to 10 members of the Press Office and Transportation Office staffs. This
is where the news releases are typed and mimeographed and Press Office
business conducted. It should be located near the Press Secretary's suite
and near the Press Office staff. Often AP and UPI teletype equipment is
installed in this room SO the Press staff has immediate access to the news
as it breaks. These arrangements are made with Western Union. A
Western Union machine is also placed in this room, with a direct connection
to the White House. There should be a minimum of 4 White House phones,
which WHCA provides, and at least four 8' tables. A Xerox machine
should always be in this room.
3. Press Secretary's Suite: Must be a large suite with a living
room which will hold up to 25 - 30 people. Two separate White House
phone lines should be in both bedroom and living room.
4. Rooming Lists/Keys: A rooming list with names and room
numbers of all newsmen should be mimeographed SO that each newsman
has a copy. Also the room numbers of the Press Office Staff Officers
should be on the list. The press list will be transmitted to the Advance-
man at least one day prior to the arrival of the party. Lists should be
placed in each press staff room and office. The Press staff rooms and
office should not be too near Press room on an overnight.
Newsmen should be preregistered and their room keys placed
in individual envelopes, alphabetized, and placed in the Press Room.
Thus, when the newsman enters the hotel he can pick up his key and
go directly to his room. There should be several volunteers to help
give room keys to newsmen.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 9
Speech Site Setups
Steups for Presidential speech sites are probably one of the most
critical (and variable) aspects of a Presidential advance. This is where
judgements as to camera angles (relationship of crowd to President),
writing press area, communications proximity, routes for press, staff,
and VIP movements become critical. It is at a speech site, where the
news is actually being made--that the tone of the trip is set.
There are several general rules to follow as guidelines:
Camera Platform: Should be placed approximately 40 feet from
the President, usually at a 45-degree angle to the President's left. In
certain situations where crowd is emphasized, the platform is placed
at a 90-degree angle to the stage. The platform height should be equal
to the height of the stage (this is variable, according to the anticipated
crowd situation). The platform should be 60 running feel long--this is
usually best accomplished by having two tiers of 30 feet, with the
second tier 1-1/2 feet above the first level. For outside rallies and air-
port arrivals, a flatbed truck is often used for the camera platform.
(See diagram).
Press Area: The press area or "pen" should be constructed in such
a manner that writing press and still photographers have a clear view of
the President. This is often accomplished by having a rope constructed
around the camera platform with at least 8 feet space in front of platform.
WHCA Support: The White House Communications Agency is
responsible for the PA system. However, it should be noted that the press
must be able to hear as well as the crowd. WHCA also provides a multiple
feed or "mult" for the electronic media. This is a patch box which enables
the media to plug in and receive the sound without putting up their own
microphones. (This eliminates the situation where 30 microphones are in
front of the President's face.
instead, one microphone feeds all the press
through the mult. ) WHCA is also responsible for lighting where indicated.
Press Telephones: WHCA is responsible for ordering, and coordi-
nating with the Press Advanceman and the local telephone company, the
telephone requirements of the Press Corps. Experience has shown that
from 20 to 30 long distance lines (the operator answers when receiver is
lifted and a credit card or collect call may be placed), and 10 coin operated
pay phones are usually needed. The Press Advanceman will estimate the
number of phones that will be needed in any given situation. Determination
of when and when not to have phones in an auditorium or separate room
should be agreed upon between the Advanceman and the Press Advanceman.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 10
Western Union Telex: Many of the National Press Corps reporters
file via Western Union. The Press Advanceman will arrange to have
Western Union runners to transport reporters' copy to the nearest
Western Union office. Usually 5 or 6 Telex machines are set up with
operators at the primary filing facility.
Press Pools
The Press Pool is a means of covering activities of the President
when it is impossible or impractical, because of space limitations, to
have the entire press contingent present. The reporters and photographers
on the "pool" must make all of the news they gather available to the rest
of the Press Corps through either written reports posted in the Press Room,
or an open briefing by pool members. The TV film cameras and still photos
must make their film available to anybody who desires it -- there are no
"exclusive" stories. The wire services are always on every pool.
The Press Pool is accepted by the White House Press Corps but
often criticized by local media because it is often misunderstood to mean
"limited coverage. " Actually, the "pool" setup makes certain situations
available for coverage where it normally couldn't be covered properly
because of lack of space and works as an advantage to all news media
representatives.
There are several standard types of Press Pools:
1. Air Force One Pool: Seven members of the White House Press
Corps always travel on Air Force One as "protection" should the Presi-
dent make a statement on the plane. They are: AP, UPI, AP Photo, UPI
Photo, Network Correspondent, Magazine Writer, and a Newspaper
Reporter.
2. Motorcade Travel Pool: Members of the White House Press
Corps always travel in motorcades -- the numbers and makeup of the pool
may vary according to the motorcade situation. The two "wire" cars
(cars with telephones) carry AP, UPI, usually two newspaper reporters
and a TV network correspondent. The press "pool" cars carry film
crews, radio technicians, lighting men, still photographers and magazine
reporters. The White House selects the Air Force One Pool and Travel
Pools before the trip begins in Washington and rotates reporters on an
equal basis.
3. Local Press Pool: Is picked by the Press Chairman for an
event. This pool, usually numbering from 5 - 10 people, complements
the White House Pool at the site of an event. Their pooling responsi-
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Press - 11
bilities are to the local media. (The Press Advanceman will determine
when local and White House Pools are needed, and will work with the
local Press Chairman in selecting the local pools.)
Tentative makeup of local pool might be:
2 Reporters from leading newspapers
1 Reporter from weekly newspaper
2 Still Photographers from leading dailies
3 Reels from local TV station
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
(TABLES, PHONES)
AC OUTLETS (20)
POSSIBLE VIP
+
AREA
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
TABLES FOR
40
RADIO ENGINEER
PRESS RESTRAINING LINE (chalk or tape)
CROWD
10
Typical Arrival Airport
Press - 12
Press - 13
LIGHT BLUE BACKDROP
AMERICAN FLAG
X
STAGE
X
PRESIDENTIAL FLAG
X
MICROPHONE
30
CAME
STAN
2 tier
30
(over S
PRESS CONFERENCE
SET UP
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
PRESS CAMERA PLATFORM
4 ft
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
1½ ft
4 ft
ABC
TAPE 2½
CBS
MARKING
NBC
UPI - TN
30 ft
same height as platform
Press - 14
Press - 15
STAGE
BULLETIN BOARD
WHCA PHONE
BLACKBOARD
X
MICROPHONE
TYPEWRITERS
L.O. TELEPHONES
oxox oxox
xoxxOX
OXOX OXOX
X0XXOX
oxox oxox
X0XXOX
oxox oxox
XOXXOX
00 00
000000
00 00
CAMERA PLATFORM
(WHEN INDICATED) 30 ft
X
TELEX
COIN
X
TELEPHONES
MACHINES
X
X
(good
X
lighting)
X
CAMERA STORAGE
AREA
x
t
+
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Airport Arrival
Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
IX
AIRPORT ARRIVAL
1. At an airport arrival the Advanceman puts into use his ability
to direct and produce a large, enthusiastic, spontaneous and colorful
show. The key to a good airport reception is people -- lots and lots of
people. In addition, there must be ideal facilities for the Press Corps
to enable them to cover the event effectively. An Advanceman must
think along the lines of a television producer.
2. The President, his staff, guests and the press pool travel on
Air Force One, a Boeing 707 jet, referred to as 26000. The White House
Press Corps travels on a chartered commercial jet that arrives anywhere
from 30 to 45 minutes prior to the President.
3. When planning an airport reception, the Advanceman must
find an area that will accommodate a large crowd, as well as Air Force
One, helicopters, and/or motorcades. There also must be plenty of
parking space available near the reception area.
4. If there is a military airport nearby, generally it offers the
best facilities. There is less air traffic and special arrangements usually
can be made. In most cases, an Advanceman will receive much more
support from a Base Commander than from a Civilian Airport Manager.
Public accessibility is a prime factor, however, and may cause the
arrival to be scheduled at a more conveniently located civilian airport
despite the advantages offered by a military base.
5. It is important to get a diagram of the airport. Then the Advance-
man must sit down with the Air Force One Advance, Helicopter Advance,
Press Advance, and Secret Service Advance. From this critical meeting,
he gets a fairly good idea of how to best use the facilities. All activities
should be plotted on paper.
6. An airport crowd can be large and yet, from the standpoint
of the camera angles, appear small. It is the Advanceman's responsi-
bility to insure that the crowd appears large. So, when deciding where
the press cameras are to be located, it is important toconsider the
relative positions of the President, the crowd and the cameras. When
a photographer aims at the President, he always should be aiming at a
crowd. The use of flatbeds and/or bleachers to elevate the crowd
enhances the appearance of a crowd.
NOTE - VERY IMPORTANT: When setting up the arrangements
to control your crowd, serious consideration should be given to
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Airport Arrival - 2
who will be behind the President or in front, primarily between
the platform the President is speaking from and the platform the
TV cameras will be placed upon. What we are trying to get
away from are any disturbing movements that would transpire
behind the President while he is speaking. If members of the
audience are allowed to put people on their shoulders or to
raise their cameras in the main line from where the TV cameras
are working or where the still cameras are working, you have
a messed up picture.
If necessary, your MC should alert the audience that they should
not, under any circumstances, be doing anything that would be
disruptive to the person speaking from the platform. Another
point--there should not be an aisle in front or behind the platform
the President is on. Unfortunately, if there is room for people,
to move around, they will move--whether it be during the prayer,
during the National Anthem, or during the most serious part of
the President's statement. As you can well imagine, this is
extremely difficult to pull off, but it is a MUST.
7. Diagram I at the back of this section shows a first crowd area
and a second and third crowd area. It is the Advanceman's responsibility
to guarantee that the primary crowd area is built up first. He allows
expansion into the secondary areas only as the crowd grows. To channel
and contain your crowd the best method is oil drums filled with water and
ropes looped around the drums. When flexibility between crowd areas is
needed it is best to use saw horses or loosely fitted rope that can easily
be lowered.
8. As the President embarks from Air Force One, he will be
greeted by the Reception Committee. Once the Advanceman has the
Reception Committee in position at the bottom of the ramp, he should
move immediately to the rear ramp of Air Force One to meet the Tour
Director. The Advanceman should have already picked the most ideal
location for the President to make his remarks and be ready to move
the platform and microphone into position when notified by the Tour
Director. The Advanceman also should inform the Tour Director on
the crowd and have a plan for the President to work the fence.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Airport Arrival - 3
9. WHCA carries a portable platform with them. In the event
you find yourself without a portable platform, it can be constructed.
Make it 2' high X 4' wide x 6: long. It should not be decorated. A 1'
step should be provided. Or, use a baggage cart (2' to 3' high) with
a set of steps that can be moved by two men on a few seconds notice.
WHCA should have either a standup mic or an airport stand nearby.
10. It is the Advanceman's responsibility to establish, prior to
the President's arrival, if remarks will be made by the Host Governor,
Senator, Congressman or Mayor, and if so to determine if the host will
be reading from a prepared text. If the remarks are not to be read and
to be extemporaneous, a single standup mic is preferable. However, if
the host plans to read his remarks, the President feels very strongly
that arrangements should be made for him to have an airport stand.
(The person introducing the President should never spend over one or
two minutes maximum.)
11. It is extremely important that the President's anticipated
actions upon arrival at the airport be kept in confidence. There should
be no announcements prior to the President's arrival that he will work
a certain section of the fence or that he will speak from a certain area--
it should appear as a spontaneous act. Also, to publicize these facts
prior to his arrival will leave the Advanceman in a very embarrassing
position if the President should decide not to speak.
12. Airport Diagram I specifies an area reserved for the press.
This area is intended for both the White House Press Corps traveling with
the President and the local city or state press corps. The White House
Press Corps is the responsibility of the White House Press Aides. It is
the Advanceman's responsibility to have a local Press Chairman who is
responsible for the local press. This responsibility encompasses the
issuing of airport press credentials and assimilating and giving to the
local press all information pertinent to the President's arrival. The
Advanceman must also be sure that prime locations at the airport are
reserved for the White House Press Corps. (See Press section for de-
tails.)
13. To have a successful airport reception, it is critical that
once the arrival time of the President has been established, adequate
preparations be made to guarantee a crowd. In the section on "Crowd
Raising", techniques used for this purpose are described in detail. But
let's discuss, for a moment, a very critical point--entertaining the crowd
at the airport for an extended period of time prior to the President's arrival.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Airport Arrival - 4
The Program Chairman, the MC and the Advanceman must
together arrange the format for the entertainment. A planned program
and an experienced Master of Ceremonies are needed to entertain the
airport crowd. Approximately one hour prior to the President's arrival
the program should begin. It can be conducted from a flatbed trailer
set in the crowd some distance from where the President will be. There
should be a separate sound system for the MC and the entertainment.
This entertainment can consist of local bands, local personalities, quartets,
sextets, and the introduction of prominent local people, as well as poli-
ticians. This period can be used for intorduction of local candidates and
some speeches can be made, but be careful who speaks and how long. The
10 to 15 minutes prior to the President's arrival should be utilized to
build the crowd to a peak of excitement so that when the door of Air Force
One opens, the crowd is wildly enthusiastic.
14. Handmade signs and banners, professionally printed signs
(which should be limited), local candidate signs (which should not out-
number the President's signs), should be passed out by your local chair-
man and his people prior to the arrival of the Press Plane. It is necessary
that you have the signs in a readily available spot and have a sufficient
number of people ready to pass them out. Don't get trapped with the signs
behind a crowd and no way to distribute out front. The Advanceman should
be careful not to become involved with this as it should be a local effort.
15. American flags are fine, very patriotic, and effective when
placed is standards. If the people in the audience are waving flags, they
can't be clapping, SO let's have them clapping, not waving.
16. Arrangements should be made for the Reception Committee to
assemble, approximately 1/2 hour before the President's arrival, in a
VIP room close to the area where the President will arrive. Coffee could
be served. Approximately five minutes prior to Air Force One's landing,
organize the Reception Committee in the order of protocol and move them
to the bottom of the ramp. As the ramp moves into position in front of
Air Force One, the Advanceman should lead the Committee into position
at the bottom of the ramp. You should also inform the Reception Committee
that once they have greeted the President they should move to the VIP
area as shown in Diagram I.
17. Presidential guests and staff will be instructed, while still
on Air Force One, that they are to move to the designated VIP area on
the runway apron. (See Diagram No. 1)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Airport Arrival - 5
NOTE:
This will eliminate having guests, Reception
Committee and staff members from following
the President, and yet they will be in position
for press coverage when the President speaks.
18. When the President has finished his remarks, he will "work
the fence" to his car. During this time Presidential guests, local VIPs,
and staff should move to their seats in the helicopters or motorcade. It
is the Advanceman's responsibility to insure that the right people are in
the right places at the right time.
NOTE:
When the President is ready to move the motorcade
had better be ready to move! The most difficult
part of moving a motorcade is guaranteeing that
everyone is in position and sufficient time has been
allowed for the press to get to their cars and busses.
(See motorcade section for details of the lineup.)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
AIRPORT ARRIVAL
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
CROWD AREA 1
PRESS PLANE
00000
6'
RECEPTION
COMMITTEE
100
TERMINAL
OBSERVATION
DECK
MOTORCADE
PRESIDENT
10'
LEAD
FOLLOW
CONTROL
VIP & STAFF
10'
6,
CROWD AREA 2
PRESS LINE
4'
&
12'
PILOT
MIC
30'
LOCAL VIP
WRITING PRESS AREA
AREA
PRESS CAMERA PHONES
AIRPORT
PRESS
CROWD AREA 1
AIRPORT ARRIVAL - 6
APRON
CROWD AREA 3
AREA
AIRPORT
SET- UP
2nd
W/ PERMANENT FENCE
WHITETOP
PRESS HELICOPTERS
X
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MARINE
ONE
X
AF ONE
PRESS
AREA
MIC
PRESS LINE
VIP &
STAFF
ROPE
ROPE
PRESS LINE
VIP
MOTORCADE (IF APPLICABLE)
PERMANENT FENCE
ROPE
ROPE
AIRPORT ARRIVAL 7
CROWD AREA 3
CROWD AREA 2
CROWD AREA 1
ARMY OR
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MARINE
STAFF
PRESS AREA
CAN BE
PRESS
HERE IF SUN
DICTATES
MOTORCADE IF APPLICABLE
X
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
X
X
x
CROWD
NO PLANNED ACTIVITY AT AIRPORT
AIRPORT ARRIVAL - 8
TERMINAL
CROWD ENTRANCE
1
CROWD AREA 2
CROWD AREA 1
T
VIP
PLATFORM
TERMINAL ARM
FLATBEDS OR BLEACHERS
PRESS
STANDEES
PRESS
AIRPORT RALLY WITH PLANNED SPEECH
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
AIRPORT NO PLANNED ACTIVITY
CROWD SITUATION USING
PRESS PLANE
LOOP OF PRESIDENTIAL VEHICLE
NORTH
ENTRANCE TO TERMINAL
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MOTORCADE
TERMINAL BLDG.
PRESS MOVE TO PRESS BOX
110'
AF 1
PRES.VEH.
0000
STOP FOR
PICK UP
NOTE: LOOP
IF CROWD
ONLY
140'
PRESS
AFTER STAFF LOAD
AREA
TAKES PLACE IN
MOTORCADE
GATE 2
STAFF BUS
TERMINAL
CROWD
EXIT
CROWD
AREA
TO ROAD
TO UNIV. ROAD
Motorcade
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
X MOTORCADE
The principal purpose of the motorcade is to move the President
and his staff expeditiously from one place to another under secure
conditions. The motorcade, although formed and set up by the Secret
Service, is the Advanceman's responsibility.
The operation of the motorcade will be primarily the responsi-
bility of the police and Secret Service working together. The Advanceman
need not concern himself with matters of security at intersections, etc.
However, he should be thoroughly familiar with the route, alternate
routes, and all driving times involved. He should also insure that the
vehicles in the motorcade are positioned properly and are appropriately
labeled. The Advanceman should coordinate all facets of the motorcade
with the Secret Service, WHCA, and the White House Press Office.
There are two types of motorcades -- the Standard Motorcade
and the Parade (crowd situation) Motorcade. Certain standard rules
pertain to both motorcades. They are:
1.
Vehicles used in the motorcade must have a minimum of
1,000 miles usage. Too often in the past new cars have
developed mechanical difficulties.
2.
Busses used in the motorcade should be of a high speed
over-the-road Greyhound type capable, if necessary, of
achieving speeds of 60 miles per hour with rapid acceler-
ation.
3.
When the Secret Service requests local drivers and, in
all cases with bus drivers, their name, address, birth-
date, birthplace, and social security number should be
submitted to the Secret Service 48 hours in advance.
4.
The Advanceman must have a workable contingency plan
to rapidly replace a disabled vehicle in the motorcade.
Any delay of a motorcade is intolerable.
5.
The lead Advanceman should in every case know the exact
mileage of the motorcade route, especially the parade route,
to a tenth of a mile. He must have an estimate of the driving
time involved under the conditions in which the President
will drive them -- i.e., crowds, etc. The Advanceman must
know the individual and his title who will give the crowd
estimate. If practical, this individual should ride in the
Pilot car. As soon as the information is acquired, relay the
crowd estimate to the Press Representative -- Ziegler,
Warren, Elbourne or Whelihan.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Motorcade - 2
6.
Immediately prior to the departure of the motorcade a
route survey must be conducted. The survey should include
information on crowds, color and any significant points of
interest. This information should be relayed to the Lead
Advanceman or the Tour Director, who in turn will relay
it to Mr. Haldeman or the President. Discreet use of the
radio must be maintained, therefore, use of a simple code
worked out in advance between the survey taker and Lead
Advanceman is strongly advised.
7. Motorcades should be docked in a manner to facilitate the
movement of the majority of people traveling with the
President. The President's vehicle will always be placed
for his convenience and safety. Remember, the motorcade
moves when the President is ready, therefore, all members
of the Presidential motorcade should be ready to move prior
to the President's departure. Thus, a convenient and work-
able docking system must be arranged.
NOTE: The above particularly pertains to airport arrivals
when a motorcade is involved. The vast majority
of people deplane from the rear of Air Force One,
therefore, the motorcade should be positioned at
the rear of Air Force One to facilitate the movement.
8.
Arrangements must be made for an Advanceman to ride on
the Presidential Guest Gus to facilitate the movement and
handling of the President's staff and guests. Radio commu-
nication must be maintained with the bus. Information can
be relayed to the occupants and if problems develop with
the bus the Tour Director can be immediately advised.
There are five principal elements and, in some cases, a sixth
element in both the Standard and Parade Motorcade:
1. President's (Security) Element
2. Press Pool Element
3. Press Element
4. Staff/Guests Element
5. Support
6.
VIP Element (optional depending on situation)
NOTE: The above order varies between motor-
cades and different situations; however,
each element is contained in a Presidential
motorcade.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130 ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION
NLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Motorcade - 4
Wire Service Cars - immediately behind the control car are
two cars for wire service reporters (AP, UPI). WHCA arranges
for the acquisition of the wire cars which are provided by the
telephone company. The Press Secretary will frequently ride
in the first wire car.
Camera Cars - should be convertibles. The camera cars are
occupied by pool photographers. The Secret Service will attempt
to obtain these vehicles through their contract with the Ford
Motor Company. However, sometimes convertibles have not
been available, therefore, the Advanceman must make local
arrangements. The White House Press Office will pay for these
vehicles, when necessary.
Staff Element
Staff Car - should be a nine-passenger station wagon. Usually
occupied by White House staff involved in advance, valet and
WHCA personnel. The Press Secretary may wish to ride in this
car rather than the wire car.
NOTE: Balance of staff will ride in Presidential Guest Bus
when necessary.
Press Element
Press Bussess - should be high-speed Greyhound type busses.
Acquisition of these busses usually is arranged for by the
White House Press Advanceman or Office. Usually there will
be two or more White House Press Busses and, in many cases,
Local Press Busses. The White House Press always is in
front of the Local Press.
Staff/Guests Element
NOTE: Mechanically it is a lot easier to transport VIPs/Guests
in one vehicle such as a bus. There are occasions, how-
ever, when selected VIPs accompanying the President
should be transported in individual vehicles.
1. If a host Governor insists on using his own vehicle
it should be placed directly behind the control car.
2. VIP vehicles should be placed, as a rule, directly
behind the last camera car and in front of staff car.
(Optional-- situation with Tour Office.)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Motorcade - - 5
Presidential Guest Bus - should be same type as press busses.
It is the Advanceman's responsibility to acquire, however, he
should work this out in conjunction with the Press Office SO all
busses are obtained together. The Presidential Guest Bus should
be behind the Press Busses during the movement of the motor-
cade. However, to facilitate boarding and off loading of the
VIPs/Staff the bus should be positioned at the outside rear
bumper of the follow-up car when the motorcade first forms
and upon reaching the Presidential stop or termination point.
Support Element
WHCA Car - arranged for by WHCA. Contains WHCA personnel.
Spare Car(s) - obtained by the Secret Service. Radio communica-
tion between this car(s) and the Pilot Car is essential.
Tail Car - a marked police car.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Motorcade - 6
Parade (Crowd Situation) Motorcade
The definition of a Parade Motorcade is a motorcade where crowds
are expected along the route usually in an area designated as the parade
route.
In a parade situation, when crowds are anticipated, the motorcade
takes on a different configuration. The usual changes are as follows:
1.
Camera Truck(s) - placed between pilot and lead cars.
Should be one ton or one and a half ton, ten foot to twelve
foot flat bed trucks fitted with tiered platform. There
should be at least three tiers each the width of the truck
bed and 18 inches high. A railing 30 inches high should
be constructed around the edge of the platform, across
the width of the tiers and down the center of the platform.
When camera trucks are used, photo convertibles should
be included as spares at the end of the motorcade. In a
situation where there is a long drive prior to reaching the
large crowd area, it may be advantageous to preposition
the photo trucks along the motorcade route near the
beginning of the crowd build-up area. The cameramen
would then ride in the photo cars and transfer to the
truck(s) upon reaching that place. (This should be coordi-
nated with the Secret Service and should probably be same
area where the motorcade would stop to slide back the
roof panels on the President's car.)
2.
Press Pool Report Car - should be a nine passenger
station wagon. Would be occupied by the Press Secretary,
Pool Reporters and WHCA personnel to handle bullhorns
and recorder. It should be behind the control car unless
there is a very special VIP car, such as a Governor's;
in which case the press pool report car would follow the
Governor's car.
The cars discussed above are the only ones to go in a Presidential
motorcade. Frequently there are efforts by local officials to "tack on"
to the motorcade. This will not be permitted and the Secret Service
will quite pointedly prohibit it.
The following charts document the order, occupants, and
requirements of the two basic motorcades.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL MATERIALS PROJECT
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FILE FOLDER
Restricted document has been removed. See document
entry number
1 on Document Withdrawal Record
(GSA Form 7279) or NARS Withdrawal Sheet (GSA Form
7122), located in the front of this folder, for a
description of the item and an explanation for its
removal.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS SERVICE
NLN Form 101 (6-79)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL MATERIALS PROJECT
AUDIOVISUAL CO ECTION
Withdrawal Sheet
PA NUMBER
ITEM NUMBER
247
MEDIUM/CATEGORY
78-2-2-2
(4302-21 LWH Photo #J
Motion Picture Film
ORIGINAL LOCATION:
Sound Recording
File Group
WHSF - staff Member and othie Tiles
Video Recording
Subgroup
John Dean
Still Photograph
Series
1970 Campaign Files
Folder Title
Presidential Advance Manual 1971
ITEM DESCRIPTION
color photog riph
8"x 10"
Box Number
90 107
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA: (Provide whatever information is known about the item.)
Event/Title
Presidential cortege / palm trees
Participants (e. to r.)
Geographical Location
Date(s)
Other Identifying Marks/Title
Classification:
Yes
No.
Level:
PRESERVATION:
Preservation Copy/Copi at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
0-92
NIXON
XON
VELCOME
SIDENT
581-800
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL MATERIALS PROJECT
AUDIOVISUAL LECTION
Withdrawal Sheet
MEDIUM/CATEGORY
PA NUMBER
ITEM NUMBER
248
78-2-2-2
4713-21 CWH Photo#]
Motion Picture Film
ORIGINAL LOCATION:
Sound Recording
File Group
WHSF- Start Member and Othie Tibs
Video Recording
Subgroup
John Dean.
Still Photograph
Series
1970 Campaign Files
Folder Title
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Presidential Advance Manual, 1971
b/w photograph
8" x10"
Box Number
20 107
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA: (Provide whatever information is known about the item.)
Event/Title
Presidential cortege in city
Participants (e. to r.) )
Geographical Location
Date (s)
Other Identifying Yarks/Title
Classification:
Yes
No
Level:
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Comr/Conies Vade Yes "Lo
SCHM
CLO7
P
ARKING
SCHWOBILT
CLOTHES
De e $ Jesser's
MENS QUALITY SHOP
C MALITY SHOP
Tax Flease,
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
WHIT
BE:
CO.1
HFC
PANCE
LOANS
STANLE
JEWELEFS
DIAMONDS
you
EWELERS
RS
S
R
R S RS
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL MATERIALS PROJECT
AUDIOVISUAL C LECTION
Withdrawal Sheet
MEDIUM/CATEGORY
PA NUMBER
ITEM NUMBER
249
78-2-2-2
C 4197-35 [WH Pnoto# ]
Motion Picture Film
ORIGINAL LOCATION:
Sound Recording
File
Group WHSF - Staff Member and Other Tiles
Video Recording
Subgroup
John Pean
Still Photograph
Series
1970 Gampaign Files
Folder Title
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Presidential Advance Manual, 1971
color photograph
8" 8 x10"
Box Number
20 107
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA: (Provide whatever information is known about the item.)
Event/Title
Presidential cortage w/ coNfett,
Participants (e. to r.)
Geographical Location
Date (s)
Other Identifying Yarks/Title
Classification:
Yes
No
Level:
PRESERVATION:
Comy/Contes
Reproduced Vade at the Richard Nixon Yes Presidential Library 10 and Museum
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
GCL 70
Rally Techniques
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
XI
RALLY TECHNIQUES
Introduction
In conducting a rally, every event an Advanceman handles must
have an enthusiastic overflow crowd, bands, signs, banners, beautiful
girls, and in the Advanceman's vernacular, "The Jazz. 11
While these methods have been tested and refined in many
campaigns, there is still room for imagination. Each rally should be
unique. The success of any rally is measured by the size of the crowd.
Empty seats spell disaster. Consequently, filling the hall is an Advance-
man's primary responsibility. The rest of his efforts, although extremely
important, will be wasted if the house is not packed to overflowing.
It is a rare Advanceman who, at some point, hasn't faced the
panic of having to personally help make hand signs, etc., at the last
minute -- but these potential disasters should be avoided.
The Advanceman's job is to motivate the local committees to do
this work. If he finds he is doing the work instead of the committee, he
is in real trouble. In a pinch, or to show leadership, it is good to pitch
in, but he can't get bogged down and lose sight of his overall objective.
He must constantly think ahead and anticipate problems. For example,
if the bunting did not arrive, his notes should show the company in town
that can deliver bunting immediately. This underscores the importance
of taking thorough notes from the very beginning. And, it is not enough
to just list phone numbers -- always get home and business addresses and
phone numbers, full names, titles. These can always be used later for
thank you letters.
For a good rally the following committee format is suggested:
Overall Rally Chairman
Physical Facility Chairman
Entertainment Chairman
Decorations Chairman
Platform Chairman
Program Chairman
Crowd Ushers Chairman
The Advanceman must discuss with the Overall Rally Chairman
the various responsibilities the individual chairmen will have. Once he
has chosen these chairmen, the Advanceman should sit down with each
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 2
one privately and give him detailed information as to how to best perform
his job. The various chairmen should understand that the Advanceman
will always be available to answer any questions or help solve any
problems.
NOTE: If ever a chairman shows up for this meeting without a
pencil and paper, he or she is not going to make it. There
isn't anyone who can remember all the minute details that
will be discussed. An Advanceman cannot give a chairman
a second chance if he makes a mistake, because the next
time it may be too late for recovery. If ever there are any
doubts about a chairman, he should be replaced. An Advance-
man must have full confidence in each of these individuals
in order to perform at top efficiency.
The Advanceman should make it his job to check and double check
each of his Committee Chairmen. He must drop by the phone campaign
headquarters and see if every phone is manned; drive through town and
see if handbills and posters have been dissiminated, and read every news-
paper from cover to cover to see if news stories are appearing. Listen
to newscasts over radio and TV and manage to hear what people on the
street are saying about the President's visit. In the short time he is there,
an Advanceman must become as much a part of the community as if he
were a life-long resident. He must constantly be checking to see if all
supplies--balloons, hats, helium, air compressors, adaptors for blowing
up balloons, paint brushes, poster paint, butcher paper, cardboard, staple
guns, sticks for posters and on and on--are all on hand.
On the day of the event, as soon as the hall opens, the Advance-
man must get his various committees to work immediately. It is essential
that these teams move fast and hard and nothing will encourage them more
than to have the Advanceman appear to be pitching right in with them.
Decorating a hall is a monstrous undertaking and it takes a long time. If
the Advanceman starts the physical work with the volunteers, it puts them
in the right frame of mind and spirit; within a short time, however, he
must move on to his other responsibilities, He must meet with the MC
and Program Chairman to go over the entire program to make sure they
are building the entertainment, speeches and other events with profes-
sionalism to make the program a success.
Physical Facilities at the Hall
The physical arrangements of the hall are the responsibility of
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 3
the Advanceman. He should know how to execute and set up the platform
area, press area and TV platform. He must also check sound and light-
ing and the positioning of TV cameras for flexible, dynamic coverage.
If a rally is going to be covered live the Tour Office must be informed, it
in turn will contact the President's television consultant, and a coordinated
effort will be initiated to get the coverage we want.
Backdrops
The matter of backdrops requires the Advanceman to be flexible
and to make basic judgements regarding their use. WHCA provides a
light blue television backdrop. It is 12' high and 60' long, however, when
hung with folds it is 45' long. The WHCA backdrop is sufficient in most
cases.
In oval arenas and halls that have seats on all sides we must keep
the arena's backdrop as flexible as possible and arrange to have it SO
we can decrease the size of it in order to wrap the crowd all the way
around the back of the President if we have the people to fill the space.
Lighting
The lighting will be done by WHCA. If they don't have sufficient
equipment they will coordinate with a local firm.
Sound
In nearly every case WHCA will provide the sound system when-
ever the President is to make public remarks. However, in the event
WHCA is unable to supply the necessary support, the Advanceman must
arrange with WHCA to have the necessary equipment obtained locally.
WHCA will coordinate and supervise this effort. The local sponsoring
organization will be responsible for this cost.
The overflow speaker system should be arranged SO as to con-
centrate the crowd in the area we want it. However, remember that a
crowd is always going to gather where the motorcade, helicopter arrival
site, etc. is. The answer is to have a sound system in both locations
with the capacity of turning them on or off if we see the crowd gathering
in the area other than the primary overflow area.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130 ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION
NLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 5
NOTE: Place cards should be made and placed on the chair
seat SO as not to be visible to the audience. Be
careful with the scotch tape SO that it does not become
attached to the individual's clothing when he gets up.
NOTE: The only two flags on the platform are the American
Flag and the Presidential Flag -- REPEAT, those
two only. That means no State Flags, family flags,
etc.
President's Arrival at Rally Site and Stage Entrance
1.
Upon arriving at the indoor rally site, the President should
immediately move to a predesignated holding room. This not only allows
the President a few minutes by himself, but it gives the traveling VIPs,
Presidential guests and press, time to get into position before the Presi-
dent makes his entrance. The routes for his entrance to the auditorium
and holding room should be coordinated jointly between the Advanceman
and the Secret Service. It will be necessary for WHCA to install phones
for the President. Alternate routes should be established for the Presi-
dent's entrance if it becomes necessary to avoid certain situations.
We are allowing far too many special-privileged type VIPs to be
behind platforms and in the area where the President moves backstage.
It is worth it as far as the Presidential party is concerned to keep that
group to the absolute minimum. Only those locals who need to be there
should be there. The confusion which results from having too many
people around when we are trying to move the President or work out any
problems that we may have increases and makes the job more difficult.
2. The President should enter the hall from the holding room in
one of three ways: (All entrances must be approved by the Tour Office)
a. A walk-on from the side of the stage.
b. A walk-on directly behind the stage.
C. A long walk-on from the opposite end of the auditorium
through the audience.
Obviously, the Advanceman will not be with the President when
he goes on stage. His place is to be as inconspicious as possible, but
keenly aware of any possible mishap on the part of the President, Presi-
dential guests, or staff members. It is also important to remember that
when preceding the President, an Advanceman must stay sufficiently far
ahead of him to be out of the way of the TV cameras or still photographers.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 6
Preprogramming
The preprogram should be in progress long before the President
arrives for the event. A preprogram is an opportunity to get the crowd
warmed up and responsive to the President's arrival. This is an oppor-
tunity for the "Star Spangled Banner" to be played, the invocation, the
introduction of VIPs and special guests. The preprogram also provides
an opportunity for the local political candidates to speak (for no longer
than one minute each). A prewarmup can become a real drag if it is
allowed to become only a political forum. Bands should play certain
numbers and celebrities can be introduced; choral groups can sing and
various other entertainment groups can perform.
When the President arrives and is in the holding room, the Advance-
man must be sure the Program Chairman, Band Director and the MC have
a well rehearsed method of communication -- signals, voice or radio
communication -- to execute his entrance with smooth precision. The
President's entrance must be automatic and precise. The Advanceman
must conduct a rehersal with all the people and parties involved. The
President's entrance with honors should be as follows: with the President
out of sight at a predetermined location, Steve Bull informs the Advance-
man that the President is in position and ready to move. The Advanceman
then communicates a cue to the Band Director. The band plays four (4),
REPEAT 4, "Ruffles and Flourishes. " This is followed immediately by
an off-stage announcement, "Ladies and Gentlemen, the President of
the United States (and Mrs. Nixon). 11
NOTE: Any deviation from the off-stage announcement must be
cleared with the Tour Office.
NOTE: At political events a reverse order introduction should
be used. For example, the announcement should go
"United States Senator Hugh Scoot and the President of
the United States. "
Anyone entering with the President should be announced,
the order depending on the nature of the event.
The announcement is followed immediately by "Hail to the Chief. " The
President will enter as the music starts.
When the President enters and "Hail to the Chief" is played, we
should see that the "Hail to the Chief" is always concluded prior to the
applause's dying out. This is a question of timing; however, the band
leader should be made aware that when he sees that the applause is
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 7
starting to subside, he should cut the band off. If the President shakes
hands, mingles, etc. during his entrance and the applause is still strong,
the band should switch to some lively march music after two verses of
"Hail to the Chief. " If he enters directly without stopping, "Hail to the
Chief" should conclude when the President is at center stage.
The audience should be wildly enthusiastic and clapping, giving
the President a warm reception. THE ADVANCEMAN MUST MAKE SURE
THERE IS NOT A LONG INTRODUCTION.
The President prefers to be on the stage for approximately five
minutes before he speaks. Who makes the formal introduction of the
President should be cleared by the Tour Office.
While the President is speaking, the Advanceman and the Tour
Director should move into the overflow area. If it is a smaller hall
near the larger hall, together you should decide whether the crowd is
large enough to warrant a "drop-by" by the President after his speech.
It is necessary that you have already established the routes by
which the President would move into this overflow crowd where he could
speak to them. Under no circumstances should there be a second speak-
ing platform, for the overflow "drop-by" should be as spontaneous as
possible. Example: Nothing more than a hand mic and a small platform
that could be moved quickly into position is necessary.
After the President speaks, the band should strike on cue into
"Hail to the Chief. " The minute "Hail to the Chief" finishes, the band
should move directly into another number. Many times there is a long
awkward pause and the enthusiasm dies. We need to have the band
launch right into their next number and it should be a lively selection.
The band should keep playing until the President has departed the site.
Upon departing, the President should not walk back through the
main crowd and out of the auditorium. Instead, the departure should
always be through the back of the auditorium to the motorcade. If he
arrived through the main entrance, he will depart by the rear or side
entrance. Therefore, it will be necessary for the motorcade to be
moved while the President is speaking SO it will be ready to go long
before the President is finished. The Advanceman should also keep in
mind it is necessary for the Press Advanceman to move the press and
that arrangements must be made for the Presidential guests and staff
to exit as rapidly as the President.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 8
An example of a program is shown below.
NOTE: After the program is firmed, the Advanceman-must
begin feeding Mrs. Cecilia Bellinger, from the speech
writers group, information about bands, entertainers,
local interest stories, etc. that can be used by the
President in his remarks.
PROGRAM
7:30 p.m.
MC - Welcome remarks
7:31
Flag Salute - Senior Class President
7:32
"Star Spangled Banner"
7:33
Welcome - Mayor
7:35
Introduction of local candidates
Music
Entertainment
Celebrities
8:00
Introduction of platform guests
Top entertainer or singing group (pad time)
8:15
"Ruffles and Flourishes" - 4 times
Voice (off stage) - "LADIES AND GENTLEMEN,
THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES (AND
MRS. NIXON!)"
"Hail to the Chief"
Senator introduces the President (2 to 3 minutes)
President's remarks
President concludes
"Hail to the Chief" and everyone is out
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 9
Bands
Bands in General
There should always be bands whenever the President appears in
public and crowds are expected. The local Republican organization should
have a list of all good performing bands in the area. If such a list is not
available, the following should help:
Try first for volunteer bands -- college and high school bands -- if
they are any good. Use paid bands only if the school bands are unable to
play for some reason or are no good. The primary job here is to field
good bands.
When lining up local bands, work through a respected band
director who can advise about the better groups. Make it clear that
what is wanted are loud brass bands that will give a rally or parade the
excitement it has to have. The music should include the lively Susa
marches, "Saints go Marching In, " "Up With People, " and other up-tempo
driving music. Dixieland bands are excellent. Be sure not to get a three
piece combo of woodwinds no one can hear. Even for airport "jazz" at
least 10 horns are needed. Bagpipe groups are great. It is essential
that the bands know "Ruffles and Flourishes" and "Hail to the Chief. 11 The
Advanceman should attend a rehersal to make sure to his satisfaction
that the band can play these properly.
Bands for the Airport
Be sure the band has a PA system and that the Secret Service has
cleared where the band can be located. If possible, elevate the band on
risers, or on a flatbed truck.
Bands for the Auditoriums or Halls
The next worse thing to a lousy band is a good one that cannot be
heard. Be sure the band is connected to the hall's PA system. If possible,
elevate the band on risers to the side of the stage. Keep it near the stage,
not at the rear of the hall. Be sure to rope off the section for the band
and provide signs indicating that it is reserved. The band should be in
position one hour before the President arrives. The President's entrance
should be a high-pitched event.
In halls which are small -- under 5,000 -- we should never have
more than one or two bands. The reason is that we know that we can fill
those halls and when we have a large number of bands in, it looks as if we
were panicked and we were trying to fill the space. The press notices
this sort of thing and it doesn't come off well.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 10
Banners
Banners hung on the walls of the auditorium or hall always look
too small. Encourage the Committee to make them huge -- 6 to 12 feet
high and 50 to 100 feet long. Use varied slogans and designs and remember
to use imagination.
Another technique is the "ticker tape" banner -- one long continuous
banner placed around all walls near the ceiling and which, like a ticker
tape, spells out a message. "Dateline
January 12, 1970
Anaheim,
California
WELCOME HOME MR. PRESIDENT AND PAT. 11 Don't
be tied to any one idea. Design any kind of banner; avoid conformity.
Handsigns
Handsigns must be hand painted. In terms of numbers, think of
one sign for every ten people at the rally. Urge the Handsign Committee
to use hundreds of different and original slogans.
Remember that if there are three events in a single city (and thus
three separate crowds) the handsigns used at the airport arrival will never
again be available, nor will the handsigns used at the hotel arrival be
available for the evening rally. This means the Handsign Chairman must
be prepared to make enough handsigns for each function.
To effectively produce lots of handsigns, it is a good idea to involve
the youth of the community, preferably junior high school, high school and
college students. Have the Committee Chairman organize a sign painting
party (or parties) where cokes, hot dogs, hamburgers, nibbles, etc., are
on hand - anything to make a party. When these young people arrive, the
sign painting operation should already be set up. If it is done in a large
room it is a good idea to set up picnic-type tables, with two or three people
to each table. They should stand while painting. In front of each person
should be a stack of 36" x 24" cardboards, 3 bottles or 3 large Dixie cups
filled with black, red, and blue poster paint. Each color should be provided
with a 1" to 3" paint brush. Tell your painters that lengthy messages
cannot be read by either TV or newspaper photos. It is best to have snappy
slogans like: "Nixon's the One, 11 "Welcome Mr. President, 11 "Hi, Pat
and Dick, " "Harris County says Welcome, " "Nixon has Soul, 11 "Nixon is
Groovy. " Let them use their imagination. Encourage originality, but
they should paint fast and boldly. They should look hand painted; they
should not look professional -- that is the reason for hand-painting the
signs. One individual should paint at least two signs per minute, maybe
even three. WATCH AND SCREEN FOR SIGNS THAT COULD PROVE
EMBARRASSING.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 11
Have 2 or 3 boys ready to pick up the signs as they are painted and
place in another location for drying. Once they have dried, start an
assembly line. Two or three other people can be laying out the sign sticks
(lathing strips) and staple the signs to them, one stick for each sign do
not staple a sign on each side of the stick.
After making the signs the most important thing is getting them to
the rally site and getting them properly distributed. The number one
principle is getting the signs to the people who will hold and wave them and not
place them under their seats -- common sense dictates who these people are.
Also, the distribution of handsigns should be accomplished prior to the
arrival of the White House Press. It is imperative that the Advanceman not
get involved physically in the distribution. Make sure that signs are ids-
tributed throughout the rally and not overly concentrated in one area.
However, make sure that numerous "good" signs are in camera angle range.
The best way to accomplish this distribution is to have an army of volunteers
properly briefed and lead from a central location where the signs are stored.
Crowd Ushers
Crowd Ushers are an essential ingredient for a successful rally.
They must be disciplined, organized and properly lead. They also should
be identifiable. Prior to the public's admittance the crowd ushers should
be assembled and instructed by the Advanceman or a very trusted individual
on where and how the crowd should be placed. If tickets or invitations are
being used, arrangements must be made to collect these and properly admit
the right people. The Crowd Usher Chairman usually supervises this im-
portant duty. The Advanceman should fully inform the USSS agent in charge
on all such matters.
In line with this the Advanceman must make arrangements with the
USSS, convention hall personnel, local police, etc. to get the bands, enter-
tainers, platform guests Crowd Ushers, handsign distributors, etc. into
the event/rally when and where he wants them. At this point the doors are
ready to be opened.
At this juncture, the Advanceman must beware of Fire Marshalls.
These individuals have a wonderful affinity for inflexibility and can easily
ruin a rally by prematurely closing the hall. Remember the number one
principle of advancing - - EMPTY SEATS SPELL DISASTER. Therefore,
the Advanceman should anticipate possible Fire Marshall problems and
have a plan worked out.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Rally Techniques - 12
While discussing empty seats, if the Press Area or Reserved
Area for White House Staff have empty seats the Advanceman must
fill them. There should not be an empty seat in the house.
No discussion of rally techniques would be complete without
discussing demonstrators. The number one principle is to BE
PREPARED FOR DEMONSTRATORS. Close liaison with the USSS
must be maintained regarding their intelligence information. The
Advanceman must also use his sources and get a "gut feel" for the
situation and determine what they have planned. This information
should be relayed to the Tour Office.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
PRESS
SPECIAL PASS ENTRANCE
RALLY SITE
WITHOUT CHAIRS
(GYMNASIUM, AIRPORT HANGER)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
CP
VIP
3'
STANDEES
3'
SPECIAL PASS HOLDERS
1
ENTRANCE
FLATBEDS OR BLEACHERS
BAND
SEATING
CHAIRS SET
ON RISERS
X
X
CROWD
X
CROWD
X
X
SEATING
SEATING
X
X
X
X
X
X
STANDEES
X
X
X
X
X
X
SEATING
SEATING
X
CROWD
X X XX> CENTER AISLE X X X
CROWD
PLATFORM
PRESS
RN
ENTRANCE
PLATFORM
CROWD
WRITING PRESS
RISER
1
UNDERNEATH: PRESIDENTIAL
SEATING
ENTRANCE FROM MOTORCADE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
BALCONY
PRESS POOL
BAND
TEAM
BLEACHERS
HOLDING
ROOM
PLATFORM
RN ENT.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
BLEACHERS
VIP AREA
PRESS POOL
LARGE RED
PRESS
MAT FOR
BLEACHER
BALCONY
FOLDING CHAIRS
STUDENTS TO
CURTAIN
SIT ON
/
PRESS PLATED
PRESS L.D.'S
BLEACHERS
COINS
PRESS AREA
!!!!!!!!
11
PRESS
ENTRANCE
LIGHTS
BLEACHERS
BALCONY
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL MATERIALS PROJECT
AUDIOVISUAL CC ECTION
Withdrawal Sheet
MEDIUM/CATEGORY
PA NUMBER
ITEM NUMBER 250
78-2-2-2
5459-12 A [WH PhotoHT
Motion Picture Film
ORIGINAL LOCATION:
Sound Recording
File Group WHSF - Staff Member and Othie Ales
Video Recording
Subgroup
John Dean
Still Photograph
Series
1970 Campaign Files
Folder Title
Presidential Advance Manual, 1971
ITEM DESCRIPTION
b/w photo
8" x 10th
Box Number
90 1.07
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA: (Provide whatever information is known about the item.)
Event/Title
Campaign rally
Participants (L. to r.)
President Mxon, family members, audience
Geographical Location
Date (s)
Other Identifying Yarks/Title
Classification:
Yes
No
Level:
THEN
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Présidential Library and Museum
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON
PRESIDENTIAL
AUDIOVISUAL COLLECTION
Withdrawal Sheet
MEDIUM/CATEGORY.
PA NUMBER
ITEM NUMBER
251
78-2-2-2
5459- 17 A [WH Photo#)
Motion Picture Film
ORIGINAL LOCATION:
Sound Recording
File Group
WHSF - Staff Member and Office Fiks
Video Recording
Subgroup
John Dean
Still Photograph
Series
1970 Campaign Files
Folder Title
Presidential Advance Manual , 1971
ITEM DESCRIPTION
L/N photo
8" X 10
Box Number
90 107
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (Provide whatever information is known about the item.)
Event/Title
Campaign Rally
Participants (e. to r.)
RN addressing atudents
Geographical Location
Date (s)
Other Identifying Yarks/Title
Classification:
Yes
No
Level:
PRESERVATION:
Prlegervation
at the Richard Nixon Yes Presidential Library and Museum
10-93
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL MATERIALS PROJECT
AUDIOVISUA COLLECTION
Withdrawal Sheet
MEDIUM/CATEGORY.
PA NUMBER
ITEM NUMBER
252
78-2-2-2
4/926- 32 A [WH Photo#]
Motion Picture Film
ORIGINAL LOCATION:
Sound Recording
File Group WHSF - Statt Member and Office Files
Video Recording
Subgroup
John Dean
Still Photograph
Series
1970 Campaign Files
Folder Title
Presidential Advance Manual, 1571
ITEM DESCRIPTION
b/w. photo
8"x10" 8" x10
Box Number
90 107
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA: (Provide whatever information is known about the item.)
Event/Title
Campaign Manual
Participants (e. to r.)
RN and party supporters
Geographical Location
Date (s)
Other Identifying Yarks/Title
Classification:
Yes
No.
Level:
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
THE
our PRESID
GREG
PROGRESS
Macrop
THE
FITE
Mac
NIXON
Groger
BEST
NIXONS
BILL
£ONE!
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL MATERIALS PROJECT
AUDIOVISUA COLLECTION
Withdrawal Sheet
MEDIUM/CATEGORY
PA NUMBER
ITEM NUMBER
253
78-2-2-2
4797-13 [WH Photo #]
Motion Picture Film
ORIGINAL LOCATION:
Sound Recording
File Group WHSF -Staff Member and other Files
Video Recording
Subgroup John Dean
Still Photograph
Series
1970 Campaign Files
Folder Title
Presidential Advance Manual, 1971
ITEM DESCRIPTION
b./w. photo
8"x10"
Box Number
90 107
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA: (Provide whatever information is known about the item.)
Event/Title
Campaign rally
Participants (l. to r.)
RN and supporters
Geographical Location
Date (s)
Other Identifying Yarks/Title
Classification:
Yes
No
Level:
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Time
ER
TS
XON
WELCOME
NIXON
HELLO
LCOME
HELLO
MR
XON
WELCPRESIDEN
WELCO
WELCOME
NIX
NIXO
LOUD
NIXON:
WELCOME
XONi
NIXON
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Overnight
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
OVERNIGHT TRIPS
I. GENERAL
When the President and his staff are on the road, they must be
provided with facilities that afford the same functional arrange-
ment as the White House. You will have the responsibility of
physically establishing what, in effect, is a temporary operating
White House, which must provide functional efficiency, privacy
and comfort.
A. The lead Advanceman should check on the following
items in selecting a hotel:
1.
Political affiliation of the hotel, if any; if it is a
member of a chain, national political affiliation.
2. Availability of space in the hotel, and nearby hotels,
for the President and additional members of the
President's party.
3. Suitable Presidential suite.
4. Reputation/background of hotel.
5. Access and exits for transportation.
6. Adequate elevators to move large numbers of
people rapidly,
7.
Conference and meeting room (Press Area).
8. Area -- i.e., slum, high crime, etc.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
B. Guidelines
1.
Room Assignments on Presidential floor:
H. R. Haldeman
Rose Mary Woods
Dwight Chapin
Military Aide
Ron Walker
Steward
Larry Higby
Doctor
Stephen Bull
Others, as designated by
White House
(Diagrams, showing several hypothetical setups for an
overnight visit, are attached.)
Additionally, there should be:
Staff Office
Steward's Work Room (kitchen)
Staff Lounge
(if no Kitchen is included in
Presidential suite)
Miss Woods', Mr. Chapin's, and Mr. Walker's rooms should
be located in the area of the Staff Office and Staff Lounge. All
these rooms, with the exception of the Steward's room, should
be located at the opposite end of the hall from the Presidential
suite.
2. Rooms for Additional Staff:
As a general rule, all other members of the President's senior
staff (e.g., Messrs. Kissinger, Ehrlichman, Shultz, and Cabinet
members) should be on a different, but adjacent floor.
a. As a general rule, the Press does not stay in the
hotel in which the President stays. In this event,
the Press Secretary, Mr. Ron Ziegler, should
be provided a room in the Presidential hotel, but
not on the Presidential floor. (This does not have
to be a suite.)
However, if the Press does stay in the same hotel,
Mr. Ziegler should be provided a two-room suite,
but, again, not on the same floor as the Presidential
suite.
-2-
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
b.
As a general rule, the remainder of the staff,
the White House photographers, and the Advance
Office, should be located on a different floor --
preferably either on the floor above or below
the Presidential suite. However, if the hotel
is going to charge for the rooms on the Presi-
dent's floor which are not being used, this
information should be reported to the Advance
Office in order that a decision may be made as
to whether more staff should fill those rooms
on the President's floor.
C. Negotiations
The lead Advanceman must negotiate an arrangement (i. ,
Government/Military rates) with the hotel management
covering the rooms in the Advance Team. Rates will vary
depending on the location. The lead Advanceman should check
with the WHCA Trip Officer and lead Secret Service Agent
to determine per deim rates, etc. before negotiating room
rates within the hotel. DEX this information to the Advance
Office.
II. ROOM REQUIREMENTS
A. The President's Suite:
Obviously, the President's suite will be the nicest rooms the
hotel has. It should have two bedrooms and a large parlor,
and, if possible, a kitchen for the stewards.
Such factors as external noises and proximity to elevators must
be considered in selecting the location of the President's suite.
Items of importance for the President's suite:
1. Never place any newspapers in the suite.
2. There should never be a bar set up in the
President's suite.
NOTE: If the hotel management wishes to
provide a bar, it should be put in the steward's
room, the workroom, or the kitchen of the suite.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-3-
3. WHCA should remove all house phones in the
President's suite and replace them with White
House phones.
4.
WHCA will place buzzers in the President's bedroom
(by his bed) and in the suite's parlor, but no buzzer
will be placed in Mrs. Nixon's bedroom. These
buzzers will ring in the stewards' work room and the
senior steward's bedroom.
5. If the hotel wishes, flowers may be put in the
President's suite.
6. Double or Queen size beds should be in each bedroom.
B. Steward:
In most cases, one or more of the White House stewards will
travel with the President. Usually one steward will arrive a
day before the President. Therefore, it is not necessary for
the hotel to assign a waiter to the Presidential suite. However,
you should introduce the steward to the hotel staff so that he can
make arrangements for whatever food the President may desire.
If the Presidential suite doesn't include a kitchen, a room next
to the Presidential suite should be reserved for a work room to
be used as a kitchen. This room requires:
1.
To be cleared of hotel beds.
2. A large table.
3. A small refrigerator.
4. Some type of frying pan.
5. Two or three burner hot plates.
NOTE: If a room is used, make sure that hotel electricians
check the room to be sure it can take the load.
In addition to the kitchen work room, the steward will need
at least one bedroom on the Presidential floor. The other
steward can be put on another floor if there is no room on the
Presidential floor. All liquor for the President must be put in
the steward's room.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-4-
C. Staff on Presidential Floor
As mentioned earlier, several members of the White House
staff will be located on the Presidential floor.
1.
Mr. Haldeman and Mr. Higby should share a three-
room suite. If no suite is available, they should
have three connecting rooms. The center room will
be for use of Mr. Haldeman as an office and conference
room. This suite should be as close to the President's
as possible, but not next to it.
An office for Mr. Haldeman is only necessary when there
will be considerable staff time on a trip when there is time
to work.
During a quick in-and-out stop, no office is required.
All material for Mr. Haldeman should be placed in
Mr. Higby's room.
2. Mr. Chapin's and Mr. Walker's rooms should be
at the opposite end of the hall from the President's
suite.
3.
Miss Rose Mary Woods' room should be near the
Staff Office. In her room should be:
a.
IBM Executive typewriter and IBM transcriber.
b. Office supplies -- paper, typewriter ribbons,
steno. notebooks, pads, pencils, pens, carbon
sets, rubber bands, stapler, stapler remover,
paper clips, etc.,
D. Senior Staff
The rooms for the senior staff, e.g., Messrs. Kissinger
Ehrlichman, Shultz, and Cabinet members, should be on a
different floor, however, in the same general area; again,
the floor above or below is excellent or use suites in the
same general area of the hotel if they are available. Also
if these staff members have any of their staff traveling with
them, they should be located next to them.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
The senior staff rooms or suite should be roomy and com-
fortable. These rooms will have the same room require-
ments as all other rooms, as mentioned later.
E. Staff Office
The Staff Office should be located on the same floor as the
Presidential suite, but at the opposite end of the hall. This
should be a working room and arranged so. The office
should be equipped with:
Xerox Machine (Model 660-I)
2 IBM Executive typewriters
TV (Color)
Office supplies.
There should be a secretary who takes shorthand for the Staff
Office during the daytimes and evenings. It is preferable to
use one or two of the secretaries who have been working in the
Advance Office during the week, since they have become familiar
with the operation.
F. Staff Lounge
The Staff Lounge should be next to the Staff Office. In most
cases, a connecting suite can be used for both.
The Staff Lounge should be set up with a large table and
several comfortable chairs, and a color TV set.
A buffet of sandwiches and soft drinks should be available
in the Staff Lounge upon arrival, and during the evening
until about 11:00 p.m. The following morning, a continental
breakfast of juice, coffee and soft rolls should be in the
Staff Lounge from 7:00 a. m., depending on Departure time,
(No elaborate spread -- unless hotel insists.)
G. Other Staff and Guests
The remaining members of the White House staff and other
guests who may be traveling with the President should have
rooms (single) on another floor. This can be the floor
above or below the Presidential floor. The floor on which
the Advance Office is located is excellent.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-6-
Most of the time there will be two male secretaries traveling
with the Staff. Each of their rooms will require:
1. An IBM Executive typewriter and IBM transcriber
2. Office Supplies -- paper, typewriter ribbons, etc.
The military stenographers are:
Abel Araiza - M/Sgt - Air Force
Max Collins - Sgt.
Bill Cuff -- Master Chief - YNCM
Marti McAlister - Sgt. ASF -- - (Female)
Don Murray - Chief, Navy
The military stenographer can share a room with the White
House baggage man, unless the military stenographer should
be Sgt. Marti McAlister.
The baggage man from the military office will usually be
Specialist 7th Class Herb Oldenburg, or Specialist 7th Class,
Tom Stahl.
H. The Advance Office
The Advance Office, or advance men's rooms, are not on
the Presidential floor. The floor above or below is excellent.
I. White House Photographer's Room
This room is for Ollie Atkins and other White House photo-
graphers, and should be on a separate floor. The White
House photographers are:
Ollie Atkins
Byron Schumaker
Jack Kightlinger Karl Schumacher
Bob Knudsen
-7- -
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
J. The Press Secretary - (See Paragraph 2 a.)
K. General Room Requirements
All rooms, except the Presidential suite, should have the
following items:
1.
Room List
Should list, alphabetically, the names and room
numbers of all members of the White House staff,
guests, and Advancemen, as well as any other
rooms being used by the staff, WITH THE FOLLOWING
EXCEPTION:
NEVER, under any circumstances, should the
room numbers of the President, Mrs. Nixon, Mr. Haldeman's
office, or the Secret Service, be included in this list.
The room lists should be placed on the desk in each
room, and several copies should be put on the walls
of the corridor to facilitate people finding their rooms.
2. Information (Fact) Sheet
Should list all pertinent information that the staff needs
during their stay, such as:
a. TIME OF BAGGAGE CALL.
b. Local restaurants, and room number where
buffet and continental breakfast is to be
served.
C.
Local attractions.
d.
Hotel services.
e. Church services.
(if overnight on Saturday evening.)
f.
How to reach the Motorpool (phone numbers)
A sheet, or sheets, containing the above information should
be taped to the mirror of the desk in each room.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
3.
Each room should be cleared of all hotel advertise-
ments except room service information.
4. Registration. Every member of the Presidential
party should be pre-registered. The keys should
be in the doors no later than one hour prior to
the arrival of the Presidential party.
5. Newspapers. Copies of the most recent daily news-
paper should be placed in each staff room just be-
fore arrival time, and also a copy of the local daily
should be placed outside the door the next morning.
In addition, a copy of the Washington Post and the
New York Times should also be placed outside the
door the next morning. If copies of these news-
papers are not obtainable, notify the Advance
Office, in advance.
.If large metropolitan newspapers (for example, Los
Angeles Times, Chicago Tribune) are available, these,
too, should be placed outside the door the next morning.
6. Signs. On the outside door frame of each staff member's
room there should be attached a 3 X 5 card showing his name,
or a 12 X 4 card should be attached to the top of the door
ledge in such a position that it projects into the hall. The
occupant's name should be printed on both sides of the
12 X 4 card.
There should be no sign identifying Mr. Haldeman's office,
if there is one.
7. T.V. Inspection. The television set in the Presidential
suite should be checked by WHCA; all others by the hotel
staff.
8. City Information. A map of the city, and one or two booklets
setting forth points of local interest, should be placed on
top of the desk in each room.
-9-
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
L. News Summary.
A news summary is prepared each day by Mort Allin's office
for the President and certain members of the staff. It is
received very early each morning by WHCA, and that office
will make the necessary number of copies and deliver them
to the Staff.
It is the Advanceman's responsibility to obtain from Mr.
Allin's office a list of those in the Presidential party to
whom the News Summary should be delivered, and give
WHCA a copy of this list.
The Advanceman should be prepared to help WHCA in
making these copies, if requested.
III. HOTEL REQUIREMENTS
A. Elevators.
All elevators must stop on all floors, including the Presi-
dent's floor.
B. Hotel Services
Arrange with the hotel for fast room service. It is best to
have a waiter assigned to the floors we are using.
Arrange with the hotel management for fast laundry and
valet service. Have laundry and valet service available
for late evening when possible.
C. Hotel Keys
Make sure that a master key for the floor or floors the White
House is using is available for the lead Advanceman.
NOTE: A good advanceman will always have 5 - 10 rooms
in his pocket. This, of course, will vary with the size of
the Presidential party. If it is a small party, 3 - 4 rooms
will be sufficient. It is also wise to have these keys in your
pocket in the event someone arrives for whom no arrange-
ments have been made.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
IV. MOTOR POOL
On an overnight, the Advanceman must make arrangements for
a hour motorpool with a dispatcher located in the hotel. If
it is possible through the local contact, have local men (such as
JC's, etc.) serve as drivers. If not, check with the Military Aide
about getting service personnel to perform this function.
1. Each senior staff member should have a car and driver
assigned to him.
2. Each car should have a map in it.
3. Each car should be assigned a number, so that the
dispatcher can give the car number to the person
requesting a car.
4. The motorpool office should have a WHCA phone
in addition to the regular room phone.
5. The dispatcher should be furnished a list of White
House staff, and order of priority.
6. All drivers should be male.
V. HOTEL MANAGEMENT
A representative of the hotel, either the vice president or resident
manager, and in some cases both, will greet the President upon
arrival. They will always want to accompany the President to his
suite and show him the room. The Advanceman should always cover
with the manager of the hotel his responsibilities. They are: to
meet and greet the President and accompany him to the elevators.
(It is not necessary for the manager to personally accompany the
President to the suite.)
When the President departs, the manager/or vice president should
again be by the elevator at the lobby floor for a photograph with the
President by a White House photographer. A photographer should,
if possible, be taken on the President's arrival - but not if doing
so would delay the President in any way.
Photographs taken upon arrival or departure should be sent to
the manager/and vice president.
-11-
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
VI. WHITE HOUSE PRESS CORPS
The White House Press Office and the White House Transportation
Office are responsible for covering all aspects for the White
House Press Corps. (See Press Section.)
On rare occasions the Press stays in the same hotel as the President.
When this occurs, there is need for a large hall, preferably on the
ground or main floor, that can be used for Press conferences and
briefings. You should not contract for such space unless
specifically directed to do so by the White House, and should
consult the Press representative before finalizing selection of
this room.
VII. WHCA ROOM RESPONSIBILITIES
WHCA has the responsiblity for completing the following requirements:
A. A White House telephone extension in the rooms
of all White House staff and Cabinet members.
B. Telephone and buzzer systems for the President's
suite (as set forth in section on room requirements
for Presidential suite).
C. IBM dictating/transcription equipment as follows:
1.
Dictating machines for:
H. R. Haldeman
L. Higby
J. D. Ehrlichman
D. Chapin
R. Walker
2.
Transcribing machines for:
Rose Woods
Military Stenos
D. Reproduction and distribution of News Summary.
(See News Summary, Section II, L.)
-12-
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130 ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDSARMINISTRATION RECORDS.ADMINISTR RECORDSADMINISTRATION Library and MuseumLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
IX. BAGGAGE
On all overnight trips, and on trips that require the President
and party to change clothes, the matter of moving personal
baggage will have to be considered. Since the Presidential
party has other things to do, they cannot attend physically
to their own baggage. A Baggage Man from the Military Aide's
office will usually be traveling on the plane and will assist you
in supervising the transfer of baggage.
When making hotel arrangements during the advance, you should
discuss with the manager, the necessity for the expeditious delivery
of baggage from the delivery truck to each individual's room.
You can usually estimate the approximate number of pieces from
the number of members in the Presidential party. On this basis,
the hotel management should make available an ample number
of hotel bellmen to effect expeditious baggage delivery to the
rooms. You should work out an arrangement with the manager
for billing the bellmen's gratuities on the main hotel bill.
Frequently there is a standard charge of 40¢ per bag.
A. Arriving Baggage
Upon arrival at the airport, all baggage, including the President's,
will be transferred directly from the plane into a delivery van or
truck which the Advanceman, in conjuction with the Military
Aide's office, will have obtained. The van will then proceed to
the hotel, where the White House baggage man, equipped with
the hotel room list you provide him, will muster the hotel bell-
man crew for which you have arranged, and deliver the bags to
the rooms. All bags from the plane will have laminated tags
upon which the room numbers can be written with a grease
pencil, and later erased.
NOTE: Baggage belonging to the President and his family
will be handled by the Secret Service and/or White House
baggage man only. However, the Advanceman must make
sure a small, closed-in van, with racks for hanging luggage,
is available to the baggage man upon arrival. The Advanceman
should coordinate with USSS to have a police escort for the baggage.
-14-
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
B. Departing Baggage
You and the Military Aide will have to agree upon a reasonable
and judicious time to schedule a baggage call -- the time
when staff members must have their baggage packed and ready
to be picked up by the baggage man. This time must be approved
by the Advance Office. When figuring a time for a baggage call,
you must take into account that all baggage being loaded aboard
Air Force One must be fluoroscoped by the Secret Service first,
a time consuming process. On the other hand, you should make
every effort to schedule baggage call at a time most convenient
to the members of the President's party. On trips there are many
staff members who labor late into the night, and forcing them to
get out of bed at the crack of dawn for an unusually early baggage
call is unfair to that individual. Although it is necessary to allow
sufficient time to move baggage from the individual hotel rooms
to the plane, the Secret Service's fluroscoping process, and
loading on the plane, you must temper the time allocations with
the realization of the needs of those in the Presidential party.
Always try to schedule baggage call for a time as close as
possible to the individual's time of departure from the hotel.
-15-
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
OVERNIGHT - 8
MRS. NIXON
PRESIDENT
PARLOR
TRICIA
HALDEMAN
JULIE & DAVID
HIGBY
STEWARD
BULL
MILITARY AIDE
DOCTOR
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR
CHAPIN
WH SECRETARY
WALKER
WH SECRETARY
STAFF OFFICE
ROSE WOODS
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
OVERNIGHT - 9
MRS. NIXON
PRESIDENT
PARLOR
STEWARD
SUITE
BULL
HALDEMAN
MILITARY AIDE
HIGBY
DOCTOR
CHECK POINT
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR
WH SECRETARY
CHECK POINT
CHAPIN
WALKER
ROSE WOODS
STAFF OFFICE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Other Events
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
XIII
OTHER EVENTS
General
Obviously the President does not exclusively attend political
rallies. Other events at which the President may participate include
substantive meetings, dinners, receptions, dedications, tours of
facilities, etc. All of these events require active advancing. The
guiding philosophy of all such advances must be that the President's time
is extremely valuable and that the dignity of the Office of the President
of the United States must always be maintained.
A primary difference that exists with non-political events is that
the Advanceman will most likely be working with organizations other than
the Republican Party.
Guidelines
1. Throughout the manual numerous techniques and concepts of
advancing have been documented -- they are still valid when advancing
non-political events. However, the nature of the event obviously will
determing which techniques are utilized. Common sense will dictate how
the Advanceman approaches his task.
2. Thus, the Advanceman must analyze the event and determine
what will be required.
3. The following must be determined:
a.
The purpose and desired results
b.
Special activities which can be derived, i.e., press
conferences, color events, special meetings
C.
Political considerations evolving around the event
d.
Background information about the event, location, etc.
e.
Times involved
f.
Location of event
so
Program
h.
Platform list/seating diagrams
i.
Attendance -- who, how many, etc.
j.
Movements required
k.
Holding area
4. A tentative schedule including all pertinent information and
options must be developed.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Other Events - 2
Substantive Meetings
When running an advance where a substantive meeting is involved
it must be clearly understood that the meeting is your total responsibility.
The Advanceman is responsible for the setting up of the room, placecards,
the movement of people. The substantive portion of the meeting is the
responsibility of another area of the White House but it should be coordi-
nated totally through you. The Advanceman must stay on top of this
situation - - this is extremely important -- and he must prevent too many
people getting involved.
In controlling substantive meetings the President's participation
should be limited to a maximum of two hours -- agenda material portion
for one hour and discussion for one hour. The scheduling might allow an
additional hour if the meeting lasts more than two hours.
In addition, small miniature flags (approximately 6 inches high)
of the various state representatives or mayors, plus the flags represen-
ting the various federal government departments, should be on the table.
These flags should be placed next to the person's name card.
At any meeting site, and this includes hotels, there is no need
to have a lot of people, especially hotel types, building managers,
custodians, help, etc. running around the staff area. They should be
encouraged to stay out of those areas from a security standpoint, as well
as too much traffic and too much confusion. On recent advances we have
been sadly lacking in control on the floors the President uses too
many locals, too many busy people -- only those people that are needed
should be around those areas. This applies to Advancemen too.
Dinners
Unless specifically instructed otherwise, the President will arrive
at a dinner for the dessert course. Therefore, timing becomes very
important and the Advanceman and the principals involved with running
the dinner must work out the dinner program SO that when the President
arrives the program and main course are where they're supposed to be.
Another major point -- what is the dress.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Other Events - 3
Receptions
The matter of receiving lines must be coordinated with the
Military Aide. The Tour Office will determine the amount of time
involved and who should attend and then it becomes the Advanceman's
responsibility to turn off miltitudes of people who want to meet the
President.
At this juncture a review of the non-political case study will
answer many of the questions pertaining to other events.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Case Study
Political
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
THE POLITICAL ADVANCE
A CASE STUDY
Introduction
Logistically, a political Presidential advance follows the same
pattern as a non-political advance. The big difference is that in the
case of a political event, the Advanceman works almost exclusively
with members of the Republican Party rather than with the general
public. When planning this type of event, an Advanceman's contacts
range in political stature from County Chairman through State Chairman
and National Committeeman on to Governor and United States Congress-
man and Senator.
It is extremely important that the Advanceman immediately make
known his presence in the state to each of the relevant individuals. In
many cases, a courtesy call by telephone will suffice, but in the case of
a particularly powerful individual, the Advanceman should make a personal
visit. By the time an Advanceman arrives on the scene and calls these
people, they will already have been advised to expect him by the White
House Appointments Office.
From the very outset, a Presidential Advanceman must be cordial
and pleasant, but exceedingly firm. Most of the politically oriented indi-
viduals with whom you will have contact have one overriding interest--
furthering their own positions and raising their own statures. As he gains
experience and expertise, an Advanceman learns to evaluate these indi-
viduals quickly and accurately. A good basic rule for a novice is never
to accept anything at face value. For example, if the scheduled event
is a political rally and local contacts suggest a high school gymnasium
or an auditorium or a civic center as the site, the Advanceman should
agree only to go and look at it. Any number of irrelevant personal reasons
could motivate their suggestions. Once at any site, the Advanceman must
picture in his mind the stage, the seating of the audience, and what the
place would look like filled to capacity and decorated with signs and banners.
Only then should he make a decision.
And always remember, for a political rally, the key word is
people. There should be a large crowd at the airport upon the President's
arrival. If the motorcade route is conducive to drawing people, an effort
should be made to do so. The President should never appear at a politi-
cal rally where there is not an overflow crowd. "People" are the key
factor because the crowd is the story. The Many Things that can be done
to insure a large and enthusiastic reception will be discussed in a later
section.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 2
Case Study Begins
The President had been asked to speak on behal of a U. S.
Senator. After the President had agreed to participate, the Appoint-
ments Office notified the Advanceman of the scheduled date.
Establishing Contact
After arriving in the state where the President was to make a
public appearance, the Advanceman first called on the Republican State
Chairman of the candidate for whom the trip was being made. At this
initial meeting, the Advanceman talked only with the State Chairman and
the individual who had been selected by the State Chairman to act as
overall coordinator of the event. This Chairman was to be the Advance-
man's prime contact.
Approximately one hour was spent in discussing the current status
of the campaign and possible places for the President to visit. Such
factors as where the candidate needed help the most, and where the largest
political impact could be made, were considered. The subject of finances
was also discussed in this first meeting.
It is best to determine at the first possible moment what kind of
a budget is available so there will be no confusion when it's time to spend
the money and pay the bills. On a political advance, the bills are to be
paid by the state or local committee and this should be understood from
the very beginning.
Inspecting the Territory
As soon as the meeting was completed, the Advanceman and his
prime contact set out to inspect the logistic feasibility of two sites which
had been selected during the discussion as ideal rally sites from a
political point of view. One site was in a heavily industrial city and the
other in a rural area. Since the President was to arrive in the state
aboard Air Force One, it was going to be necessary to land at a large
metropolitan airport. From this point, helicopters would carry the
Presidential party as close as possible to the rally sites.
Therefore, investigation of possible helicopter landing areas near
both proposed rally sites was the first item on the Advanceman's agenda.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 3
Town A, the little rural community, had a small airport which accom-
modated mostly private aircraft and appeared to be an ideal place to
land the four or five helicopters which would transport the President's
party. It proved to be a good spot, and upon meeting the airport
manager, it was discovered that Presidential helicopters had been
brought to this airport on previous occasions. The facility had good
communications, radar and the necessary safety equipment. The little
airport also had a good area in which to control welcoming crowds, so
it was decided at this point that the helicopters could be landed there.
Also, the airport manager said he had a large runway which was
used very rarely and which he could make available for parking. He
estimated it would hold some 5000 cars. In addition to this, he assured
the Advanceman he would build an access road off the main highway to
the runway, thereby eliminating the possibility of any major traffic
problems.
After investigating the little airport's facilities, the Advanceman
continued into Town A to investigate the building which had been proposed
as a rally site. He decided not to involve the County Chairman at this
point because he had been reliably informed that this particular County
Chairman was a little difficult to deal with, very opinionated and highly
politically motivated. This evaluation led the Advanceman to decide
that he could scrutinize the town more closely and freely without the
company of the County Chairman.
The Advanceman did know that this same County Chairman had
recommended that any rally in Town A should be held in an armory
located 3 1/2 miles outside of town. As the Advanceman neared the
armory, he realized the site had at least one problem. Only a two lane
road ran from the town to the armory, creating the possibility that
large crowds would cause heavy traffic congestion. Having had some
experience with armories before, he guessed there would also be a
parking problem.
The Advanceman's premonition was correct, as there was very
little parking space available. Further exploration revealed the armory
itself was a "disaster area". It was big and cold. Many windows were
broken. There were no bleachers available, so thousands of chairs
would have to be hauled in and set up. Further, while the armory was
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 4
large enough to accommodate close to 7000 people and still look half
empty, fire regulations limited seating capacity to 3000. Finally and
decisively, the acoustics were terrible.
The recommended armory crossed off his list, the Advanceman
and the prime contact accompanying him set out to find another rally site.
The only other place in town that could accommodate a great
number of people was a large hotel ballroom. After some time was
spent with the manager of the hotel, it was decided the ballroom could
be made available. The manager, who fortunately was a staunch Repub-
lican, said he would do everything necessary to assure the best possible
support from the hotel.
The hotel ballroom would only accommodate 1500 people, but it
was determined that an overflow of 1000 people could be accommodated
in the foyer of the ballroom, surrounding halls and the hotel lobby. Addi-
tional overflow crowd could be contained very easily in the area immediately
in front of the hotel. Ideal for crowd control purposes, the horseshoe-
shape approach to the hotel would allow a motorcade to be executed with
relatively few problems even in the presence of large numbers of people.
The Advanceman and his prime contact then proceeded to Town B,
the industrial city which also had been recommended as a rally site.
Town B turned out to be a very heavy Republican stronghold with an ex-
tremely capable Republican county organization and a very strong county
chairman. In this instance, the county chairman was called immediately
and he joined the Advanceman and the state level prime contact on an
inspection tour of the high school which had been recommended.
Shortly after arriving at the school, it was determined that the
three very large athletic fields could be used to accommodate the five
helicopters in the Presidential party while the President's personal
chopper could land directly behind the gym where the rally was to be held.
The gym itself was quite conducive to a large political rally, accommoda-
ting some 4000 people in its many bleachers and possessing acceptable
acoustics. It did not take the Advanceman long to decide the school was
a very appropriate rally site.
Having decided to recommend the hotel in Town A and the school
in Town B as rally sites, the Advanceman returned to his hotel and pre-
pared a preliminary schedule which he telephoned to Washington for
White House approval.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 5
THE ADVANCEMAN'S SUGGESTED SCHEDULE
7:00 p.m.
Arrive major airport.
Board helicopter for Town A.
(There was to be no attempt to attract a large crowd
to the metropolitan airport when the President would
transfer from Air Force One to Marine One (helicopter).
All crowd building efforts were to be concentrated at the
two locations where the President would appear on
behalf of the State Candidate.)
7:10
Arrive Town A Airport.
Proceed by motorcade to hotel.
7:30
Arrive hotel.
(Immediately upon arriving, the Statewide Candidate
will move to a holding room close to the actual hall. )
7:35
The President and Statewide Candidate will be introduced
and enter to HAIL TO THE CHIEF.
7:40
Statewide Candidate's remarks will be allocated
15 minutes.
7:55
Statewide Candidate introduces the President.
(approx.)
The President will be allocated five minutes.
8:00 p.m.
The President and Statewide Candidate will exit to
HAIL TO THE CHIEF.
Allowing the Presidential party five minutes to shake hands,
and return to the motorcade, the motorcade should be
moving at 8:05.
8:20
Depart by helicopter for Town B.
8:30
Arrive Town B high school. Proceed to holding room.
8:45
The President and the Statewide Candidate will enter the
high school gymnasium to HAIL TO THE CHIEF.
8:50
Statewide Candidate introduced and speaks.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 6
9:00 p.m.
The President is introduced by Statewide Candidate
for remarks.
9:05
Program concludes. The President and Statewide
Candidate exit to HAIL TO THE CHIEF.
9:15
Helicopters depart for major airport.
9:40
Air Force One departs major airport for Washington, D. C.
This preliminary timetable will give the White House an opportunity
to see what the schedule will look like, the timing involved, etc. In addi-
tion to the schedule, the Advanceman suggested to the White House that
there should be two rallies in Town A. He felt that the town's small air-
port where the helicopters were scheduled to land was an ideal site for a
welcoming crowd and thought that it would be especially appropriate to
have a preliminary rally there because of the small size of the hotel ball-
room where the main rally was to be held.
In Town B the very adequate facilities for accommodating many
thousands in the high school made it unnecessary to consider a secondary
rally of any type. In any event, the Town B high school situation would
allow the President to make a few remarks to the overflow crowd, if he
chose to do so.
Once the White House approved his basic schedule, the Advance-
man called on the team of experts. In this case, there were two teams,
one for each town. Each consisted of a Secret Service Advance Agent,
Military Aide, White House Communications Agency representative,
White House Press Office advance representative, an Air Force One
Advanceman and a Marine One (helicopter) Advanceman. The Secret
Service and WHCA advance representatives remained continuously on duty
with the Advanceman from the time of their arrival through the visit. The
Military Aide, the Press advance representative, the Air Force One and
Marine One Advancemen returned to Washington after going over the entire
proposed Presidential route and deciding how best to handle their specific
responsibilities.
One of the most crucial members of this advance team was the
Marine One advance representative. In daylight, a helicopter can land
on a dime without much problem, but it is a different situation when it
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 7
comes to night time flying and landing. This is especially true in a
situation where the pilot has to contend with highrise buildings, trees,
and wires.
The two teams arrived at the large metropolitan airport. The
Advanceman and his prime contact met them with a chartered bus so
that all 20 men could travel together as they personally inspected the
proposed routing for the President. The Advanceman had delegated to
his prime contact the job of arranging for the bus, arranging for bag-
gage handling and other aspects of the advance team's arrival.
Leaving the Air Force One advance representative at the metro-
politan airport, the rest of the team boarded their bus and started for
the Town A airport. At the metropolitan airport, the Air Force One
man carefully inspected all available facilities and decided where Air
Force One and the helicopters would "park". The area would have to
be away from the airport's regular traffic and in an area accessible to
a motorcade in the event inclement weather made helicopter travel in-
advisable. After making his evaluation, the Air Force One Advanceman
reported by phone to the Advanceman.
Meanwhile at the small Town A airport, the Marine One representa-
tive inspected the proposed helicopter landing site and the Secret Service
advance agent and the Advanceman discussed which crowd control pro-
cedures would be most effective.
The Marine One advance representative had to find parking for the
five or six helicopters that would be in the President's party. In addition
to the President's White Top, there would be the backup White Top and
three to four press helicopters, depending on the number of press that
would decide to accompany the President. It was also important to check
the small airport's radar equipment and communications equipment.
Upon their arrival at the Town A small airport, the advance team
was met by the airport manager. The Advanceman encouraged an exchange
of ideas between all concerned. Evaluating all the advice that was offered,
the Advanceman selected what he thought best and informed the group how
things were to be handled for the President's arrival at Town A airport.
Following the Presidential Path
As the bus carrying the advance team headed for the rally hotel
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 8
it followed the route suggested for the Presidential motorcade. It was
noted that much of the route was lined with steep gullies and, on the basis
of this, it was decided not to encourage crowds to line the motorcade
route and to concentrate all efforts on the airport arrival.
The hotel manager met the team members as they arrived at the
hotel. The entire team investigated all the possible routes through which
the President could enter the hotel. The group checked side entrances,
street entrances, back door entrances, and even kitchen entrances. They
considered the logistic problems presented by one-way streets in the
vicinity of the hotel. Finally, the Advanceman decided to bring the Presi-
dential party in the front door, through the lobby, and up the large center
stairway that led to the second floor ballroom. Through extremely large
crowds were expected in the hotel, the Secret Service Agent felt the
crowd could be controlled sufficiently to assure the President free pass-
age.
Next the ballroom itself was examined. The location for the dais
and seating arrangements for the entire room were decided. The WHCA
representative checked with the hotel sound people and with their electri-
cians to determine the extent of the hotel sound system. In this case the
hotel had a very adequate sound system, and WHCA people needed only
to feed in their equipment as an alternate to the hotel sound equipment.
However, WHCA would have to install outside sound equipment for the
anticipated overflow crowd.
Having checked the Town A hotel, the advance team reboarded their
bus and moved on to the high school in Town B. Here they were met by
the school Principal and two Assistant Principals (both outstanding contacts).
The County Chairman for Town B was also on hand and joined the team as
it inspected the athletic fields where the helicopters would land and ex-
amined the sound equipment for the gym, the bleachers, seating on the
floor, and the access routes from the fields into the building. There were
absolutely no problems with the building.
However, there were problems with the helicopter landing site.
There was no lighting and the Marine One representative showed a great
deal of concern about bringing in five or six helicopters after dark. Though
the Advanceman preferred to use helicopters if safely possible, he told
the Marine One representative--i no uncertain terms-. to recommend
nothing risky and asked for more study.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 9
While the bus carried the advance team back toward the metro-
politan airport, the Advanceman discussed with the White House Advance
Press representative the film requirements, press requirements, phones
and Western Union runners, etc. Throughout the inspection tour they
had considered the best camera locations at the airport, hotel and high
school. When the bus reached the airport, the four members of the advance
team who had completed their jobs returned to Washington.
The advance team members (Secret Service and WHCA) returned
to their hotels in Towns A and B. The Advanceman had arranged their
hotel reservations and had been able to negotiate special rates for the
Secret Service agents and military personnel, who travel on a per diem
basis that barely covers rates at most luxury hotels. As team leader,
the Advanceman will go far in establishing good relations with team
members if he makes such arrangements whenever possible.
Organizing the Volunteers
The Advanceman's next job was to decide how many Committee
Chairmen would be useful in staging the three rallies successfully. In
this case, the committees requiring chairmen were: decorations; hand-
bills; posters; out-of-town coordinator; publicity; entertainment; band;
telephone; VIP and platform.
Having assembled this list, the Advanceman met with his prime
contact and told him he needed chairmen for the various committees. He
indicated he preferred young, enthusiastic go-getters, anxious to make
a name for themselves and briefly described the job needs (they are
discussed fully in Section V.)
With these job descriptions fresh in mind, the prime contact was
urged to fill the posts with suitable people quickly, hopefully within hours.
As soon as people were recruited for the various chairmanships, the
Advanceman spent some time with each to stress the important part that
he would play in the ultimate success of the rally.
The Advanceman tried to meet with each chairman for a few
minutes each day to be sure progress was being made and to help with
any major problem.
Physical Arrangements
At the small airport in Town A, the President's first stop, there
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 10
was a small parking lot immediately adjacent to where Marine One was
schedule to land. Capable of handling about 4000 people, it was designated
as the area for the welcoming crowd to greet the President. A wire
fence bordered the parking lot SO the grassy area just in front of the
fence was reserved for VIPs and the three bands which would greet the
President on his arrival.
Arrangements were made for a 4' square platform, 6' high, with
steps, to be set into the crowd area so the President could walk right into
the crowd to make his remarks.
The physical arrangements at the hotel in Town A were also very
good. Directly in front of the hotel was an extremely big parking lot and
arrangements were made to ban parking the day of the event, so the lot
would be free to accommodate the overflow crowd. The President was
to arrive at the main entrance of the hotel, move directly into the lobby
and up a small flight of stairs to a "holding room", just off the ballroom.
The lobby was divided in half, the crowd on one side and the President
and his party on the other. This would allow the President to shake as
many hands as he wanted to as he walked from the hotel entrance to the
ballroom.
Town B was an even easier logistical move because the helicopter
would land directly behind the high school and the President could move
right into a small holding room at the rear of the gym. From there, he
could enter the gym itself.
The gym was a more ideal size for a rally than the ballroom had
been. At stage right, the entire length of the gym, tables as well as
25 telephones were provided for the writing press. The TV platform
was stage left, approximately 25 feet from the dais. The bleachers,
pulled out to their maximum length, and chairs which covered every inch
of the floorspace (except for aisles) gave the gym a beautiful, completely
"packed house" look.
Summary
While reading this case study of a political advance, the minute
detail one must go through in order to successfully plan and execute an
advance should be brought home to a new Advanceman. A great deal
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Political - 11
more could be said and much more detail could be added, but the only
objective of this case study is to present an overall picture to an Advance-
man about to set out on his first advance.
The President's trip was a tremendous success. In Town A some
15, 000 people turned out to see the President and Mrs. Nixon at the air-
port reception. A large overflow crowd was at the hotel. Town B was
also a tremendous success with well over 10, 000 in and outside the high
school gym.
The advance, however, did not go without mishap. Both the
hotel and the gym were kept clean of any disturbances, but there were
some demonstrators outside the hotel and they did throw a few eggs.
With the help of the local law enforcement officers and the Secret Service,
they managed to keep the disturbance far from the entrance to the hotel
but as the motorcade passed these incidents occurred. It was necessary
in Town B that the Advanceman advise the Tour Director that the Presi-
dent should not speak to the large crowd assembled outside the gym. In
the proximity of where the President's plane would land, a small dis-
sentient group had assembled along the fence with water balloons, eggs,
and unbecoming signs.
It is important to point out at this time those thousands of people
who had assembled and had been there for hours were not able to get a
closeup view or hear their President speak because of this small dis-
sentient group. It is unfortunate, but had the Advanceman not made
this decision, it is conceivable that everything that had happened during
the course of the evening could have been overshadowed by one minor
incident and that would have been the news story.
In closing, it should be added that this trip of the President's
helped launch this candidate into office. What was considered a slight
majority before the President's visit turned into a large margin.
The Advanceman departed with the candidate's staff getting
90 percent of the credit.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Non- - Political
Case Study
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
THE NON-POLITICAL ADVANCE:
A CASE STUDY
The President was invited to participate in a ceremony dedicating
a bridge connecting the U. S. and Mexico. On June 15, after the Presi-
dent had agreed to participate, the Appointments Secretary contacted
the Advanceman and gave him the following information:
"On Friday, June 27, the President and his party will travel to
Texas, arriving at approximately 12:00 noon at Harris Air Force Base.
His party will consist of Mrs. Nixon, Julie and David Eisenhower, the
Secretary of State and others to be determined. No arrival ceremony at
the Air Force Base. He will then helicopter to Warren, Texas, where
he will ceremonially greet the Mexican President in the center of a hydro-
electric dam, at the International Boundary.
"Following the ceremonial handshake, the two Presidents will
proceed to the U. S. side of the International Bridge. This will be the
principal ceremony of the day and the President will deliver major remarks
from a platform at the dam site. Following these remarks, the two Presi-
dents will depart and the U. S. President and his party will return to
Harris Air Force Base. There he will board Air Force One for a flight
to New York City. The President will deplane in New York. The re-
mainder of the party will continue to Washington, D. C."
Prime contacts in Warren are as follows:
Mr. Travis - Commissioner of the Bridge Authority
Mr. Walters - Political Assistant to Texas Republican Official
Mr. Foster - Former Official in Eisenhower Administration
Mr. Ortez - Assistant to the President of Mexico
The Advanceman contacted the Military Aide's Office in the White
House for transportation to Warren, Texas, on June 16. The trip was
to meet the prime contacts and to get a general feel of the whole situation.
In Warren the Advanceman was met by Mr. Travis at the airport. They
drove to Travis' office where they met with Walters and Foster for dis-
cussions. At this meeting the Advanceman shared with his contacts the
information he had relating to the event. He also posed a number of
questions relating to the two sites where ceremonies would be held--the
dam and the International Bridge.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Non-Political - 2
Following this meeting all four men went by car to inspect the
sites. At the dam the Advanceman investigated such things as access.
NOTE: The President's car could drive out on the dam to the
center but a press bus could not. Therefore, only a
small press pool would be present for the ceremonial
handshake. He noted that if both Heads of State were
to drive out, some means of coordination would be
necessary so that both would arrive simultaneously.
Also, he wondered what the President's family would
do during the handshake.
The Advanceman and the party then drove the route from the dam
to the International Bridge. There a large steel and wooden platform
structure was being constructed. The Bridge Authority, sponsors of
the entire dedication ceremonies, was paying for this construction. The
Advanceman inspected the platform as well as the big, open parking lot
that would hold the spectators for the ceremonies. The parking lot was
huge and the Advanceman was concerned about generating a large enough
crowd to justify the space that had been reserved for spectators. He
mentally estimated that 30,000 people would be required to fill the area.
He observed that the platform itself was being improperly con-
structed. A roof had been built that would cast a shadow over the speaker,
allowing insufficient light for photographers to photograph the President
when he made his address. So it was obvious that some changes would
have to be made. The Advanceman spoke to Travis, Walters and Foster
in general terms of the necessity for developing a good warm-up program,
and for securing bands and other groups that would provide color as well
as fill space.
The four men then inspected the route from the International Bridge
to the helicopter pad from which the two Heads of State and their parties
would depart for the return trip to their respective countries.
After taking leave of the three local leaders, he hired a car and
inspected the sites again by himself and then drove down to Harris Air
Force Base for two reasons:
1. To determine a motorcade route and approximate timing should
the helicopter be unable to fly on the 27th.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Non-Political - 3
2. To inspect Harris Air Force Base with regard to possible
areas for a crowd to greet the President.
The Advanceman drove back to Warren, met briefly with Mr.
Travis and told him that he was leaving and would return on the 22nd with
an advance team. Mr. Travis was also requested to arrange a meeting
on the 22nd with all the principals involved in the planning of the cere-
monies.
Selection of Advance Team
Upon his return to Washington, the Advanceman contacted the
interested agencies which would have representatives on the advance team.
The team included:
Assistant Advanceman
White House Press Office Advance Representative
Military Aide
WHCA Advance Representative
Air Force One/Marine One Advance Representatives
Secret Service Agent Advance
Each of these individuals was asked to a meeting on the 18th. This
meeting was opened by the White House Appointments Secretary who gave
the rough schedule of planned events. The Advanceman then provided
more details and outlined some of the questions and problems he had un-
covered during his trip to Warren.
The Press Advanceman was asked to give immediate consideration
to the number of press people who would be traveling with the party and
who would require airplane and helicopter transportation to the various
sites. From the description of the proceedings, WHCA predicted they
would have monumental problems maintaining communications between
the various sites.
Before the meeting adjourned, the Advanceman requested the
Military Aide to make arrangements for a plane to carry all members of
the advance team to Warren on the 22nd. (Fortunately, a plane was
available. Had the Military Aide been unable to provide a plane, the
advance team would have had to fly to Warren via commercial transporta-
tion, making their own travel arrangements.)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Non-Political - 4
Working Advance
Scheduled to depart Andrews Air Force Base for Warren at
10:30am, the Advanceman met with the Appointments Secretary at
8:30am for a final review of details.
Upon arrival in Warren, the group then proceeded to the scheduled
meeting at the Bridge Authority building. A large room had been reserved
for the session. When the Advanceman arrived he found no less than 35
people waiting. He knew that, if this were to be a productive meeting, the
group would have to be scaled down to a workable size.
Taking Mr. Travis aside he told him bluntly yet tactfully that the
group was too large, that he wanted to meet with the principals only, and
that the remainder of the people would have to be excluded. Mr. Travis
was fearful of offending some of these other individuals, so a compro-
mise was worked out. A brief preliminary meeting, chaired by the Advance-
man, included everyone. At this time he talked of the event in general
terms and exhorted all individuals to cooperate 100% in the days ahead.
This meeting took no more than 10 minutes and served only to motivate
the "extra" individuals and make them feel important and included.
As soon as this meeting was adjourned, a much smaller group
retired to another room and the Advanceman and his team, the principal
Bridge Authority personnel and the Mexican representatives really got
down to business.
This meeting was the most important of the entire event and was
the only one in which all of the principals were present. The Advanceman
conducted the meeting and, working from an agenda, began a detailed
discussion of the event in sequential order. Direct responsibility for the
implementation of each minute arrangement of the entire event was speci-
fically assigned to some individual present at the meeting. Certain key
chairmen were assigned to head overall events. For example, there was
a general chairman for the hydroelectric dam and another for the Inter-
national Bridge rededication ceremonies. Reporting to each of these
individuals were others responsible for such matters as press facilities,
crowd control, bands, entertainment, the program, color events, publicity,
crowd-raising, and physical arrangements.
The important point of this meeting was that it was conducted in
its entirety by the Advanceman, It was at this time that he motivated
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Non-Political - 5
these key people as well as organized them into a smooth-running
organization that would perform difficult and demanding tasks in the
days ahead. Two of them were full professors from a nearby university
and their credentials included published books and treatises on some
highly complex subjects. The 30-year-old Advanceman had his work
cut out for him in molding this extremely sophisticated group. It is to
his credit that he successfully convinced them that he and his advance
team were the experts on Presidential events.
In title, Mr. Travis, the Commissioner of the Bridge Authority,
was the overall chairman of the event. However, it soon became apparent
that the demands of his official duties as Commissioner did not allow
enough free time for the chairmanship job. Therefore, the Advanceman
quickly had to size up the abilities and attitudes of the other people work-
ing on the event and find a person who could be the de facto chairman.
This was a delicate task, for he had to be careful not to insult the Com-
missioner but at the same time establish this other man so he could per-
form the duties of the chairman.
The substitute the Advanceman found was an assistant to the
Commissioner who apparently had the authority and the desire to work
hard on the job. The Advanceman never specifically told the Commis-
sioner's assistant, Mr. Hoffman, that he actually was going to be the
chairman, but he did make known the fact that he was depending on Mr.
Hoffman to insure that all the jobs were performed. Then, in a subse-
quent discussion with the Commissioner, the Advanceman merely said
that he realized that the Commissioner had many duties to attend to and
rather than bothering him with details all the time he would work with
the Commissioner's assistant as much as possible and only go to the
Commissioner for "important decisions".
Such a diplomatic approach to this problem flattered the Commis-
sioner, assured his continuing interest and cooperation and yet effectively
got him out of the way. For the remainder of the advance, the Advance-
man make a daily courtesy call to the Commissioner but all coordination
actually was done through Mr. Hoffman.
The Advanceman and the Assistant Advanceman began dividing
their own areas of responsibility. The Assistant took charge of the
entire event at the bridge site, including overseeing the development of
the program, physical arrangements, etc. He worked primarily through
two people:
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Non-Political - 6
1. Mr. Hoffman, the Overall Chairman of the Warren
event.
2. Mr. Walters, who was the Overall Chairman of the
International Bridge portion of the event. (The Advance-
man concerned himself with activities at the dam and
generally supervised activities at the bridge site.)
Each of the two Advancemen consulted the White House Press
Advance for the press requirements. At the dam the Press Advanceman
made recommendations on the platform, the requirements for transport-
ing the press pool, etc. At the Bridge the Press Advanceman advised as
to the location of a press platform, a writing press area, location of
press telephones, and access to and from the enclosed press area. Addi-
tionally, he made recommendations pertaining to the platform and the
general staging of the ceremonies. Specifically, he noted what should be
the exact position of the podium so it would be in the best light for photo-
graph purposes at the time of day when the President would be speaking,
etc/
WHCA, in addition to installing signal telephones in rooms and
making arrangements for the installation of press telephones in the Inter-
national Bridge press area, provided the entire sound system and multiple
feed to the press. Additionally, WHCA provided the type of podium and
the Presidential Seal that were required by the Advanceman.
Transportation for the event was a complex matter. In addition
to the trip on Air Force One, there were requirements for motorcades
and helicopters. With the Military Aide coordinating--and one of the two
Advancemen supervising- sites, helicopter assignments and
motorcade assignments were made. Flight and travel times had to be
worked out and, on the basis of these times, the schedule for the indi-
vidual portions of the program was finally firmed up.
The principal event of the day was at the International Bridge.
Working through the two locals, the Advancemen finally got a reasonable
program put together that was structured SO that it would reach its peak
when the President spoke. All introductions of dignitaries who would be
seated on the platform were to be made in advance of the President's
arrival.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Non-Political - 7
As the day of the event drew near the Advanceman began to have
doubts about the size of the crowd relative to the huge expanse of parking
space in front of the speaker's stand. Since it had been raining for four
days it was felt this might discourage people. Additionally, the parking
area in the field surrounding the parking lot was getting a bit soggy.
Adjustments had to be made in the manner in which the spectator area
was configured. The Advanceman "built up" his crowd as follows:
1. A large area several feet from the podium was roped off and
filled with folding chairs. This section was reserved for
special ticket holders. The tickets were distributed by the
Seaway Authority to special VIPs.
2. Directly in front of the podium an area 15 x 30 feet was
reserved for standing spectators. This area was between
the podium and the TV platform so that any photographs
taken from the TV platform would show great multitudes
of people in front of the President.
3. Three bands and the Herald Trumpeters were positioned
in various areas so as to act as cordons and as space fillers.
4. Mr. Walters was directed to appoint a Scout Chairman whose
sole purpose was to recruit 100 Boy Scouts and 100 Girl Scouts
to act as an Honor Guard along the route that the motorcade
would take from the entrance of the bridge area right up to
the stage. The quarter mile route became an extremely color-
ful spectacle.
5. The general spectator area was roped off in order to control
crowds as well as channel them into areas where the Advance-
man wanted them.
6. Roadways were generally widened to take up more space,
thus reducing the spectator area.
A good crowd was expected but these measures were employed
because the spectator area was so large, the size of the crowd would
appear considerably smaller than it really was regardless of size. Con-
sequently, the emphasis was on configuring the area to emphasize the
size of the crowd rather than the size of the area.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Non-Political - 8
At the dam the primary problem of getting the motorcade out to
the center was resolved through the efforts of the Secret Service who
were in charge of motorcades. After determining that the cars could
be turned around, the matter of coordination for the simultaneous
arrival of both Heads of State was worked out between the security agents
of the two national leaders. The matter of participation of other members
of the President's family in the hand-shaking ceremony at the hydroelectric
dam was referred to the Appointments Secretary who obtained the answers
and directed the Advanceman accordingly.
The only difficulty at the Bridge was that the Program Chairman
had a list of 120 people to sit on the stage, about four times as many as
the Advanceman thought should be there. Eventually a compromise was
made and 45 people were permitted to be seated. Specific seating arrange-
ments were made and the names and addresses were properly listed and
submitted to the Advance Secret Service Agent as is required in all such
cases.
On a daily basis, the Advanceman reported to the White House
Appointments Secretary. During these discussions he would go over
various questions and arrangements for the event. He also would receive
answers to questions he had previously posed but which required a decision
by the President or some other staff or agency member. On the 23rd,
the Advanceman had given the Appointments Secretary a rough schedule
of times and events. On the 25th, he dictated a detailed schedule over
the telephone.
The Event
Fortunately, the sun came out on the afternoon of the 26th, the day
prior to the event. On the morning of the 27th the Advanceman made a
last-minute inspection of the facilities and the routes. By this time there
were only last minute finishing touches. Anything major that had not
been done up until now would never get done. Now all members of the
advance team were attending to the minor details such as insuring that
vehicles were properly numbered, ropes were in their proper places,
the sound system was operating satisfactorily and that things in general
were proceeding as the Advanceman had planned.
The first thing that morning the Advanceman contacted the Appoint-
ments Secretary for a final check prior to the Presidential party's
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Non-Political - 9
departure from the White House. During the entire advance, no member
of the advance team had ever been totally out of communication with any-
one else. All members carried with them a page boy or a walkie-talkie
when they were not near a signal telephone. Especially on the day of the
event, the Advancemen stayed close to a telephone in order to receive
or transmit last minute schedule adjustments.
After the President and his party were airborne, the Appointments
Secretary changed hats and became the Tour Director. He contacted the
Advanceman by radio telephone for a status report.
When the President arrived at Harris Air Force Base on Air Force
One he was met only by the Advanceman and the Base Commanding Officer
because a decision had been made not to have any formal ceremony or
crowd to greet the President at the Base. The Presidential party and
Advanceman then proceeded by helicopter to the dam where the hand-shaking
ceremonies were held.
The Advanceman rode in the lead car of the motorcade with the
Tour Director to discuss once more all aspects of the event. The Advance-
man was keeping close tabs on the schedule and advising what portions
could be extended or condensed to stay on schedule. The party departed
the dam about two minutes late but the Assistant Advanceman, who was
on the Bridge, was aware of this because he was in radio communication
with the Advanceman.
The arrival at the Bridge was successful with the bands and Scouts
providing the needed pagentry and color. As soon as the President mounted
the platform, a selected group of young people filled in the 15' x 30' area
directly in front of the podium. The events for the rest of the day went
as planned.
When the President and his party departed Harris Airport on Air
Force One, the advance team heaved a sign of relief and relaxed. How-
ever, the Advanceman still had one important task--his thank you letters.
Then, it was over--and a success.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
International
Case Study
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
VISIT OF PRESIDENT NIXON
NEW DELHI. INDIA
July 31 - August 1, 1969
Prepared By:
AMERICAN EMBASSY
NEW DELHI, INDIA
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
THE INTERNATIONAL ADVANCE
The International Advance is considerably from either the non-
political or political advance. Experience and maturity are probably
the key factors in doing an international advance. The Advanceman
chosen to do an international stop will be one who has mastered every
phase of the art of advancing and, in many instances, will have been
personally responsible for some of the ideas that are portrayed in
this Manual.
In a foreign country it is necessary that the Advanceman personally
represent the President, the Government, and the people of the United
States in his dealings. Not only must he deal with the American Embassy,
but he must coordinate all aspects of the President's visit with the Host
Government.
The following detailed schedule will give you an idea of what is
expected of the Advanceman who does an overseas advance. This schedule
was completed prior to the President's departure from Washington, and
with a rare exception, followed to the tee by the President and Mrs. Nixon.
NOTE: This Advanceman was on his own for better than six
weeks. Many telegrams traveled back and forth with
questions and answers, but many decisions that were
made were based on the individual's experience,
knowledge of the Nixon Administration, and lastly,
good common sense.
The Advanceman who is chosen to do an international advance
will obviously be the best.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EVENT NO.
TIME
EVENT
PAGE
1.
12:30-1:00
Arrival, New Delhi Airport July 31)
1 - 4
2.
12:50-1:15
Motorcade to Rashtrapati Bhavan
5 - 9
3.
1:15-1:20
Arrival Rashtrepati Bhavan
10 - 18
4.
1:30-1:45
Call on Acting President of India
19
5.
5
3:00-5:00
Talks with Prime Minister Gandhi
20 - 21
6.
5:00-5:45
Depart Rashtrapati Bhavan for Rajghat
22 - 25
7.
8:15-11:00
State Dianer
29 = 34
8.
8:30-10:00
Additional Talks with GOI (Aug. D
35
9.
10:10-10:45
Departure, New Delhi Airport
36 - 39
Administrative
Arrangements
40 - 37
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
I
EVENT NO 1
ARRIVAL GEREMONY NW DELHI AIRPORT
TH IRSDAY, TOLY 31 (12:30 - 1:00 pm)
Preject Officer: U. Col. Ortifith
12,30
Pront duor of Air Porce One opens. President Nixon
and Mrs. Nixon step out to is 21-gun salure, As they
descend the states they will be followed by:
Mrs. Mosbacher
Dr. Kissinger
Mr. Ziegler
Col. Hughes
Mr. Sisco
Mr. Print Streh, Chief of Protocol, DOL groups the
President and introduces him to:
M. Bidayatullah, President of India (Actino)
Mrs. Hidaystullah
Indira Gendhi, Prime Minister
Hans Rai Gupta, Mayor of Delhi
Mrs. Gupia
Dinesh Singh, Minister of External Affairs
Konneth B. Kooting U.S. Ambassador
NOTE: Reception line will be on President's 1018 )
as he descends staits.
The remainder of the official party will be met by
Mr. Daniel Pereira, who will introduce them to those
in the reception line,
NOTE: Prime Minister Ganshi and Mrs. Hidayataliah
will escort Mrs. Nixon from the Introductions
until she reaches her room in the Rashtrapati Bhavan
STAFF
Upon landing, staff proceeds down the back states
INSTRUCTIONS:
and waits for the honors and anthem to conclude.
The staff then proceeds to the motorcade under the
direction of John Thomas and Embassy representative.
Staff going directly to hotel should board bus
labeled "Direct To Ashoka Hotel". Otherwise, board
staff bas In motorcade.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
2
EVENT NO. ] (continued)
NOTE: The Mayor of Delhi will gruet President Nixon
in traditional Indian manner by placing a garland
of flowers around his neck, President Mixon
can remove the garland immediately and hand
It to anyone close. Mrs. Nixon will also receive
B garland from Mayor Gupta and Mrs, Gupta will
present Mrs. Nixon with a bouquet of flowers,
After introduction Prithi Singh escurts President Nixon,
accompanied by the Acting President of India end
Col. Hughes/Lt. Col. Coffey, to the rear of the Saluting
Base. Two military aides of the Acting President of India
will be in place at the left and right front corners of the
Saluting Base, President Nizon will mount the platform
alona, the others remaining at the rear of the platform,
The Guard of Honor will present anns and the national
anthoms of the U.S. and India will be played. Upon
completion the Honor Guard will shoulder arms and como
to attention.
NOTE: As President Nixon is moving toward the Saluting
Base the official party and Ambassador Reating
will be escorted to the VIP enclosure by the
Deputy Chief of Protocol. Sofas will be provided
in the enclosure for Prime Minister Gandhi,
Mrs. Nixon, and Mrs. Hidaystuliah,
Wing Commander (Lt. Col.) T. Kamath, Commander of the
Honor Guard, will step forward to the Saluting Base,
salute the President, and invite him to inspect the Honor
Guard. The Honor Guard Commander will escort
President Nixon. The inspection will be limited to the
front rank only and the party will move from left to right,
As they pass the colors the Honor Guard Commander will
salute and the President places his right hand over his
heart.
NOTE: All commands to the Honor Guard will be given
in Hindi, The invitation to inspect the troops
will occur when the Honor Guard Commander
approaches the Saluting Base and salutes
President Maron.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
L-CHT NO : (conticued)
When the inspection is complete the Honor G and
Commander will salute. The President will acknowledge
by nolding his head. Frith Sinch will have jorned the
President and escorts him to the VIP enclosate to
introduce him to members of the Indian Cabinet and
other Indian dignituries (approximately 20),
After the VIP introductions Prith! Singh ascorts
President Nixon, accompanied by Acting President
Hidayatullah, to the speakers plations directly in front
of the VIP Suction. The Presidents will mount the
platform alone for a welcoming speech by Acting
President of Instia and reply by President Num.
NOTE: The President will speak facing the Indian
dignitaries, the Diplomatic Corps, U.S.
Dabassy staff and will be both
right and lost of speaking platform.
NOTE: Prime Minister Cleadht, Mrs. Mixon, an
Mts. Hidayatullah remain seated in 00138
enclosure during the speechra.
Upon completion of works, Westdent and A.)
will be accuried by Print Singh, Chical of Promout
to Diplomatic Colpy area For Introactions,
NOTE: The Diplomatic Charps will be lined up.m -
DOWS to great Prosident NDOM.
NOTE: Progident Nixon's entired Into the Distomatic
Corps exes is a signel for the motorcal to move
into position as indicated in the sketch
Members of Presidential Pony move is their
assigned cars and members of press DOCO into
their buses.
After President Nixon has been introduced to the Diplomatic
Corps he will be oscorted by the American Emba say seeden
and will ecknowledge greetings by a wave.
NOTE: There will be approximately 600 members of the
American community in the U.S. Embessy Section
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
EVENT NO 1 (conduced)
12:50
Liter greeting American comingent both Presidents,
Prime Minister Gandht Mrs. Niron, Mrs.
and Ambassador Keating enter their automobiles
and the motorcade begins.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
COUNCIL OF MINISTERS
(MINISTERS AND MINISTERS OF STATE ONLY)
MEMBERS OF THE CABINET
Mrs. Indira Gandhi
Prime Minister; Finance; Atomic Energy
Fakhruddin All Ahmed
Industrial Development; Internal Trade
and Company Affairs
Bali Ram Bhagat
Foreign Trade and Supply
Y. B. Chavan
Home Affairs
Jai Sukh Lal Hathi
Labor and Rehabilitation
Jagjivan Ram
Food and Agriculture, Community
Development and Cooperation
P. G. Menon
Law and Social Welfare
C. M. Poonacha
Steel and Heavy Engineering
Dr. V. K. R. V. Rao
Education and Youth Services
Dr. Trigunna Sen
Petroleum and Chemicals and Mines
and Metals
K. K. Shah
Health and Family Planning and Works,
Housing and Urban Development
Dinesh Singh
External Affairs
Dr. Karan Singh
Tourism and Civil Aviation
Dr. Ram Subhag Singh
Railways
Sardar Swaran Singh
Defence
Satys Narayan Sinha
Information and Broadcasting and
Communications
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MINISTERS OF STATE
Bhagwat The Azad
Labor, Employment and Rehabilitation
Bhakt Darshan
Education and Youth Services
Dr. S. Chapdrasekhar
Health and Family Planning and Works,
Housing and Urban Development
D. R. Chavan
Petroleum and Chemicals and Mines
and Metals
Parimal Ghosh
Railways
Dr. (Mrs.) Phulrenu Guha
Social Welfare
I. K. Gujral
Communications
M. S. Gurupadaswamy
Food, Agriculture, Community
Development and Cooperation
Jaganath Rao
Petroleum and Chemicals and Mines
and Metals
L. N. Mishra
Defence Production
B. S. Murthy
Health, Family Planning and Works,
Housing and Urban Development
K. C. Pant
Steal and Heavy Engineering
K. Reghu Ramaiah
Parliamentary Affairs and Shipping
and Transport
Dr. K. L. Rao
Irrigation and Power
Raghunatha Reddy
Industrial Development, Internal Trade
and Company Affairs
P. B. Sethi
Finance
Annasaheb Shinde
Food, Agriculture, Community
Deveopment and Cooperation
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MINISTERS OF STATE
V.C.Shukla
Home Affairs
Prof. Sher Singh
Communications
NOTE: The precise number that will be present and introduced to
President Nuron will not be known until 31 July.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
ORDER OF PRECEDENCE OF HEADS OF DIPLOMATIC MISSIONS - INDIA
LEBANON
Mahmoud Hafez
NORWAY
Haakon Nord
CAMBODIA
Nong Kimny
CHILE
Julio Barrenechea P.
AUSTRALIA
Str Athur Tange, C.B.E.
FRANCE
Jean Daridan
GERMANY
Baron Districh von Mirbach
SWEDEN
Prof. Gunnar E. Heckscher
BRAZIL
Renato F. Maia de Mendonce
LAOS
Phagna Oun-Hueun Norasingh
AFGHANISTAN
Ataollah Nasser-Zia
ARGENTINA
Adolfo A. Bollini
PHILIPPINES
Leon Ma. Guerrero
GHANA
Major General S.J.A. Otu
AUSTRIA
Dr. (Mrs. Johanna Nestor)
INDONESIA
Mohammad Razif
POLAND
Romuald Spasowski
SINGAPORE
Maurice Baker
CEYLON
Kankanige Siri Perera
BURMA
U His Maw
U.S.S.R.
Nikolai M. Pegov
CANADA
Mr. James George
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
CONGO
General Leonard Mulamba
THAILAND
Prince Prem Purachatra
DENMARK
Hans Adolf Biering
GREECE
Dr. Constantine Panayotakos
MALAYSIA
Raja Aznam Bin Raja Ahmad
MOROCCO
Abdallah Lamrani
NEW ZEALAND
B, S. Lendrum
TANZANIA
Sebastian Chale
ITALY
Mauriziode Strobel
VENEZUELA
Dr. Juan Uslar-Pietri
NIGERIA
John Ndubele Ukegbu
MAURITIUS
Rabindrah Ghurburrun
PAKISTAN
Sajjed Hyder
IRELAND
Valentin Premonger
SAUDI ARABIA
Shaikh Anas Yossin
FINLAND
Fredrik Wilhelm Schreck
KUWAIT
Issa Abdul Rahman Al-1sse
BRITAIN
Sir Morrice James
IRAN
Mohammad Reza Amir-Teymour
SPAIN
Guillermo Nadal Blanes
MEXICO
Carlos Gutierrez-Macias
JORDAN
Anwar Nashashibi
NEPAL
Sardar Bhim Bahadur Pandey
KENYA
Leo Plus Odero
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
CHARGE D'AFFAIRES
COL OMBIA
Jose Vincenti Iragorri
ETHIOPIA
Kifle Belai
RUMANIA
Dumitru Ganea
BULGARIA
Petko Georgiev
PERU
Jose Torres-Muga
UGANDA
C. Obol
BELGIUM
Herman Noppen
NETHERLANDS
J. L. VanDerKun
TURKEY
Kaya G. Toperi
YUGOSLAVIA
Andjelko Blazevic
CZECHOSLOVAKIA
Ing. Svatoplock Smysl
HUNGARY
Frigyes Vadasa
JAPAN
Yasue Katori
SWITZERLAND
Fritz Bohnert
HOLY SEE
Very Rev. Msgr. Francesco
Colasuonno
NOTE: Those who will be present to greet President Nixon in the
Diplomatic Enclave on his arrival and departure cannot be
determined until invitations have been acknowledged.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
New Delhi Airport - Arrival Plan - 31 July
PRESS
AIRCRAFT
Presidential Aircraft
HONOR GUARD
BAND
ARMY
NAVY
AIR FORCE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
0000
SALUTING
BASE
Camera
CAMERA
SPEECH
PLATFORM
STAFF
CANERA
M
CAMERA
PRESS P R
V.I.P.
FLAG CAR
STAFF BUS
DIPL.
PRESS
U.S. EMBASSY &
BUSES
AMERICAN COMMUNITY
CORPS
GATE
PALAM ROAD
CAR PARK
6
EVENT NO. 2 (continued)
Staff Car A
Whiteker
Hughes
Haldeman
Staff Car B
Ziegler
Lt. Col. Coffey
Wire Car
Wire Car
VIP Car A
Ambassador Keating
T. N. Kaul
Miss Muthamma
VIP Car B
Kissinger
Dr. Nagendia Singh
Mr. Sisco
Staff Car C
Miss Woods
Keogh
Price
Press Pool Bus
Press Buses
Staff Bus
Tail Car
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
BURMAH-SHELL
FILLING STATION
To locate places of interest, please see
List of References on reverse.
RAJ GHAT
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN
BOOD
/
AIR PORT
ROUTE FOR JULY 31 ARRIVAL AND AUGUST 1 DEPARTURE MOTORCADES BETWEEN
AIRPORT AND RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN
ROUTE FOR JULY 31 MOTORCADES FROM RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN TO RAJGHAT AND RETURN
PRESIDENT'S MOUNTED BODY GUARD JOINS FLAG CAR
MAIN GATE OF
RASHTRAPATI BHAWAN
GROUNDS
SOUTH
NORTH
BLOCK
BLOCK
VIJAY CHOWK
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
RAJ P TH H
FLAG CAR UNDER ESCORT
By mounted lancers of Indian President's Bodyguard from junction of
Vijay Chowk and Raj Path to entrance of South Court of Rashtrapati Bhawan
JUNIOR OFFICER IN COMMAND OF FORWARD UNIT
ADJUTANT
COMMANDER OF PRESIDENT'S
BODYGUARD
COLOUR PARTY
JUNIOR OFFICER IN COMMAND OF REAR UNIT
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130 ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND Reproduced RECORDS at the ADMINISTR Richard Nixon Presidential ATION Library and MuseumNLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130 ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND Reproduced RECORDS at the ADMINISTR Richard Nixon Presidential ATION Library and MuseumLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
10
EVENT NO. 3 ARRIVAL RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN
THU RSDAY, JULY 31 [1:15-1:20pmm)Project Officer: Capt. Jerome Wolf
1:15
Motorcade enters South Court (closest point to President
Nixon's Suite). The Presidents' car will park immediately
in front of doorway, Mrs. Nixon and Prime Minister's car
will park alongside (outboard) of Presidents' car to permit
more cars to enter courtyard. The Presidents, Mrs. Nixon
and the Prime Minister will be met outside entranceway by
Military Secretary, Maj. Gen. Amreek Singh.
Inside entranceway, he will introduce the following members
of the Acting President's staff (10) to President and
Mrs. Nixon: (this list subject to change)
LCOL M. L. Bhatia
Deputy Military Secretary
to the President
LT M. Sharma
Aide de camp to the President
CAPT C. M. Malhotra
Aide de camp to the President
CAPT Parshotam Singh
Aide de camp to the President
CAPT A. S. Khanna
Aide de camp to the President
FLT-LT N. L. Gupta
Aide de camp to the President
Hony. CAPT. G. Lama
Aide de camp to the President
SUB-MAJOR A. K. Limbu
Aide de camp to the President
SUB-MAJOR Changdi Ram Aide de camp to the President
SUB-MAJOR Sheikh Khader Aide de camp to the President
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
11
EVENT NO, 3 (continued)
Remainder of party from motorcade will be escorted via
stairway to first floor Garden Loggia (porch), Indian
personnel accompanying in motorcade will take departure,
and U.S. guests will be escorted to their rooms (or
their cars) by members of President of India's staff.
Room assignments $5 Rashtrapati Bhavan:
NAME
A CCOMMODA TION
President Nixon
Dwarka Suite
Mrs. Nixon
Nalanda Suite
Halderman, Hughes
Tagore Suite
Whitaker, Chapin
Mysore Suite
Woods
Himalaya Suite
Kissinger
Dakshin Suite
Mosbacher
Bombay Suite
Ziegler
Pepsu Suite
Lake, Thack
Godavari Bedroom
Juanick
Neelam Bedroom
Monzon, Pontanilla
Gautam Bedroom
Office
Himalaya Suite sitting room
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
12
EVENT NO. 3 (continued)
STAFF
INSTRUCTIONS:
Staff members who are staying at Rashtrapati
Bhavan will be escorted to their quarters.
Staff staying at the hotel who have been in the
motorcade to Rashtrapati will be taken in the
motorcade to their hotel.
The President and Mrs. Nixon will then be escorted to
their adjoining Suites by:
Acting President Hidayatullah
Mrs. Hadayatullah
Prime Minister Gandhi
General Singh
Colonel Coffey
Secret Service
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
127
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
401
ivent 1.0 Prest can PALACE they AM a
VII Seuth Coart to torough : the are
Lover left
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MUGHAL CARDEN
AT
RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN
The sense S OT beauty and the love of grandeur, for which the
Mughal Emporors of India were renowned, found expression in
mony forms - magnificant mausoleums, forts and mosques,
and exculsite gardens with terreces. The Mughal Gerden is =
conventional arrangement or squares, usually In the form of
Lerraces, placed on 3 slope for easy distribution of water,
which is an assential part of the schene. The water runs
inrough the centre or the carden, with smell falls, from letrace
to terrace.
The Garden 91 Pashamati Bhavan is more or loss patterned on
these Mughal Cardens, Iady Hordings, wife of Lord Hardings
(Vicercy of India from 1910-1316), was so custivated by the charm
and beauty of the Muchal Gordens in Kashmir that she wrote to
Lutyone, who was unicested with the deslyning or the Viceroy's
House, to build this Tream of Loveliness.
The lush green turf, the riotous of colour of the flower-
beds to whiter, the climbing vines on Dowers and the spousing
fountains, all these make the Rashwopoti Chavan Gorden an
enchenting spot. The main garden is 140 feet squaro and is
bounded by a paved red-stone path, Two canals 18 fest wide
CTOZS the garden from North to South and two others of the same
width intersect these to form a 200 loot squoro island in the
contre. This island, with its beautiful grass carpet, 13 often
the venue of receptions held at Rashtrapoti Bhavan.
The Central Walk along the garden leads to the Sunken or the
Circular Carden which is the crowning glory of this floral
peradise. At the base of soveral hers of terraced flower beds
in this Carden is 3 circular pond whose water reflects the riot
of colour around.
The Garden is open to the public for about a month every year
during the cold season when the Dower beds are in full bloom.
AP#
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
BOUTH GOURT
5.1
RASHTRAPATI BHAVAM
On the side of the of Rashirapati Bhavan to a
anall surched ontignee which Loada to the South Court (South Fountain
Count), through watch visitors, S₂ who are put up BC
Bhavan 20207 the main building. A smokemberd spents
& just of the long de the sentre of the Court On the
wost of the dvr.lt Court is too detirease to the South Wing of
Reservand Bhavan. which PAG originally dusigned as the residential
postion DE the The in now.the Creek WANG The suites
in this Wing JET! a valul ad to different Bulion styina,
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
the
This
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
GUEST WING
RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN
FIRST FLOOR
N
TAGORE
LOGGIA
TAGORE
SITTINGRM
BEDROOM
BATH
LOGGIA
ANTI RUOM
PASSAGE
1
UP
DWARKA
SERVICE
DN
SITTING ROOM
Z
A
4b
/
BATH
E
COURT
D
u
G
R
u
.
+
A
to
0
CB
CB
+
L 0 G G / A
I
7
D R WARKA
E BED ROOM
s
S
+
CB
LIFT
A
t
1
d
T COURT
STAIRS
SERVICE
NALANDA
BATH
BED ROOM
LIFT
LOGGIA
ANTI ROOM
c 0 R R , - 0 0 R
NALANDA
BATH
MYSORE
SITTING Room
LOGGIA
L
BED ROOM
FIRST FLOOR
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130 ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum NLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
19
EVENT NO. 4:
CALL ON ACTING PRESIDENT OF INDIA
THURSDAY. JULY 31 (1:30 - 1:45 pm) Project Officer: Capt. Jerome Wolf
1:30
President Nixon calls on Acting President of India,
Mr. Prithi Singh (Chief of Protocol) and LCol. Bhatia
will escort President Nixon and Ambs ssador Mosbacher
from the President's suite to the Morning Room next
to the Acting President of India's private office,
Major Gen, Amreek Singh (Military Secretary) will be at
the Morning Room entrance to usher President Nixon
end Ambassador Mosbacher into room. At approximately
the same time the Acting President of India will enter
the Morning Room from doorway to President Nixon's
right, After greetings, Prosidents will be seated and have
tea or coffee. Press pool (approximately 30) will be present
for meeting and will exit after photographing Presidents.
Upon completion of 10-minute call, President Nixon
and Ambassador Mosbacher will be escorted back to Dwarka
Sitting Room.
1:45
Return to suite (Staff time: 1:45 - 3:00)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
ROUTE
PRESIDENT NIXON CALLS
ON PRESIDENT OF INDIA
ANTE
ROOM
RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN
warka
111111
ITTING
STAIRWAY
FIRST FLOOR
00M
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
SERVICE
[[
BANQUET HALL
WEST GARDEN LOGGIA
DOWN ONE TO
LIFT
GROUND FLOOR
STAIRWAY
Page 1
of 2
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130 ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
20
EVENT NO. 5
PRIVATE MEETING (TH PRIME MINISTER GANDHI
THURSDAY, JULY 31 (3: 00 5:00 pmProject Officer: Mr. Herbert D. Spivack
3:00
Prime Minister calls on President Nixon in Dwarka Sitting
Room. The Prime Minister will be escorted into President's
ante-room by Miss C. B. Muthamma (Mut-a-ma), Joint
Secretary. President Nixon may desire to mest at door
of Sitting Room.
NOTE: Press pool will cover initial meeting.
NOTE: One hour and 35 minutes allotted for private
discussion by President and Prime Minister.
However, the advisers' talk will be in progress
and the two heads may at any time join the e talks.
SPECIAL NOTE: Advisers Talks, Pannel Room Rashtrapati Bhavan
3:00
Advisers present for talks:
USA
Indian
Keating
Dinesh Singh Minister of External Affaire
Kissinger
T. N. Kaul Foreign Secretary
Sisco
Kewal Singh - Secretary, MEA
Ziegler
V. H. Coelho - Secretary, MEA
Weathersby
K. Navayanan - Joint Secretary, MEA
Spivak
R. Jaipal *** Joint Secretary, MEA
Saunders
P, M. Haksar - Secretary to the Prime Minister
Van Hollen
K. Bn Lall - Secretary, Ministry of Foreign Trade
Sonnenfeldt
I. G. Patel - Special Secretary, Ministry of Finance
Williams
H, C. Sarin - Secretary in the Ministry of Defence
It is also possible that additional cabinet members may be present,
such as Swaran Singh, Minister of Defence: B. R. Bhagat, Minister
of Foreign Trade: etc.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
21
EVENT NO, 5 (continued)
4:40
President Nixon and Prime Minister depart (at latest)
for meeting with advisors in the Pannel (Panel) Room.
Miss Muthamma will accompany. Route will be the same
as for President Nixon's call on the Acting President of
India (route plan follows).
4:55
President departs (latest) advisors meeting to join
Mrs. Nixon for trip to Rajghat.
NOTE:
Staff members staying at Rashtrapati Bhavan
who wish to accompany the President to the
wreath-laying should be at the motorcade
location at 4: 50.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130 ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND Reproduced RECORDS at the ADMINISTRATION Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum NLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
23
EVENT NO, 6 (continued)
Press Pool
Press Buses (two to four)
Staff Bus
Tall Car
NOTE: Press buses and cameras go direct from Ashoka
to Rajghat.
NOTE: Majority of Press will be in position prior to arrival.
5:15
Arrive Rajghat
The President and his party will be met upon arrival by
Mr. Parthasarathi, Executive Secretary, National Committee
for the Gandhi Centenary, and Mr. Ram Achayra, Caretaker-
in-Charge of the Rajghat Samadhi,
The President will walk through the lefthand gate and up the
lefthand path towards the Memorial. He will be accompanied
by Mr. Achayra and the Samadhi Committeeman, Mrs. Nixon
will be accompanied by Mr. Prithi Singh, Chief of Protocol.
Upon reaching the covered portion of the outer mound, the
President and Mrs. Nixon will sit on special chairs while
shoe covers are placed upon their shoes, (All members of
the party will either remove their shoes or will don cloth
shoe covers which will be provided. No one will be allowed
beyond this point with shoes unless they are covered.)
(Women may wish low heels.)
The President and his party will then move to the center
of the shrine, again along the lefthand path, Waiting at
the Memorial will be two high school seniors from the
American International School (Miss Margarita Brown and
Mr. Bryan Byrne) who will be holding the wreath. When
the President reaches the place where the Hindi words,
HAI RAM ("Oh God, 83 Gandhi's last words) are inscribed
in gold on the granite block, he will stop and those
accompanying him will step back. The President will
pause for a moment and then the wreath bearers will assist
the President in placing the wreath over the words
"HAI RAM". The President and the entire party will then
observe one full minute of silence,
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
24
EVENT NO. 6 (continued)
The President will then walk from the memorial, keeping
to his left, and will return to the chairs where his show
covers will be removed; after the shoe covers have been
taken off, the President will be asked to sign the
distinguished visitors' book. The first signature in
the book is that of former President Elsenhower,
Mr. Ram Acharya will then present the President
with a set of books on the life of Mahatma Gandhi.
The President will then walk back to the entrance
gate following the lefthand path and passing the
Magnolia tree planted by President Eisenhower in
1959, At this location, the President will plant a des
as did Elsehhower, (Position will be close to
Eisenhower tree. A hole will ba dug, and President
Nixon will simply place sepling in the hole, shovel
a little dirt and add a little water J Mr. Rem Acharya
and the Semadhi Committeeman will sHe the President
to his car and bid him farewell.
5:30
Depart Rejghat
5:45
Arrive Rashtrapati Bhavan
Staff time: two hours, 30 minutes
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
25
VIEW OF RAJGHAT MEMORIAL
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MILLINE
Q
H3
of G & @
& Gi is 3
EISENHOWER
04 84 & G
TREE
5. G @ OH
NEHRU
El or & &
TAKE 04 G & al
0
0
Road to Power House
Not 10
Car Park
Scale
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
the HE X 00
CHEE
Road
Not to scale
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
29
EVENT NO. 7
STATE DINNER
TITURSDAY JULY 31 (8:15-11:00 pm) Project Officer: Capt. J. Wolf
STAFF
At 7:45 p.m. dinner guests depart the Ashoka
INSTRUCTIONS:
Hotel to arrive at Ashoka Hall by 8:00 p.m.
to await the President and Mrs. Nixon's arrival
at 8:30 p.m. Cars will be available from the
front of the Hotel from 7:30 p.m. on.
During the period from 8:15 to 8:25 p.m.,
all dinner guests will have assembled in the
Ashoka Hall. Those residing in the Reshtropati
Bhavan will be escorted from suites/reems by
Acting President's aides after the Acting President
has arrived in President Nixon's suite (8:15 p.m.).
Invitations will be delivered shortly after arrival
in New Delhi. The dress will be black tie for
men (white jackets) and long dresses for ladies.
8:15
Acting President Hidayatullah calls on President Nisson
in the Dwarks Sitting Room.
Shortly afterwerds, Mrs. Nition and Mrs. Hidayatullah
will join the two Presidents.
8:30
President Nimon will escert Mrs. Hidayatulleh and
Acting President Hidayatullah will escort Mrs. Nixon
to the Ashoka Hall.
Upon entering, the two Presidents and their wives will
be joined by Prime Minister Gandhi for the playing of
the U.S. National Anthem, immediately followed by the
Indian National Anthem. Members of the Indian Government
and President Nixon's party will be assembled in the hall
in a semi-circle facing the entrance.
Upon completion of the Indian National Anthem, Prithi Singh,
Chief of Protocol, will escort President Nixon and
Deputy Chief of Protocol will escort Mrs. Nixon in
presenting the Indian dignitaries, starting to the
President's left, proceding cleck-wise along the
semi-circle. Upon reaching the American guests, the
Chief of Protocol, President Nixon, the Deputy Chief
of Protocol and Mrs. Nixon will move slowly across
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
30
EVENT NO. 7 (continued)
the center of the room toward the end of the line.
Ambassador Mosbacher will continue around the
semi-circle introducing the American guests to
the Acting President of India, Mrs. Hidayatullah
and Prime Minister Gandhi.
At the completion of the receiving line, President
and Mrs. Nixon will rejoin Acting President Hidayatullah
and others.
NOTE: The Press pool will be present in Ashoka Hall
for the entire period the Presidents are there
and will depart on signal down the corridor
toward the banquet hall to photograph the
Presidents as they enter.
Upon completion of Ashoka Hall ceremonies, Acting
President Hidayatullah will escort Mrs. Nixon,
followed by President Nixon escorting Mrs. Hidayatullah
on the left and Prime Minister Gandhi on the right, in
the Banquet Hell.
NOTE: Seating arrangements will be provided upon arrivel.
NOTE: Press pool will cover arrival and seating in
Banquet Hall.
NOTE: Total Guests expected: 90 etc 100. American
Guest List is listed on the next page.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
(REVESED July 21, 1959)
-31-
GUEST LIST
1.
The Progident
:. Mrs. Number
3. Ambassador Keeting
4. Ambessador Emil Mosbacher
Chief of Protocol
5. Mrs. Mosbacher
G. Dr. Renty Kissinger
Assistant to the President
7. Mr. H. R, Heldoman
Assistent to the President
8. Mr. James Keeph
Special Assistent to the President
9. Mins Pose Mary Woods
Personal Asstotant to the Procident
10. Mr. Reymond Price
Special Assistant to the President
11. Mr. Renuld to Ziegier
Prose Secretary & the President
13. Mr. Dwight be Chapin
Special Assistant to the President
13. Mr. Joseph 3. Sisco
Assistent Secretary of State
14. Mr. Martin Hillonbrand
Assistant Secretary of State
15. Mr. William H. Weathersby
Minister, American Embassy
16. Mrs. Weathersby
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
(REVISED July 21. 1969)
No-
17. Mr Resident D. Subrauk
Mister Counseller has Potitical Educatio Minit
Borbousy
18. Mrs. Spiveck
13. Mr. William D. Miller
for Public Mistrs (USIS)
American Embassy
20. Mrs. Miller
Rb. Mr. Hundrid Gaundare
National Security St State
22. Mr. Vsn Hollen
Liability Additional MAIN
23. 145 Charles E. Steam
Statl the President
M. Onling, 24.
Apply Provides
is. No. Bower's &
White House Ad-buse
26. inc. Merciales Smith
Julied Press International
27. Mr. Refert Considere
Hearst Publications
28. Mr. Pullip Putter
Ballimore Sun
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
32
EVENT NO. 7 (continued)
10:15
Teasts - Acting President Hidevatullah followed by
(approx.)
President Nixon.
10:30
Upon completion of the dinner, the Presidents, wives
and Prime Minister Gandhi, followed by all other
guests, will return to the Ashoka Hall for a thirty
minute cultural (dance/music) presentation. The
Press Pool will be present.
11:00
President and Mrs. Nixon depart for their suites.
STAFF
After dinner, members of the staff will be
INSTRUCTIONS:
escorted to their rooms or cars by other aides
to Acting President Hidayatullah.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
surve 0.00 :- BURVAN
The Ashuka (A-al Mull 15 the CAJOR 7011 of this -
1: 18 named action Astota as not 10,
lagenhary culere During the third a.c. he united for Use
first una when crivice a person or what is
E is birth rewise U seogn si
mouse werving
Aubriss Little at THE
of
11 Enters
must and my 37 We
0.12 whol 1000 The
10 and Deaths washington. S.
LA insure 41 041.
The
202
The by in Mainer SIA
Registr style. $100 1 in one DELIVE A de
Fathe AU Seah, uná have The jurgarous
jowels. 1. community MI espends Lato in keyer. Acount not the
princes and In the background 16 8 indecepe of maintains
and LEXON. The paintange on sides are of Busion Carpet deserve
depreting (Towers and Lurvana was much distrossed by this
patning which was doos e: the inclanes of Date Williwpdon, se he
fair that IL spouled the way of is vircant duncing ball.
2515
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
LOI
Clase to the Ashoke hall. the Branust Hell, (11) toor house, 4
Inst with and 35 high, is one ... Car CHOWS
in Name: The took 4.
of New wall 0.00 LICYSIS wanted the incomed certion to the + unters
in discoversive style. At N.A South and. 911 since L3
with nreseared to we Pay
111 The as 14
are
:- Landl of
the noin Beer 10th :- 104 cottains
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
ROUTE
From
PRESIDENT AND MRS. NIXON
DWARKA ANTE ROOM
AND ESCORTS
RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN
TO ASHOKA HALL
FIRST FLOOR
(AND BANQUET HALL)
STAIRWAY
Rep roduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
SERVICE
II
BANQUET HALL
WEST GARDEN LOGGIA
ASHOKA
HALL
LIFT
STAIRWAY
ASHOKA HALL RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN
INDIAN GUESTS
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
TO BANQUET HALL
TO MEET GUESTS
PRESIDENT &
Mrs. NIXON
NATIONAL
& ESCORTS
ANTHEMS
AMB. MOSBACHER
& PRESIDENT OF INDIA
U.S. GUESTS
15
ovent NO ?
CONT WISCOM SUBSTANTIVE TALKS
ALOUST / AND Preject Officer: Herbert D. sprece
8:30
Prosident Nine end Prime Minister Gardhi will meet
alene for Bead-to-Head talks to joining DOVISION
assembled in Pannel Room. Prosident Nixen are
Prime Minismi Gendhi will most likely most in
adjorsing reside (Marring Recive) and when appr prise.
will kin additions already in SESSION
full Concludes. President Nine had
dopan name " the Buttle Court epicage have
formed up. Beling President of
joins NOWD Alt true our. Mrs. Gardh:
Mrs. NEED and Mrs. enter their car
1000
L'opart New Dath:
State Bank von Call WHO 7:45 Date
the Subsit MA SETT in
Brais being be backet 4% you
Staff A the that children Reg LV by
Detrausy current by 218 staff DUE
departs the Hotel et 9:45 R.P., Priving any 10:00 3.2
and processed to letters of the rear bearding NAME of
Bis Perce One to watch the departure ceremotics,
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NIXON PRESIDENTIAL LIBRARY
DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD
ITEM REMOVED FROM THIS FOLDER
A RESTRICTED DOCUMENT OR CASE FILE HAS BEEN REMOVED
FROM THIS FILE FOLDER. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE ITEM
REMOVED AND THE REASON FOR ITS REMOVAL, CONSULT
DOCUMENT ENTRY NUMBER 130 ON THE DOCUMENT
WITHDRAWAL RECORD (NA FORM 14021) LOCATED IN THE FRONT
OF THIS FILE FOLDER.
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NLRN Form 101 (revised 5/09)
9
Visa CAL
Ve C-11
Prod
VIP
7 N
M/W
TV
Tall Cie
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
38
FINING 9.D
DEPARTMENT CIPE/ONY NEW DELHI UPPORT
CRUDAY ACCUST (10:29-10:45 and Perject Officer Lt C.1. 2.11a Grand
10:25
President Nisco arrives at expert following
from Rashuagati Shaven Clar helis actives, the
Saluting BRUN and VIP Inclesure President dringhs.
Protrical Chief Prithi Singh cer and 030.479
Presiders Niver in Salutary Have,
MORE the Oar Mrs. Nine Mrs.
and Minister Candas will work basiness the
Prevident's cas and be put by the Deputy Creat
of Promoct. The requiring cars cerrying the
Cilintal Party from the Ranherapala will
buch Nations due VIP Exclosure and addresse
Prime MINUATOR Gendy the Nixth port
Mrs. Ridayatullab, and the OTHERS Party
will LOVE to the VIP End (T..-
Staff will and d
STATE Club nave happet en
have deinsked.
President Mush will more the Setation BASE num
The den,r with grough 0.00 and the
anthoused the V.S. and India will be phyed Upon
completion. due Home Guard will to "Daner Arms
The Hows Guard Commender will THE lorward 5 the
Soluting dass salate the President and ast him to
inspect the Hunet Guard. The insplution procedure will
be prectsely the as on One arrivel ceremuly. As
the inspection 18 completed Printi Singh will be at
President Nivon's side and escort him to the VIP
Enclosure where no hids farewoll to the Indian
dignitaries, President Niron Insured the VIP
excerted by Priths Suigh, and accompanted by the
Acting President of India, and moves to the Speaker's
Plations.
NOTE Prime Minister Gandhi, Mrs. Nixes and
Mrs. Hidaystullab remain seated in the VIP Enclosure.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
39
The two Presidents mount the platform alone.
President Nixon will make farewell statement
and Acting President Hidayatullah will respond.
Upon completion. President Nixon. Acting President
Hidayatullah, Prime Minister Gandhi, Mrs. Nixon and
Mrs. Hidayatullah, escorted by Prithi Singh, will the
move to the Diplomatic Corps area and bid farewell.
NOTE: Handshaking with the Diplomatic Corps is
expected.
NOTE: President Nixon's departure from Speakers'
Platform is signal for official party in VIP
Enclosure to move to Air Force One and
board. The Indian dignitaries in VIP
enclosure who will bid farewell to
President Nixon at ramp of Air Force
One move into position.
President Nixon and Mrs. Nixon, with Indian
counterparts, move from the Diplomatic area
to the U.S. Embassy area and wave farewell
to the American Delegation and then proceed
directly to Air Force One.
NOTE: Dignitaries at ramp to bid farewell will be:
Minister of External Affairs, Divesh Singh
Mayor of Delhi, Hans Raj Gupta
Mrs. Hame Raj Gupta
U.S. Ambassador Kenneth B. Keating
After final farewells, President and Mrs. Nixon
enter Air Force One while 21-Gur Salute is in
progress,
10:45
Wheels Up.
NOTE: As the door shuts OF Air Force One,
the press members will move to their
aircraft and embark.
Diagram of Ceremony is attached.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
New Delhi Airport Departure Plan - 1 August
PRESS
AIRCRAFT
Presidential Aircraft
HONORGUARD
BAND
ARMY
NAVY
AIR FORCE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
SALUTING
BASE
camera
CAMERA
SPEECH
PLATFORM
CAMERA
CAMERA
PRESS
V.I.P.
MOTORCADE
U.S. EMBASSY &
DIPL.
AMERICAN COMMUNITY
CORPS.
GATE
PALAM
ROAD
CAR PARK
40
ACCOMMODATION EXCHANGE
The U.S. Disbursing Officer will provide cashiers at the
following locations:
Ashoka Hotel
Room 371
Hotel Janpath
Room 5
Hours: July 31
1230 - 2200
Aug 1
0700 - 1000
Rate of Exchange: $1.00 = Rs. 7.60
The Embassy's regular accommodation exchange activity Room
W-173, West Building, will be available by contacting the USDO
on Ext. 404.
BAGGAGE INFORMATION
On Arrival:
Baggage will be delivered to visitors' assigned
quarters.
On Departure:
"Baggage Call" - Deadline ALL HOTELS any 0745 hours
1 August 1969
NOTE: Baggage personnel will be on duty in the hotels
from 0600 hours orward on 1 August to begin
accepting baggage,
NOTE: All baggage will be picked up in the visitors'
assigned quarters.
"Baggage Call" - Rashtrapati Bhavan - 0745 hours
1 August 1969
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
41
COMMUNICATIONS
The Embassy Telegraphic Branch will operate on a 24-hour basis.
Official classified and unclassified telegrama will be handled through
the Control Centers for delivery to the Embassy. Couriers will be
available for this purpose.
Official pouch mail and personal letters bearing U.S. postage should
be deposited at Control Centers for collection by couriers and delivery
to the Embasay pouch room.
U.S. postage stamps will be available for purchase at the Ashoka Hotel
Control Center and the American Embassy.
CONTROL ROOM INFORMATION
Location :
1. Ashoka Hotel
Room 370
Tel: 70311
Ext. 370
Tel: 70351
Ext 644/645
2. American Embassy
Room 235
Tel: 70351
Ext 642/643
3.
State Secretariat
Room 239
Tel: 70351
Ext 213, 259, 269
4. NSC Secretariat
Room 239
Tel: 70351
Ext 235, 265, 296
[plus White House line
Services :
Round-the-clock: Control centers will be in constant communications
with each other and can provide up-to-date information on all aspects
of visit. Classified courier, classified lock-up and American
secretarial services will be available at each center. Thermofax
machines will be in the NSC and S/S Secretariats.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
42
HEALTH PRECAUTIONS
The Embassy suggests that personnel quartered in the hotels
obtain sealed bottled mineral water through "room service"
facilities.
Emergency medical facilities are available in the Health Unit,
located in Room No. 135, first floor, American Embassy, telephone:
70351, Ext. 370/372.
Request for hospital or hospital dispensary services can be
arranged through the Embassy Control Center. The Embassy nurse
can assist if needed.
PACKAGE SALES
Arrangements have been made to have a commissary representative
in Room 371. Ashoka Hotel and Hotel Janpath, Room 5 for puckage
sale of alcoholic beverages. Mixes are available through the hotel
"room service. 11
Hours:
July 31
1230 - 2200
Aug 1
0700 sh 1000
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
43
TRANSPORTATION
Vehicles assigned for the specific use of White House Staff
and other U.S. Government officials will carry the user's name
on center front windshield.
Three motor pools for use of other official guests will be
located at:
1.
American Embassy
70351
Ext 642/643
2.
Ashoka Hotel
70311
Ext 370
3.
Rashtrapati Bhavan
375321
Inquiry Room
South Court Entrande
Pool vehicle dispatched will wait a mardroum of twenty
minutes. Vehicles may be re-obtained by calling above numbers.
Ten charter buses will be provided for the visiting Prese for
transportation to the Ashoka, other official functions and to the
Airport August 1st. Each bus will be accompanied by a USIS Escort
Officer
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
44
HOTEL AND RESIDENCE NUMBERS
Rashtrapati Bhavan
375321
Roosevelt House
70351 Ext 226
(The Ambassador's Residence)
Ashoka Hotel
70311
Oberoi-Intercontinental
619465
Hotel Janpath
46881
Diplomat Hotel
372004
Vikram Hotel
625639
Hotel Assignments - are listed as follows:
Ashoka Hotel
Page 48
Hotel Janpath
Page 53
Vikram
Page 56
Oberoi-Intercontinental
Page 57
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
45
OTHER USEFUL NUMBERS
EMBASSY/USAID
70351
USIS
46931 (Emb tie-line 340)
PRESIDENT'S SUPPORT STAFF
American Embassy
Room 204
Ext 204
Room 207
Ext 295
Ashoka Hotel
Room 370
Ext 370
70351, Ext 644/645
EMBASSY CONTROL ROOM
American Embassy
Room 235
642/643
PRESS ATTACHE
American Embassy
Room 136
Ext 210
COMMUNICATIONS
American Embassy
Room B-28
Ext 240
EMBASSY DISBURSING
American Embassy
W 173
Ext 404
West Building)
MOTOR POOL
1.
Rashtrapati Bhavan
375321
Inquiry Room
South Court Entrance
2.
American Embassy
70351
Ext 642/643
3.
Ashoka Hotel
70311
Ext 370
MEDICAL UNIT - EMBASSY
70351
Ext 370/372
SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT SUPPORT
American Embassy
70351
Ext 642/643
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
:
KEY MISSION OFFICIALS
EMBASSY
Room
Ext
AMBASI 3272 ADOR
KENNETH B. KEATING
200
10113
Roosevell Horne
MINISTER
William H Weathersby
201
212
617611
1 17 Releadore Road
Special Assistant
Hizbert 0 liagerty
204
204
25610
1 Baszwarder Road
MILSTER CONNSELOR FOR POLITICAL-
ECONOMIC AFFAIRS
Herbent Spivant
242
221
6119
258 Food
Countrium for Political Enonomic Affalra
Garden
ZCB
Z1?
3
17 Road
LABOR COUNSELOS
Natio
112
15)
55 Ft entio Colour
DEFENSE ATTACHE
Gal Tolar to McKenna
221
234
611116
25A Prichwing Road
02 FOR OF ADMINISTRATION
-
Director
Francis E Reterman
W-143
436
775 6
B.41 Greater Kallash
,
Deputy Director
John F. Rieger
W-141
437
611603
10 Ratendone Road
General Services Officer
Charles R. Bakey Jr.
W - 145
467
76018
8-33 Greater Kailash
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
#7
Beard Ent
Budge # :
Harold &
W-128
41%
9322
0.00 2 Revords OFFICE
Gezard ! Gundross
123
321
575365
3 Malchs Mary
Medical Officer
Dr H Thomas Wingert
135
372
3750'2
84 Malcha M...
Security Officer
Jos B Alrounder
109 300/182
AR Malcha Mary
USTS
To: 45931
10 NISTER-CO NSELOR FOR PUBLIC AFFAIRS
W Illim D Miller
Ema 13t
210
611+3
14 Refendow Road
PRESS AVIAC :,
! Past Philoge
be
zu
17309
142 Malchy Mark
USAID DI
ACTING DIRECTOR SAID
John H. Finant
W-205
of
174810
8 Panchsheel Marg
U.S DEFE SE REPRESENTAL VESKETDY
Brig Gen Robert C Shaw
D-39 NDSE Part 1
117
302
62344
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
HOTEL UST
ASHOKA
-
ABEL, Don
395
2.
ATKINS Oliver
396
3.
BEAR Dr Stanley
360
is
BENSON Paul
249
in
BERECK Lt Col
384
6
BOGGS Patrick
377
in
BORDEN, LeRoy
501
is
BROSSMAN. Sharon
251
9
BROWNE Shirley
375
10 BUCHANAN
385
=
BURROWS. E
SP5
214
12
BUSSEL C SSe
244
13. CARNER, Sgt
246
5
14
CATHEY Joe Set
246
15. CHARIOTT. Ted
507
16
CLIFF, Edward MSgs
365
17.
COFFEY, LL Col Vernon
362
18
CONDAYAN, John
507
19. COPELAND W.
259
20, COREY SSg Covert
252
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
49
21. DAHLER. Sally
361
22 DALE Billy
382
23 D'ANDREA Douglas
395
24 DOMINGUEZ, L.
271
25. DUNN Robert
556
26. ELBOURNE. Fimothy
350
27 ELLIS. Russell
341
28
FAUVER Edwin
344/345
29. GARMON Aun
391
30 GATES Mrs Pal
372
=
GERRARD. Constitution
379
32. GREENWOOD, Russell
386
13. GRIFFIN Milten
511
34 HALL Major PAMA
24
15 HAWLE Names-M
260
16
HENDERSHOT Fred
544
37 HILLENBRAND
398 Suite
38 HOLORIDGE
354
39 HOUDEK
358
40. JOHNSON, Sgv Robert
248
41
JOHNSON Richard
253
42
JONES. MSgt.Henry
248
43. JORDAN K.
261
44. KAVULICK, Ron
387
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
45
KEOCH, James
346
46
KIGHTLINGER Jack E
381
47. KNUDSEN, Robert
381
48 LUKASH Dr William
392
49. MAGUIRE. Charles G
363
50
MANNING Robert
393
51
McCEE Thomas
258
52.
M.SW EENEY, John
340
53
MENDOZA, SDCM E.
250
54.
MILTON Raleigh
387
55
MOHR Sgr. Kenneth
306
56
MURRAY. X to Dowald F
252
57. NEWBRAND Robert
245
58 NOONAN Paul.
395
59
OHLENBURG STG Hurber:
367
60. OLERS W Dupiel
388
61.
PASSMAN, Mary Alice
373
62. PEREYO. Sgt Gary
250
63. PERKINS Robert
511
64.
PONTRUS Ronald
502
65
PORTER, Sgt Gurard
254
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
51
66. PRICE Raymond
351
67 RECCO. SGM Robies 28
364
68. REDMAN, Col Albert
357
69. REYNOLDS, Charles
386
70. RILAND, Dr. Kenneth
369
71. RIMESTAD, Idar
123
Suite
72. ROWEKAMP, George
544
73. SAUNDERS Havold
352
74 SCOTT. Alfred
368
75, SCHWAB Eric
389
76. SHERWOOD, I.
247
4
SNOW George
544
78 SOMNENPELDT
353
79. SORSETH. Steven
254
80, STAHL Norman
544
81. STUART Charles
355
82, TAYLOR, W
255
83. THOMAS, John M.
257
84 TURNER. Leonard
501
85, UHLENKOTT. SP4 Loren
339
86.
VAN der HEUVEL. Mrs Gerry 356
87.
WARREN, Gerald
374
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
53
88 WHELTHAN Bruce
376
$
89
WOODS Alan
378
90. WYMER Major William
394
91, ZIEGLER. Real
348/349 Saite
92 ZOOK Ray
380
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
HOTEL LIST
JANPATH
1. AINSWORTH. Earl
104
2. ALLEN, R.
101
3. BALDELLI, D.
420
4, RALGE,K.
324
5. BOGGS, A. D.
321
6. BROWN, Daniel P.
105
?. BRUIN. 1.
429
8. COATS.B.
416
9. COPELAND, Vern
425
10. CRAIN. Leo
210
il, CROSS. John L.
211
12. CROWDER, lenes P.
212
13. DECIMA E
501
14 DeSAUTELS George A
102
15. DUNCAN, W.
301
16. E(SERMAN, David
201
1% GAUTREAU, D
320
18 GAVIN. 1.
529
19. GEASA W.
429
20. GODFREY.
301
21, GOLDEN, 1.
428
22. HAMILTON, C.
329
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Janpath
23 HAWTHORNE, W.
425
24. HESS, L.
336
25 . HEUERMAN. T.
336
26. HOFPMAN, G.
416
27. HOWELL
530
28, HUDSON, W.
329
29. HUTCH, A.
501
30, JONDAHL, Del G.
213
31. JONES, Rodger L.
203
32. JOYCE, Daniel L.
207
11. KENDALL. G.
330
34, KETCHERSID, James W. 303
35, KING, Charles E,
306
36 LOVE Gale A.
307
37. 3 LYDA, C.
325
10. MILLER. S.
325
39. McCARTHY, D.
328
40, McNALLY. Robert
304
41. OLSON, E.
525
42. PFORR, J.
401
43. QUINN, A.
529
38. QUINT, Gary F.
408
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
55
Janpath
45. RICHARDSON
330
46, ROGERS, Ann
333
47, ROLEN, J.
101
48. ROOP, Keith
409
49,
SCHEYTT, George
411
50. SCHILLING. Paul H.
412
51. SLOTTER, Kenneth D.
413
52. SOLIE, Donald W.
405
53. SPARK, Wallace D.
404
54. STURGILL, Curtis
201
55. THOMPSON, Raymond G. 502
56. TOWNSEND, Trank A.
504
57, TAYLOR Robert
322
58. VARENHOLT A.
401
59 WALLACE N.
328
60. WHAN, 1.
420
61. WHITEHOUSE, MSgt.
530
62. WILLIAMS. B.
525
63. WILSON, William C.
506
64. YAKURA, K.
428
65. YANCEY, James
507
66, ZOBRIL
320
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
56
HOTEL LIST
VIKRAM
1.
BROCK. SSgt
118
2. FOORE, LA
111
3.
GRAY. TSgt
118
4.
HANSON, TSE
110
5
JONES. SSgt
112
6. MELTON Sgt
110
-1
RANDOLPH, SSgt
112
8. RUMPHREY, MSgt
111
9
WALDORF. SSpt
SIR
10
WRONSKI, TSgt
318
11 ZUNICA, Sgt
113
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
is
HOTEL LIST
OBERO -INTERCONTINENTAL
is
ALBERTAZZIE Lt Col Ralph D
103
2
HALL, Major
134
3. JOLLY, Lt Col John
127
4.
PEDEN. Lt Col Carl
138
5.
ROGERS, Lt Col Charles W
105
3.
WALKER, Ron
706
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
use MON'S SUMSDULE, JULY 31, 1963
dell to
Projuct Officer ISO Donald ?
1100 - Begun (Mce.) Abida Abued and Deput Chief of Crotocol
Captain D. Γ. Teratra, will escort Mrs. Nixou Ema Part
suite to South Gate Reshirepant Bhavan.
NOTE:
Segum Ahmed is the wife of Fakhruddia All
Ahmed, Minister of Industrial Development,
Company Affairs and Internal frede. Stx
will accompany and interpret on the tour.
1410
-
Motornade departs from Regidrupeti Bharea,
One Metorcycle
flag Car - Indian President's INC.
gray Silver Cloud Rells Rever
Security Car
Seall Oar
Staff On
Press Bas
Pass Dob
una
Mrs. Mixm, eccompanied by Veguna Adv.pd
and Capitals Persiro, will the in Flig Car.
hirs. Nhon will all on the dont hand stoo,
MOTE:
Press buses designated for Mrs. Miron's POW
will be boarded at airport, liter breathes
from the airport molercade outside Rashtroped:
Blaven, they will proceed to Fraeman Avakes
and weit. They will join Mrs. Niron's
motorcade when it passes at 141.
M35
-
Anive et Gal's Higher Secondery School, village Chatterper.
eleven miles from Reshtrapati Bhavan. Care will drive up
to entrence. There Mrs. Wixon will be met by the village
bradhen (headmen) Raniit Singh, Community Development
Officer Mr. Malwa, and members of the village parchayat
(council).
.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
HISPIT SOUSQULE Fage
Mrs. Vison will ba garlunded by the pracess and
of the peachayet. The first garfine
be placed on Mrs. Nixon, She may accept THE
gestends in be: head. The first garland be W..D
throughout the tour Gi removed di will.
Mrs. Niven will or led to the timer countryant of the
school pass a vivls honor guard. Outs will sections
traditional we coming riceal th soleh 8 :-:
refered pounder will DO or valid ordsine.
A domonstredos of education and
will be performed,
150
Pottinal to want and $6.48 at
(Village will DO
75% required a school chop)
Accive at hendican shop R certify
end
59715
the
THE
Jung 03 high natured
being mores, origing
shop is & privately and
producing for the village and $20.81 assos 1,
NOTEL
a lew photographers not ender 1%
Insuding too $ or to
the visit, More oa
ASS Depart from handlorm center. Walk in the thit.
sice, Ninon will ester Lenge at Dund of sugar,
virawing skapte and nost Internal the will briefly end
low-walled coustyard where householder kisps Phone
Island Red chlokeus and two witer butfeloes
1500
- On departure from house, Mrs. Mixon will be poysented
wish small basket of eggs,
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
SCHIDE SC
INC
Antive et Community Conter,
Outside the COTTAL kinder, with стзвь -
children will be IN prograss. Children
recite rhysics and songs used 11 terming Himo
alphabet.
On the purch of the center your
of village will be incoming to use machine
and to purke clointes.
1510 Deport from DOB: smily assign. Cuscimer SHOWS
street,
On Left woul is polited is with
ment in Hindi to featly planning
hoppy family." Ta Held on villing tails
1912
Artive at Zeide of villare arecher
street EXP.COM of ybrid for/ar (
BcyeT 685
Parent Nugs.
reserver was
Mrs. No 1. 4
Cooduction with
152°
Depart the country a village with
buck to
1531 - Deport imp vullage.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MRS. NIXON'S SCHEDULE - Page 4.
1600
Arrive Mobile Creche
The Mobile Creche is housed in a tent or the site of the
Gandhi Centenary Exposition Grounds where several brick
buildings are now under construction. The motercade will
halt at the entrance to the construction area at Powerbouse
Road. The tent will be inside and on the right. Mrs.
Nixon will be met by Mrs. Meera Mahadevan Secretary
of the Delhi Sub-committee and the sponsor of the
Mobile Creche.
Mrs. Nixon will be escorted to the front of the tent.
Enrcute, the history. purpose and scope of the mobile
creche will be explained. The Mobile Creche is a Lew
project which may serve as a pilot project for activities
at other construction sites in the city. It seeks to
provide day care, supervision and food for the children
of the men and women who labor on construction projects.
This creche was founded on March 15, 1969, by the
volunteers of the Delhi Sub-committee mentioned above
It is financed by voluntary contributions.
At the entrance to the tent, Mrs. Nixon will be garlanded
with a handloom garlond. Then Mrs. Nixon will be led 111
the tent. Outside groups of children will be seen receiving
their milk ration and medical attention. Inside the tert the
younger children will be resting on their small low crts.
Young women, paid at a nominal rate, provide supervision
at the Creche for about 100 children, from ages six menths
to twelve years. Classes will be in progress.
1610
Remarks by Mrs. Nixon.
Emerging from the tent, Mrs. Nixon will be introduced to
assembled students and volunteers. Mrs. Nixon will speak
and then be asked to pass out candies. (After a few are
passed, teachers will take over from Mrs. Nixon.) Mrs.
Nixon will be escorted to car.
1615
Departure from Mobile Creche.
1625
Arrive Rashtrapati Bhavan. Mrs. Nixon will be escorted
to suite by Begum Ahmed and Captain Per eira.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NOTE: This is President Nixon's actual schedule
while in India.
FOR YOUR INFORMATION AND USE
JULY 21, 1969
Office of the White House Fress Secretary
THE WHITE HOUSE
SCHEDULE OF THE TRIP OF THE
PRESIDENT
July 22 to August 3
1969
Depart Bangkok
10:15 am Bangkok time
TWA and Pan Am press planes depart Bangkok
(11:15 pm EDT 7/30)
enroute New Delhi.
Flying time: 3 hours, 30 minutes
Time change: minus one hour, 30 minutes
12:15 pm New Delhi time
TWA and Pan Am press planes arrive New Delhi
(2:45 am EDT 7/31)
Airport (Palam).
12:30 pm New Delhi time
PRESIDENT AND PARTY ARRIVE NEW DELHI
(3:00 am EDT 7/31)
AIRPORT (PALAM).
ARRIVAL CEREMONIES:
MET BY ACTING GOI PRESIDENT AND PRIME
MINISTER GANDHI.
Anthems
Review troops
Statement by Acting President
Statement by President Nixon
12:50 pm New Delhi time PRESIDENTS MOTORCADE TO RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN.
(3:20 am EDT 7/31)
Motorcade consists of 2 photo trucks, 2 wire cars,
press pool bus: 15 U.S., 15 India
Motorcade pool members are: (Pool #30)
Wire Car
Z Pooler - Philadelphia Bulletin
MORE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Thursday, July 31, 1969
2
TV Correspondent
L. A. Times
TV Correspondent
St. Louis Post Dispatch
TV Correspondent
London Daily Telegraph
Reader's Digest
New York Times
U.S. News
Ridder Publications
Wall Street Journal
Darien Review
Washington Post
Philadelphia Inquirer
Baltimore Sun
1:25 pm New Delhi time
PRESIDENT NIXON ARRIVES AT OFFICIAL RESIDENCE
(3:55 am EDT 7/31)
AND IS ESCORTED TO SUITE.
1:35 pm New Delhi time
PRESIDENT NIXON CALLS ON ACTING GOI PRESIDENT
(4:05 am EDT 7/31)
IN PRESIDENT'S RECEPTION ROOM AT RASHTRAPATI
BHAVAN.
Pool photo opportunity: (Pool #31)
AP
TV Reel
UPI
TV Reel
AP Photo
TV Reel
UPI Photo
Newsweek Photo
AFP
Time Photo
Reuters
Life Photo
TV Correspondent
Philadelphia Bulletin
TV Reel
1:50 pm New Delhi time
PRESIDENT NIXON RETURNS TO SUITE.
(4:20 am EDT 7/31)
STAFF TIME.
1:55 pm New Delhi time Press buses return to Ashoka Hotel.
(4:25 am EDT 7/31)
PRESS NOTE:
Press Room: Convention Center Ballroom
Press facilities:
8 long distance telephones
8 Telex (additional punching machines
and operators)
2 printers for press messages
messengers
2:30 pm New Delhi time Pool buses depart Ashoka Hotel enroute President
(5 am EDT 7/31)
Nixon's suite at Rashtrapati Bhavan.
MORE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Thursday, July 31, 1969
3
Pool members are: (Pool #32)
AP
TV Reel
UPI
TV Reel
AP Photo
TV Reel
UPI Photo
Newsweek Photo
AFP
Time Photo
Reuters
Life Photo
TV Correspondent
Baltimore Sun
TV Reel
Z Pooler - New York Times
3 pm New Delhi time
PRESIDENT NIXON RECEIVES PRIME MINISTER
(5:30 am EDT 7/3.1)
GANDHI IN DWARKA SITTING ROOM. BEGIN TALKS.
Pool photo opportunity: (Pool #32)
AP
TV Reel
UPI
TV Reel
AP Photo
TV Reel
UPI Photo
Newsweek Photo
AFP
Time Photo
Reuters
Life Photo
TV Correspondent
Baltimore Sun
TV Reel
4:30 pm New Delhi time 2 press buses depart Ashoka Hotel enroute Rajghat
7 am EDT 7/31)
(Gandhi Memorial) for press and photo positioning.
4:35 pm New Delhi time Pool and press buses depart Ashoka Hotel enroute
(7:05 am EDT 7/31)
Rashtrapati Bhavan.
5 pm New Delhi time
PRESIDENT DEPARTS RESIDENCE ENROUTE
(7:30 am EDT 7/31)
RAJGHAT VIA MOTORCADE.
Motorcade lineup:
2 wire cars
2 photo cars
pool press bus
press buses
Motorcade pool bus members are:
AP
TV Reel
UPI
TV Reel
AP Photo
TV Reel
UPI Photo
Newsweek Photo
AFP
Time Photo
Reuters
Life Photo
TV Correspondent
Baltimore Sun
TV Reel
Z Pooler - New York Times
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MORE
Thursday, July 31, 1969
4
5:15 pm New Delhi time PRESIDENT ARRIVES RAJGHAT.
(7:45 am EDT 7/31)
PRESIDENT NIXON WILL LAY A WREATH AT THE
GANDHI MEMORIAL AND PLANT A TREE NEXT TO
A TREE GENERAL EISENHOWER PLANTED DURING
HIS VISIT TO INDIA.
Open coverage.
PRESS NOTE:
Press must take off shoes before entering
Rajghat.
5:30 pm New Delhi time PRESIDENT DEPARTS RAJGHAT ENROUTE
(8 am EDT 7/31)
RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN VIA AUTO.
Press pool follows (Pool #32)
AP
TV Reel
UPI
TV Reel
AP Photo
TV Reel
UPI Photo
Newsweek Photo
AFP
Time Photo
Reuters
Life Photo
TV Correspondent
Baltimore Sun
TV Reel
Z Pooler - New York Times
5:45 pm New Delhi time
PRESIDENT ARRIVES RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN.
(8:15 am EDT 7/31)
STAFF TIME.
8 pm New Delhi time
Pool press buses depart Ashoka Hotel enroute Rash-
(10:30 am EDT 7/31)
trapati Bhavan.
Pool members are: (Pool # 33)
AP
TV Reel
UPI
TV Reel
AP Photo
TV Correspondent
UPI Photo
Newsweek Photo
AFP
Time Photo
Reuters
Life Photo
TV Reel
Boston Globe
TV Reel
8:15 pm New Delhi time ACTING GOI PRESIDENT CALLS ON PRESIDENT AND
(10:45 am EDT 7/31)
MRS. NIXON IN THEIR SUITE.
No coverage.
Reproduced at the Richard NixorMP@sRiential Library and Museum
Thursday, July 31, 1969
5
8:30 pm New Delhi time ACTING GOI PRESIDENT, PRESIDENT AND MRS.NIXON
(11 am EDT 7/31)
ARRIVE BANQUET HALL FOR INTRODUCTION.
Pool photo opportunity: (Pool #33)
AP
TV Reel
UPI
TV Reel
AP Photo
TV Correspondent
UPI Photo
Newsweek Photo
AFP
Time Photo
Reuters
Life Photo
TV Reel
Beston Globe
TV Reel
8:45 pm New Delhi time DINNER BEGINS.
(11:15 am EDT 7/31)
10:30 pm New Delhi time DINNER CONCLUDES. PRESIDENT AND MRS. NIXON
(1 pm EDT 7/31)
GO TO ASHOKA HALL FOR ENTERTAINMENT.
Pool photo opportunity: (Pool #33)
AP
TV Reel
UPI
TV Reel
AP Photo
TV Correspondent
UPI Photo
Newsweek Photo
AFP
Time Photo
Reuters
Life Photo
TV Reel
Boston Globe
TV Reel
11 pm New Delhi time
PRESIDENT AND MRS. NIXON RETURN TO SUITE.
(1:30 pm EDT 7/31)
(Pool #33 accompanies.)
MORE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
6
Friday, August 1, 1969
FRIDAY, AUGUST 1, 1969
8:30 am New Delhi time THE PRESIDENT ATTENDS MEETING OF SENIOR
(11 pm EDT 7/31)
ADVISORS AT RASHTRAPATI BHAVAN.
9 am New Delhi time
Press buses depart Ashoka Hotel enroute Delhi Airport.
(11:30 pm EDT 7/31)
9:30 am New Delhi time Wire cars and pool bus depart Ashoka Hotel enroute
(12 midnight EDT 7/31) Rashtrapati Bhavan.
Press pool members are (Pool #34)
AP Photo
TV correspondent
UPI Photo
Life Photo
TV Reel
Chicago Tribune
TV Reel
N.Y. Daily News
TV Reel
U.S. News correspondent
TV Reel
Buffalo Evening News
10 am New Delhi time
PRESIDENT AND MRS. NIXON DEPART RASHTRAPATI
(12:30 am EDT 8/1)
BHAVAN ENROUTE DELHI AIRPORT.
Press pool #34 accompanies.
10:25 am New Delhi time ARRIVE DELHI AIRPORT.
(12:55 am EDT 8/1)
DEPARTURE CEREMONIES.
HONOR GUARD.
STATEMENTS:
PRESIDENT NIXON
ACTING GOI PRESIDENT
DEPARTS NEW DELHI
10:45 am New Delhi time PRESIDENT DEPARTS NEW DELHI VIA AIR FORCE
(1:15 am EDT 8/1)
ONE ENROUTE LAHOR E, PAKISTAN.
Air Force One pool members are: (Pool #35)
AP
TV correspondent
UPI
Time correspondent
AP Photo
Chicago Tribune
UPI Photo
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Thank Yous
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
XV
THANK YOUS
The President will send "thank you" letters to the principal
people responsible for making a Presidential visit a success. The
Advanceman must exercise judgement in terms of the number of
letters to be sent. These should be written to the key people
responsible for the event and to any special VIPs with whom the
President may have come in contact during the visit. This list
should never exceed 10 to 12 people.
It is impossible to over emphasize the importance of a thank
you note from the President and what it means to the recipient. It
is the White House Staff Advanceman's responsibility to prepare the
"thank you letter" list.
The following procedure is to be followed regarding Presidential
"thank you" letters:
1.
The "thank you" list is to be prepared immediately
after the President's visit and mailed to the Tour
Office no later than 24 hours after the visit.
The "thank you" list should be prepared during the
advance and be ready to be sent with any last minute
additions that same day but no later than 24 hours
after the event.
2.
The "thank you" list should always be typed with a
carbon copy.
3. The list is to be prepared as directed on the form
shown on the next page, with the Advanceman's name
clearly indicated in the top right hand corner.
4.
Copies of this form will be available to all Advancemen
for each advance.
The President also sends out an engraved Thank You Card. The
card should be sent to individual hard workers. As a guideline, between
25 - 50 cards can be sent out. The names and addresses of the card
recipients should be submitted with the Thank You Letter List.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Upon completion of this form,
THANK YOU LETTERS
Event:
forward immediately to the
Tour Office with a carbon copy.
Date:
Advanceman:
NAME & ADDRESS
SALUTATION
DESCRIPTION
Complete name and title
Indicate if first, last, or
State what the person did --
with complete address
nickname is to be used.
if political VIP, so indicate.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
State Contacts
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
ALABAMA
Electoral vote: 9 (Wallace)
GOVERNOR
George C. Wallace (D)
Elected 1970, 74.5% vs John Cashin
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Montgomery
205/269-7642
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Committee of Alabama
P. O. Box 3315
Birmingham 35205
205/322-5733
State Chairman
J. Richard (Dick) Bennett, Jr.
P. O. Box 188
Greenville 36037
(H) 205/382-3744
(O) 205/382-5151
National
James D. Martin
Committeeman
407 Country Club Drive
Gadsden 35901
205/546-7056
National
Mrs. Bobbie Ames
Committeewoman
Amesmont
Marion 36756
205/683-2351
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
John J. Sparkman (D), elected 1966, 61.0% vs John E. Grenier(R)
James B. Allen (D), elected 1968 vs Perry O. Hooper (R)
Congressmen
1st Jack Edwards (R), 62.1%
2nd William B. Dickinson (R), 61.4%
3rd George Andrews (D), 90.2%
4th William Nichols (D), 84.4%
5th Walter Flowers (D), 77.8%
6th John Buchanan (R), 59.8%
7th Tom Bevill (D), unoppo sed
8th Robert E. Jones (D), 84.9%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
ALASKA
Electoral vote: 3 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
William Egan (D)
Elected 1970, 51.9% vs Gov. Keith Miller (R)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Juneau
907/586-5301
GOP
Headquarters
Republican Party of Alaska
815 W. 5th Ave
Anchorage 99501
907/279-2508 or 907/272-7461
State Chairman
Alvin O. Bramstedt
Box 1160
Anchorage 99501
National
Robert A. Davenny
Committeeman
P. O. Box 4-2050
Anchorage 99503
907/279-2508
National
Mrs. John Holm
Committeewoman
P. O. Box 682
Fairbanks 99707
907/456-6336
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Mike Gravel (D), elected 1968, 46.3% vs Elmer Rasmuson (R)
Theodore F. Stevens (R), elected 1970, 59.9% vs Wendell Kay (D)
Appointed Dec. 1968, by Gov. Walter J. Kickel to fill
vacancy created by death of Sen. E. L. Bartlett, term ends 1972.
Congressman
Nicholas J. Begich (D), 53.9%
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
ARIZONA
Electoral vote: 6 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
John R. Williams (R)
Re-elected 1970, 51.9% vs Raul Castro
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Phoenix
602/271-4900
Contact: C. R. Krimminger
GOP
Headquarters
Arizona Republican State Committee
3300 North Central Ave.
Phoenix 85012
602/279-5596
State Chairman
Harry Rosenzweig
c/o Headquarters
National
John H. Haugh
Committeeman
5705 N. Campbell Ave.
Tucson 85718
602/299-6028
National
Mrs. Forrest C. Braden
Committeewoman
700 Second Ave.
Yuma 85364
602/783-4348
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Barry Goldwater (R), elected 1968, 57.6% vs Roy Elson
Paul Fannin (R), re-elected 1970, 55.8% vs Sam Grossman
Congressmen
1st
John J. Rhodes (R), 68.3%
2nd
Morris K. Udall (D), 69.0%
3rd
Sam Steiger (R), 63.0%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
ARKANSAS
Electoral vote: 6 (Wallace)
GOVERNOR
Dale Bumpers (D)
Elected 1970, 62.1% VS Gov. Winthrop Rockefeller
2 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Little Rock
501/372-3428
GOP
Headquarters
Arkansas Republican State Committee
1417 West 6th Street
Little Rock 72201
501/372-7301
State Chairman
Odell Pollard
P. O. Box 36, 407 W. Race Ave.
Searcy 72143
501/268-3536
National
Winthrop Rockefeller
Committeeman
450 Tower Bldg.
or - Mt. Petitjean
Little Rock 72201
Arkansas
501/372-5431
National
Mrs. Frank McGillicuddy
Committeewoman
2000 Magnolia St., Rivercliff Apt. #463
Little Rock 72202
501/666-7889
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
John L. McClellan (D), re-elected 1966, Unopposed
J. William Fulbright (D), re-elected 1968, 60.7%
vs Charles Bernard
Congressmen
1st Bill Alexander (D), Unopposed
2nd Wilbur Mills (D), Unopposed
3rd J. P. Hammerschmidt (R), 66.4%
4th David Pryor (D), Unopposed
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
CALIFORNIA
Electoral vote: 45 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Ronald Reagan (R),
Re-elected 1970, 52.9% VS Jess Unruh
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Sacramento 95814
916/445-2843
Contact: Michael K. Deaver (916/445-6343)
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of California
918 J Street
Sacramento 95814
State Chairman
Putnam Livermore
111 Sutter Street, Suite 1200
San Francisco 94104
415/421-3430
National
Thomas C. Reed
Committeeman
P. O. Box 371
San Rafael 94902
415/ 456-7310
National
Mrs. Eleanor R. Ring
Committeewoman
801 Tolita Avenue
Coronado 92118
714/435-4524
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
John Tunney (D), elected 1970, 53.8% vs George Murphy(R)
Alan Cranston (D), elected 1968, 52% vs Max Rafferty(R)
Congressmen
1st
Don H. Clausen (R), 63.4%
20th
H. Allen Smith(R), 69.2%
2nd
Harold Johnson (D), 77.6%
21st
Augustus F. Hawkins (D) 94.6%
3rd
John E. Moss (D), 61.6%
22nd
James C Corman(D) 59.3%
4th
Robert Leggett (D), 67.4%
23rd
Del Clawson (R), 63.5%
5th
Philip Burton(D), 70.6%
24th
John Rousselot (R), 65.2%
6th
William Maillard (R) 53.1%
25th
Charles E Wiggins (R) 63.5%
7th
Ronald Dellums (D), 57.4%
26th
Thomas M Rees (D) 71.2%
8th
George PMiller (D), 69.0%
27th
Barry MGoldwater, Jr (R) 66. 8%
9th
Don Edwards (D), 69.3%
28th
Alphonzo Bell(R), 69.4%
10th
Charles S Gubser (R) 61.8%
29th
Geo. E.Danielson(D) 62.4%
11th
P.N. McCloskey, Jr. 78.6%
30th
Edw. R. Roybal (D), 68.2%
12th
Burt L Talcott (R), 63.6%
31st
Charles H Wilson(D), 73.0%
13th
Charles M Teague (R) 58.5%
32nd
Craig Hosmer (R), 71.6%
14th
Jerome R. Waldie(D) 74.6%
33rd
Jerry L. Pettis (R), 72.2%
15th
John J. McFall (D), 62.8%
34th
Richard T. Hanna (D), 53.0%
16th
B. F. Sisk (D), 66.4%
35th
John G. Schmitz (R), 67.0%
17th
Glenn M Anderson (D)62.1%
36th
Bob Wilson (R), 71.5%
18th
Robert B Mathias (R)63.3%
37th
Lionel VanDeerlin(D), 72.1%
38th Victor Veysey (R), 50.1%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
COLORADO
Electoral vote: 7 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
John A. Love (R)
Re-elected 1970, 52.4% vs Mark Hogan (D), Walter Plankinton (AI)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Denver
303/892-2471
Contact: Lyle Lindesmith
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Colorado
1711 Pennsylvania Street
Denver 80203
303/222-7764
State Chairman
Robert M. Flanigan
c/o Headquarters
National
William S. Powers
Committeeman
2910 Security Life Building
Denver 80203
303/222-3526
National
Mrs. Daniel Gray
Committeewoman 2850 E. Flora Place
Denver 80210
303/756-6909
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Gordon Allott (R) re-elected 1966, 58.0% vs Roy R. Romer
Peter H. Dominick (R) re-elected 1968, 58.3% vs former
Gov. Steve McNichols
Congressmen
1st James D. (Mike) McKevitt (R), 51.3%
2nd Donald G. Brotzman (R), 63.4%
3rd
Frank Evans (D), 63.5%
4th Wayne N. Aspinall (D), 55.0%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
CONNECTICUT
Electoral vote: 8 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
Thomas J. Meskill (R)
Elected 1970, 53.8% vs Emilio Daddario (D)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Hartford
203/566-4840
Contact:
GOP
Headquarters
Connecticut Republican State Central Committee
410 Asylum Street, Room 315
Hartford 06103
203/249-9661
State Chairman
Howard E. Hausman
57 Court Street
New Britain 06051 (H) 203/223-2185
National
John Alsop
Committeeman
P. O. Box 300
or - Talcott Notch Road
Hartford 06101
Avon 06001
203/278-3300
(H) 203/677-1257
National
Mrs. Norman Harrower, Jr.
Committeewoman
144 Edgehill Road
New Haven 06511
203/776-1926
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Abraham A. Ribicoff (D), re-elected 1968, 53.9% vs Ed May
Lowell Weicker, Jr. (R) elected 1970, 41.7% vs Joseph Duffey (D),
Sen. Thomas Dodd (I)
Congressmen
1st
William Cotter (D), 48.6%
2nd
Robert Steele (R), 53.6%
3rd Robert N. Giaimo (D), 58.5%
4th Stewart McKinney (R), 55.7%
5th
John S. Monagan (D), 53.7%
6th
Ella T. Grasso (D), 50.7%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
DELAWARE
Electoral vote: 3 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Russell W. Peterson (R)
Elected 1968, 51.5% vs Charles L. Terry, Jr. (D)
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Dover
302/734-5711
Contact: Gerald Sapienza
GOP
Headquarters
Delaware Republican State Committee
2007 Pennsylvania Avenue
Wilmington 19806
302/652-3132
State Chairman
Gene Bunting
Office of Secretary of State
Dover 19901
302/678-4111
National
Thomas B. Evans, Jr.
Committeeman
279 Delaware Trust Bldg.
Wilmington 19801
(O) 302/652-4231 (H) 302/656-0880
National
Mrs. Bruce F. Day
Committeewoman
35 Indian Field Road
Wilmington 19810
302/475-8177
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
J. Caleb Boggs (R), re-elected 1966, 59.1% vs James M.
Tunnell, Jr.
William W. Roth, Jr. (R), elected 1970, 58.6% vs Jacob W.
Zimmerman (D), Donald G. Gies (A)
Congressman
Pierre S. duPont, IV (R), 51.0%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Electoral vote: 3 (Humphrey)
GOP
Headquarters
District of Columbia Republican Committee
310 1st Street, S. E.
20003
202/484-6560
District Chairman Edmund E. Pendleton, Jr.
1156 15th Street, N. W.
20006
(O) 202/833-1960
National
Carl L. Shipley
Committeeman
1108 National Press Building
20004
202/783-1647
National
Mrs. J. Willard Marriott
Committeewoman
4500 Garfield Street, N. W.
Washington 20007
202/966-5370
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Congressman
Walter Fauntroy (D), elected 1970, 58.5% vs John Nevius (R)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
FLORIDA
Electoral vote: 17 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Reubin Askew (D)
Elected 1970, 56.9% vs Gov. Claude R. Kirk, Jr. (R)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Tallahassee
904/222-1900
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Executive Committee of Florida
25 North Eola Drive
Orlands 32801
305/ 422-2447
State Chairman
L. E. Thomas (Tommy)
P. O. Box 490
Panama City 32401
904/785-5221
National
Hon orable William C. Cramer
Committeeman
2230 Second Ave., N
St. Petersburg 33713
813/822-0131
National
Mrs. Paula F. Hawkins
Committeewoman
241 Dommerich Drive
Maitland 32751
305/644-0390
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Edward J. Gurney (R), elected 1968, 57.3% vs LeRoy Collins
Lawton Chiles (D), elected 1970, 54.0% vs Cong. William
Cramer (R)
Congressmen
1st
Robert L. F. Sikes (D), 80.0%
2nd
Don Fuqua (D), Unopposed
3rd
Charles E. Bennett (D), Unopposed
4th
William Chappell, Jr. (D) 57.6%
5th
Louis Frey, Jr. (R) 76.0%
6th
Sam M. Gibbons (D), 72.0%
7th
James A. Haley (D), 52.8%
8th
C. W. Young (R), 67.0%
9th
Paul G. Rogers (D), 74.6%
10th J. Herbert Burke (R), 54.2%
11th
Claude Pepper (D), Unopposed
12th Dante Fascell (D), 72.0%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
GEORGIA
Electoral vote: 12 (Wallace)
GOVERNOR
James E. Carter (D)
Elected 1970, 59.3% vs Hal Suit (R)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Atlanta
404/521-1776
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Georgia
3384 Peachtree Road, N. E., Room 309
Atlanta 30326
404/266-0311
State Chairman
Robert J. Shaw
1819 Peachtree Rd, NE, Room 308
Atlanta 30309
(O) 404/355-1922 (H)404/794-2110
National
Howard H. (Bo) Callaway
Committeeman
Pine Mountain 31822
404/663-2281
National
Mrs. John A. Cauble
Committeewoman
Box 51, Route 6, Sunset Drive
Canton 30114
404/479-3145
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
David H. Gambrell (D), Appointed 1971 (Replacing Russell)
Herman E. Talmadge (D), re-elected 1968, 75.5% vs E. Earl
Patten, Jr. (R)
Congressmen
1st
G. Elliott Hagen (D), Unopposed
2nd
Dawson Mathis (D), Unopposed
3rd Jack Brinkley, (D), Unopposed
4th
Ben Blackburn (R), 64.6%
5th
Fletcher Thompson (R), 56.9%
6th
John J. Flynt, Jr. (D), Unopposed
7th
John W. Davis (D), 72.2%
8th
W. S. Stuckey, Jr. (D), Unopposed
9th Phil M. Landrum (D), 69.8%
10th Robert G. Stephens, Jr. (D), Unopposed
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
HAWAII
Electoral vote: 4 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
John A. Burns (D)
Re-elected 1970, 55.6% vs Samuel P. King (R)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Honolulu
808/548-2211
GOP
Headquarters
Republican Party of Hawaii
Merchandise Mart Building, Room 438
Honolulu 96813
808/538-1136
State Chairman
V. Thomas Rice
735 Bishop Street, #410
Honolulu 96813
(O) 808/531-0291 (H)808/923-4640
National
Philip E. Spalding, Jr.
Committeeman
91-150 Hanua St.
Ewa Beach 96706
808/682-5731
National
Mrs. George (Libby) Kellerman
Committeewoman
104 Wailupe Circle
Honolulu 96821
808/32-411
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Daniel Inouye (D), re-elected 1968, 83.4% vs Wayne Thiessen (R)
Hiram L. Fond (R), re-elected 1970, 51.5% vs Cecil Heftel (D)
Congressmen
1st
Spark M. Matsunaga (D), 72.9%
2nd Patsy T. Mink (D), Unopposed
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
IDAHO
Electoral vote: 4 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Cecil D. Andrus (D)
Elected 1970, 52.2% vs Gov. Don Samuelson
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Boise
208/344-5811
GOP
Headquarters
Idaho Republican State Central Committee
Post Office Box 2267, Simplot Building
Boise 83701
208/344-7875
State Chairman
Roland C. Wilber
Box 359
Lewiston 83501
(O) 208/743-3701 (H) 208/743-2322
National
David Little
Committeeman
Box 68
Emmett 83617
208/365-4821
National
Mrs. Gwen Barnett
Committeewoman
6525 Robertson Drive
Boise 83705
208/375-7646
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Len B. Jordan (R), re-elected 1966, 55.4% vs Ralph Harding (D)
Frank Church (D), re-elected 1968, 60.2% vs Cong. George
Hansen
Congressmen
1st James A. McClure (R), 57.9%
2nd Orval Hansen (R), 66.3%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
ILLINOIS
Electoral vote: 26 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Richard B. Ogilvie (R)
Elected 1968, 51.5% vs Sam Shapiro (D)
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Springfield
217/525-6830
Contact: Bryan Whelan
GOP
Headquarters
Illinois Republican State Central Committee
200 South Second Street
or - 134 North LaSalle Street
Springfield 62701
Chicago 60602
217/525-0011
312/641-6400
State Chairman
Victor L. Smith
205 South Franklin
Robinson 62454
(O) 618/544-2174 (H) 618/544-2077
National
Robert D. Stuart, Jr.
Committeeman
345 Merchandise Mart
Chicago 60654
312/222-7450
National
Mrs. Hope McCormick
Committeewoman
1530 N. State Parkway
Chicago 60610
312/944-4242
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Charles H. Percy (R), elected 1966, 54.9% vs Paul Douglas (D)
Adlai Stevenson, III (D), elected 1970, 57.0% vs Sen. Ralph T.
Smith
Congressmen
1st
Ralph Metcalfe (D), 89.4%
2nd
Abner J. Mikva (D), 75.8%
3rd
William T. Murphy (D), 68.1%
4th
Edward J. Derwinski (R), 68.6%
5th
John C. Kluczynski (D), 69.0%
6th
George W. Collins (D), 60.1%
7th
Frank Annunzio (D), 88.0%
8th
Dan Rostenkowski (D), 73.7%
9th Sidney R. Yates (D), 75.9%
10th Harold R. Collier (R), 62.4%
11th
Roman C. Pucinski (D), 71.8%
12th Robert McClory (R), 62.1%
13th Philip M. Crane (R), 56.4%
14th John N. Erlenborn (R), 65.5%
15th Charlotte T. Reid (R), 68.7%
16th John B. Anderson (R), 67.1%
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
(ILLINOIS)
17th Leslie C. Arends (R), 64.0%
18th Robert H. Michel (R), 66.1%
19th Tom Railsback (R), 67.6%
20th Paul Findley (R), 67.3%
21st Kenneth J. Gray (D), 62.4%
22nd William L. Springer (R), 58.9%
23rd George E. Shipley (D), 54.1%
24th Melvin Price (D), 73.9%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Tied - broken by
Lower House: Republican
Democratic Lt. Gov.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
INDIANA
Electoral vote: 13 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Edgar Whitcomb (R)
Elected 1968, 52.8% vs Robert Rock
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Indianapolis
317/633-4567
GOP
Headquarters
Indiana Republican State Central Committee
111 North Capitol Avenue
Indianapolis 46204
317/635-7561
State Chairman
John K. Snyder
107 Green Acres Rd
Washington 47501 812/254-5343
National
Keith Bulen
Committeeman
144 N. Delaware Street
Indianapolis 46204
317/635-8881
National
Mrs. Cecil M. Harden
Committeewoman
302 Fifth Street
Covington 47932
317/793-2094
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Birch E. Bayh (D), re-elected 1968, 51.6% vs Bill Ruckelshaus (R)
Vance Hartke (D), re-elected 1970, 50.1% vs Richard L.
Roudebush
Congressmen
1st
Ray J. Madden (D), 65.7%
2nd Earl F. Landgrebe (R), 50.4%
3rd John Brademas (D), 56.5%
4th J. Edward Roush (D), 51.5%
5th Elwood Hillis (R), 56.0%
6th William G. Bray (R), 60.3%
7th
John T. Myers (R), 56.8%
8th
Roger H. Zion (R), 52.6%
9th
Lee H. Hamilton (D), 62.4%
10th David W. Dennis (R), 50.8%
11th Andrew Jacobs, Jr. (D), 57.4%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
IOWA
Electoral vote: 8 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Robert Ray (R)
Re-elected 1970, 51.0% vs Robert D. Fulton (D), Robert Dilley (AI)
2 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Des Moines
515/281-5011
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Iowa
808 Fifth Avenue
Des Moines 50309
515/282-8105
State Chairman
John McDonald
1507 Vine Street
Dallas Center 50063 (O) 515/837-3728 (H) 515/837-3115
National
Charles E. Wittenmeyer
Committeeman
826 Davenport Bank Building
Davenport 52801
319/326-3521
National
Mrs. Elmer (Mary Louise) Smith
Committeewoman
654 59th Street
Des Moines 50312
515/279-5390
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Jack Miller (R), re-elected 1966, 62.2% vs E. B. Smith (D)
Harold Hughes (D), elected 1968, 50.4% vs David Stanley (R)
Congressmen
1st
Fred Schwengel (R), 49.9%
2nd John C. Culver (D), 60.4%
3rd H. R. Gross (R), 58.9%
4th John Kyl (R), 54.6%
5th Neal Smith (D), 64.9%
6th
Wiley Mayne (R), 56.9%
7th William J. Scherle (R), 63.4%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
KANSAS
Electoral vote: 7 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Robert B. Docking (D)
Re-elected 1970, 54.4% vs Kent Frizzell (R), P. Everett Sperry (C
2 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Topeka
913/296-3232
GOP
Headquarters
Kansas Republican State Committee
Ramada Inn, Suite 10, 501 Jefferson
Topeka 6660
913/234-3416
State Chairman
William Falstad
301 North 5th Street
Fredonia 66736
316/378-2146
National
McDill "Huck" Boyd
Committeeman
257 F Street
Phillipsburg 67661
913/543-5242
National
Mrs. Richard D. Rogers
Committeewoman
919 Fairway Drive
Manhattan 66502
913/539-3413
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
James B. Pearson (R), re-elected 1966, 52.1% vs Floyd
Breeding (D)
Robert Dole (R), elected 1968, 60.5% vs William Robinson (D)
Congressmen
1st
Keith G. Sebelius (R), 57.0%
2nd
William Roy (D), 53.8%
3rd
Larry Winn, Jr. (R) 53.6%
4th
Garner Shriver (R), 64.4%
5th
Joe Skubitz (R), 66.1%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
KENTUCKY
Electoral vote: 9 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Louie B. Nunn (R)
Elected 1967, 52% vs Henry Ward
4 year term ends 1971
State Capitol: Frankfort
502/564-2500
Contact: Jim Watson
GOP
Headquarters
Kentucky Republican State Committee
1619 Heyburn Building
Louisville 40202
502/585-4165
State Chairman
John H. Kerr
463 E. Main Street
Lexington 40507
606/252-6767
National
Edwin G. Middleton
Committeeman
501 S. Second Street
Louisville 40202
502/584-1135
National
Mrs. Harold B. Barton
Committeewoman
1311 7th Street Road
Corbin 40701
606/528-2404
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
John Sherman Cooper (R), re-elected 1966, 64.5% vs John
Young Brown (D)
Marlow Cook (R), elected 1968, 51.6% vs Katherine G. Peden (D)
Congressmen
1st Frank A. Stubblefield (D), Unopposed
2nd William H. Natcher (D), Unopposed
3rd Romano L. Mazzoli (D), 50.1%
4th M. G. (Gene) Snyder (R), 66.7%
5th Tim Lee Carter (R), 80.5%
6th John C. Watts (D), 64.7%
7th Carl D. Perkins (D), 73.5%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
LOUISIANA
Electoral vote: 10 (Wallace)
GOVERNOR
John J. McKeithen (D)
re-elected 1968, unopposed
4-year term ends 1972
Capitol: Baton Rouge
504/389-5281
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Louisiana
409 Azalea Street
Lafayette 70501
318/235-5660
State Chairman
Charles de Gravelles
409 Azalea Street
Lafayette 70501
(H) 318/235-5660
National
Tom Stagg
Committeeman
808 Beck Building
Shreveport 71101
318/424-3294
National
Mrs. Jean M. Boese
Committeewoman
831 City Park Boulevard
Alexandria 71301
318/445-2972
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Allen J. Ellender (D), elected 1966, unopposed
Russell Long (D), re-elected 1968, unopposed
Congressmen
1st
F. Edward Hebert (D), 83.6%
2nd
Hale Boggs (D), 69.6%
3rd
Patrick T. Caffery (D), unopposed
4th
Joe D. Waggoner (D), unopposed
5th
Otto E. Passman (D), unopposed
6th
John R. Rarick (D), unopposed
7th
Edwin W. Edwards (D), unopposed
8th
Speedy O. Long (D), unopposed
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MAINE
Electoral vote: 4 (Humphrey)
GOVERNO R
Kenneth Curtis (D)
Elected 1970, 50.1% vs Erwin
4-year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Augusta
GOP
Headquarters
Maine Republican State Committee
187 State Street
Augusta 04330
207/622-6247
State Chairman
Charles E. Morsehead
187 State Street
Augusta 04330
207/622-6247
National
Robert A. Marden
Committeeman
44 Elm Street
Waterville 04901
207/872-0188
National
Mrs. Brooks Brown
Committeewoman
Rams Head Farm
York 03909
207/363-5289
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Margaret Chase Smith (R), elected 1966, 58.9% vs
Elmer Violette (D)
Edmund S. Muskee (D), re-elected 1970, 61.7% vs
Neil Bishop
Congressmen
1st
Peter N. Kyros (D), 59.0%
2nd William D. Hathaway (D), 63.8%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MARYLAND
Electoral vote: 10 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
Marvin Mandel (D)
Elected 1970, 65.2% vs Stanley Blair
4 year term ends 1974
Capitol: Annapolis
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Maryland
9 West Hamilton
Baltimore 21201
301/727-1064
State Chairman
Alexander M. (Sandy) Lankler
Red Barn Lane
Potomac 20854
301/762-3262
National
Richard M. Allen
Committeeman
P. O. Box 1577
Salisbury 21801
301/742-7123
National
Mrs. Katherine Black Massenburg
Committeewoman
5608 Purlington Way
Baltimore 21212
301/433-0590
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
J. Glenn Beall (R), elected 1970, 51.0% vs Joseph Tydings
Charles McC. Mathias (D), elected 1968, 47.9% vs
Daniel Brewster and George Mahoney
Congressmen
1st
2nd
Clarence E. Long (D), 68.0%
3rd
Edward A. Garmatz, Unopposed
4th
Paul S. Sarbanes (D), 69.1%
5th
Lawrence J. Hogan (R), 61.5%
6th
Goodloe E. Byron (D), 50.7%
7th
Parren J. Mitchell (D), 58.3%
8th
Gilbert Gude (R), 61.3%
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MASSACHUSETTS
Electoral vote; 14 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
Francis W. Sargent (R)
Elected 1970, 57.1% vs White
4 year term ends 1974
Capitol: Boston
617/727-3800
Contact: John Jackson
GOP
Headquarters:
Massachusetts Republican State Committee
73 Tremont Street, Room 735
Boston 02108
617/523-7535
State Chairman
Herbert R. Waite
20 Jackson Road
Wellesley Hills 02181
(H) 617/235-3888
National
Bruce Crane
Committeeman
45 Main Street
Dalton 01226
413/684-2600
National
Mrs. Henry Dunster Howe
Committeewoman
6 Woodbine Road
Belmont 02178
617/484-0070
CONGRESSIONAL DEL EGATION
Senators
Edward W. Brooke (R), elected 1966, 60.7% vs Endicott
Peabody (D)
Edward Kennedy (D), re-elect ed 1970, 62.4% vs Josiah A.
Spaulding
Congressmen
1st
Silvio O. Conte (R), unopposed
2nd
Edward P. Boland (D), unopposed
3rd
Robert F. Drinan (D), 37.7% (3-way)
4th
Harold Donohue (D), 54.2%
5th
F. Bradford Morse (R), 63.0%
6th
Michael J. Harrington (D), 61.7%
7th
T. H. Macdonald (D), 72.8%
8th
T. P. O'Neill, Jr. (D), unopposed
9th
L. D. Hicks (D), 59.2%
10th
Margaret M. Heckler (R), 57.0%
11th
James Burke (D), unopposed
12th
Hastings Keith (R), 50.4%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Unper House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museumer
House: Democrat
MICHIGAN
Electoral vote: 21 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
William G. Milliken (R)
Elected 1970, 50.6% vs Levin
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Lansing
517/372-3400
GOP
Headquarters
Michigan Republican State Central Committee
404 E. Michigan Avenue
Lansing 48933
517/487-5413
State Chairman
William F. McLaughlin
592 Reed
Northville 48167
313/349-2160
National
Harold M. McClure, Jr.
Committeeman
Jack Tar Hotel Suite 212
Lansing 48933
517/463-1141
National
Mrs. Elly M. Peterson
Committeewoman
Holiday Hill, Rt. 2, Charlotte 48813 517/543-3997
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Robert P. Griffin (R), elected 1966, 55.0%, vs G Mennen
Williams (D)
Philip A. Hart (D), re-elected 1970, 67.3% vs Lenore Romney
Congressmen
1st John Conyers (D), 86.9% 11th Philip Ruppe (R), 61. 7%
2nd
Marvin Esch (R), 62.6%
12th
J.G. O'Hara (D) 76.9%
3rd
Gary E. Brown (R), 56.2% 13th
Charles C. Diggs, Jr.
4th
E. Hutchinson (R), 61.9%
(D), 87.9%
5th
Gerald R. Ford (R), 61.5% 14th
Lucien N. Nedzi (D) 64.6%
6th
C. Chamberlain (R), 60.3% 15th
William D. Ford (D) 80%
7th
D. W. Riegle, Jr. (D), 70.3%
8th James Harvey (R), 65.4% 16th John D Dingell (D) 78.2%
9th
G. Vander Jagt (R), 64.6% 17th
Martha W. Griffiths
10th
E. A. Cederberg (R), 59.2%
(D), 85.4%
18th William S. Broomfield
(D), 64.5%
STATE LEGISLATURE
19th Jack McDonald (R)58.5%
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MINNESOTA
Electoral vote: 10 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
Wendell R. Anderson (D)
Elected 1970, 53.8% vs Head
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: St. Paul
612/221-3391
GOP
Headquarters
Minnesota Republican State Central Committee
4950 Viking Drive
Minneapolis 55435
612/920-5750
State Chairman
George Thiss
5025 Normandale Court
Minneapolis 55436
612/929-3884
National
George F. Etzell
Committeeman
Clarissa 56440
218/756-2131
National
Mrs. Russell T. Lund
Committeewoman
4814 S. Lakeview Drive
Minneapolis 55424
612/927-9791
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Walter F. Mondale (D), elected 1966,54.9% vs Robert A
Forsythe (R)
Hubert H. Humphrey (D), elected 1970, 58.2% vs Clark
MacGregor (R)
Congressmen
1st
Albert H. Quie (R), 69.0%
2nd
Ancher Nelsen (R), 63.4%
3rd
Bill Frenzel (R), 52.0%
4th
Joseph E. Karth (D), 74.1%
5th
D. M. Fraser (D), 57.1%
6th
John M. Zwach (R), 51.9%
7th
Bob Bergland (D), 54.2%
8th
John A. Blatnik (D), 75.4%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Nonpartisan
Lower House: Nonpartisan
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MISSISSIPPI
Electoral vote: 7 (Wallace)
GOVERNOR
John Bell Williams (D)
Elected 1968, 70% vs. Rubel Philips (R)
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Jackson
601/354-7575
GOP
Headquarters
Mississippi Republican Party
P. O. Box 1178
Jackson, Mississippi 39205
601/948-5191
State Chairman
Clarke Reed
(Home)
(O) P. O. Box 479
Bayou Road
Greenville, Mississippi
Greenville, Mississippi 38701
601/335-2341
601/332-0033
National
James M. Moye
Committeeman
515 Fifth Avenue
Laurel, Mississippi 39440
601/425-1438
National
Mrs. James F. Hooper
Committeewoman
800-8th Street, North
Columbus, Mississippi 39701
601/328-1816
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
(65.6%)
Senators
James O. Eastland (D), re-elected 1966, vs Prentiss Walker
John C. Stennis, (D), re-elected 1970 vs William
Richard Thompson (R) 88.5%
Congressmen
1st
Thomas G. Abernethy(D), unopposed
2nd Jamie L. Whitten (D), 86.2%
3rd Charles H. Griffin(D) 63.9%
4th G.V. Montgomery (D), unopposed
5th William M. Colmer (D), 47.5%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MISSO URI
Electoral vote: 12 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Warren E. Hearnes (D)
Re-elected 1968, 61.1% vs Lawrence K. Roos (R)
4-year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Jefferson City
GOP
Headquarters
Missouri Republican State Committee
P. O. Box 73
Jefferson City 65101
314/636-3146
State Chairman
J. Nick Gray
320 West Cooper Street
Maryville 64468
816/582-3343
National
Gene Taylor
Committeeman
P. O. Box 308
Sarcoxie 64862
417/548-3341
National
Mrs. M. Stanley Ginn
Committeewoman
303 W Boulevard South
Columbia 65201
314/443-3980 or 674-2282
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Stuart Symingtan (D), re-elected 1970, 51.0% vs John Danforth
Thomas F. Eagleton (D), elected 1968, 51.4% vs Tom Curtis (R)
Congressmen
1st
William L. Clay (D), 90.4%
2nd
James W. Symington (D), 57.6%
3rd
Leonor Sullivan (D), 74.4%
4th
William J. Randall (D), 60.1%
5th
Richard Bolling (D), 61.8%
6th W. R. Hull, Jr. (D), 53.7%
7th Durwood G. Hall (R), unopposed
8th
Richard H. Ichord (R), 63.8%
9th
William L. Hungate (D), 63.0%
10th
Bill D. Burlison (D), 56.0%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MONTANA
Electoral vote: 4 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Forrest Anderson (D)
Elected 1968, 53. 6% vs Tim Babcock & Wayne Montgomery
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Helena
GOP
Headquarters
Montana Republican State Central Committee
P. O. Box 1725, Security Building
1425 Helena Avenue
Helena 59601
406/442-6469
State Chairman
Ottley R. Tschache
433 S. Black Avenue
Bozeman 59715
506/586-2643
National
James E. Murphy
Committeeman
One Main Street
Kalispell 59901
406/756-3644
National
Mrs. Waldo (Isabel) Moberly
Committeewoman
485 Judy Avenue
Shelby 59474
406/434-2420
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Lee Metcalf (D), elected 1966, 53.2% vs Tim M. Babcock (R)
Mike Mansfield (D), re-elected 1970, 60.6% vs Bud Wal lace
Congressmen
1st
Richard G. Shoup (R), 50.6%
2nd John Melcher (D), 64.1%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NEBRASKA
Electoral vote: 5 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
James J. Exon (D)
Elected 1970, 54.3% vs Norbert T. Tieman
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Lincoln
GOP
Headquarters
Nebraska Republican State Central Committee
Anderson Building
Room 212
116 N. 12th Street
Lincoln 68508
402/432-5526
State Chairman
Mrs. James Orr (Lorraine)
402 S. Jefferson
North Platte 69101
308/532-3433
National
Dick Herman
Committeeman
P. O. Box 189
Omaha 68101
404/346-8092
National
Mrs. Richard W. Smith
Committeewoman
916 Fall Creek Road
Lincoln 68510
402/488-4864
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Carl T. Curtis (R), elected 1966, 61.0% vs Frank Morrison (D)
Roman L. Hruska (R), re-elected 1970, 52.3% vs Morrison (D)
Congressmen
1st
Charles Thone (R), 50.6%
2nd
John Y. McCollister (R), 51.7%
3rd
David Martin (R), 59.7%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Unicameral - Nonpartisan - 49 members
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NEVADA
Electoral vote: 3 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Mike O'Callaghan (D)
Elected 1970, 50.2% vs Fike
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Carson City
702/882-7213
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Nevada
P. O. Box 1058, 215 N Carson Street
Carson City 89701
702/882-1339
State Chairman
George W. Abbott
P O Box 98
Minden 89423
(O) 702/782-2302
(H) 702/782-2402
National
William Laub
Committeeman
P. O. Box 1450
Las Vegas 89101
702/735-6161
National
Mrs. Marvin B. Humphrey
Committeewoman
30 Suda Way
Reno 89502
702/323-5512
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Howard W. Cannon (D), re-elected 1970, 57.8% vs Raggio (R)
Alan Bible (D), re-elected 1968, 55.2% vs Edward Fike (R)
Congressman
Walter Baring (D), 82.4%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democratic
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NEW HAMPSHIRE
Electoral vote: 4 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Walter R. Peterson, Jr. (R)
Re-elected 1970 VS Crowley (D) & Thompson (AIP)
2 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Concord
603/CA5-6611
Contact: Mrs. Caroline Gross
GOP
Headquarters
New Hampshire Republican State Committee
134 N. Main Street
Concord 03301
State Chairman
Robert E. Whalen
74 Harborview Drive
Rye, New Hampshire 03871
603/436-9199
National
Stephen W. Smith, Sr.
Committeeman
71 Main Street
Plymouth 03264
603/536-2150
National
Mrs. Mildred K. Perkins
Committeewoman
5 Glendale Road
Concord 03301
603/225-9082
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Thomas J. McIntyre (D), elected 1966, 54.1% vs
Harrison R. Thyng (R)
Norris Cotton (R), re-elected 1968, 59.0% vs John King
Congressmen
1st
Louis C. Wyman (R), 67.3%
2nd James C. Cleveland (R), 69.6%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NEW JERSEY
Electoral vote: 17 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
William T. Cahill (R)
Elected 1969, 59.7%
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Trenton
609/292-6000
Contact: Ira Grayson
GOP
Headquarters
New Jersey Republican State Committee
28 W. State Street
Trenton 08608
609/989-7600
State Chairman
John E. Dimon
The Ashurst Mansion
Mount Holly 08060
609/267-3500
National
Bernard M. Shanley
Committeeman
570 Broad Street
Newark 07102
(O) 201/643-1220 (H) 201/766-0016
National
Mrs. Katherine K. Neuberger
Committeewoman
628 Middletown-Lincroft Road
Lincroft 07738
201/741-1015
CONGRESSIONAL DELE GATION
Senators
Clifford P. Case (R), elected 1966, 61.6% vs Warren Wilentz(D)
H. A. Williams, Jr. (D), re-elected 1970, 54.5% vs
Nelson Gross (R)
Congressmen
1st
John E. Hunt (R), 61.2%
2nd Charles W. Sandman, Jr. (R), 51.6%
3rd James J. Howard (D), 56.2%
4th Frank Thompson, Jr. (D), 58.6%
5th P. H. B. Frelinghuysen (D), 67.9%
6th Edwin B. Forsythe (R), 54.5%
7th William B. Widnal (R), 58.5%
8th Robert A. Roe (D), 59.8%
9th Henry Helstoski (D), 57.1%
10th
Peter W. Rodino, Jr. (D), 69.7%
11th Joseph G. Minish (D), 68.5%
12th Florence P. Dwyer (R), 66.0%
13th Cornelius E. Gallagher (D), 73.4%
14th Dominick V. Daniels (D), 71.2%
15th Edward J. Patten (D), 61.0%
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NEW JERSEY (Cont'd)
STATE LEGISLATUR E
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NEW MEXICO
Electoral vote: 4 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Bruce King (D)
Elected 1970, 51. 8% vs Domenici
2 year term ends 1970
State Capitol: Santa Fe
505/827-4011
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of New Mexico
610 Cold Avenue, S. W.
Albuquerque 87101
505/247-1526
State Chairman
Robert C. Davidson
4207 San Isidro, NW
Albuquerque 87107
(O) 505/247-0493 (H) 505/344-1666
National
Robert O. Anderson
Committeeman
P. O. Box 1000
Roswell 88201
505/622-3140
National
Mrs. Edward J. Neff
Committeewoman
1509 Sagebrush Trail, S.E.
Albuquerque 87123
505/299-2479
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Clinton P. Anderson (D), elected 1966, 531.% vs
Anderson Carter (R)
Joseph M. Montoya (D), re-elected 1970, 52.1% vs
Anderson Carter (R)
Congressmen
1st
Manuel Lujan (R), 55.7%
2nd Harold Runnels (D), 50.8%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House : Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NEW YORK
Electoral vote: 41 (Humphre
GOVERNOR
Nelson A. Rockefeller (R)
Re-elected 1970, 52.4% vs Arthur Goldberg (D)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Albany
518/ GR4-8390
Contact: Paul Adams
GOP
Headquarters
New York Republican State Central Committee
120 E. 56th Street, Room 1220
New York 10022
212/759-1700
State Chairman
Charles T. Lanigan
315 State Street
Albany 1221D
518/462-2601
National
George L. Hinman
Committeeman
Room 5600, 30 Rockefeller Plaza
New York 10020
212/247-3700
National
Mrs. Keith McHugh
Committeewoman
10 Gracie Square
New York 10028
212/288-2424
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
James Buckley (R), elected 1970, 38.8% vs Charles Goodell (R)
Jacob Javits (R), re-elected 1968, 50.3% vs Jame S Buckley(C)
Congressmen
1st
Otis G. Pike (D), 52.3%
2nd James R. Grover (R), 66.6%
3rd Lester L. Wolff (D), 54.5%
4th John W. Wydler (R), 58.1%
5th Norman F. Lent (R-C), 52.8%
6th Seymour Halpern (R), 77.3%
7th J. P. Addabbo, (D), 90.6%
8th B. S. Rosenthal (D), 63.7%
9th James J. Delaney (D), 91.5%
10th Emmanuel Celler (D), 72.5%
11th F. J. Brasco (D), 78.3%
12th
Shirley Chisholm (D), 81.7%
13th B. L. Podell (D), 76.1%
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NEW YORK
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION (Cont'd)
14th
J. J. Rooney (D), 53.9%
15th
Hugh L. Carey (D), 64.7%
16th
John M. Murphy (D), 51.6%
17th Edward I. Koch (D), 62.0%
18th Charles A. Rangel (D, R), 87.6%
19th Bella S. Abzug (D), 52.4%
20th William F. Ryan (D), 78.5%
21st Herman Badillo (D-L), 84.1%
22nd James H. Scheuer (D), 71.8%
23rd J. B. Bingham (D), 76.0%
24th Mario Biaggi (D), 69.7%
25th
R. Peyser (R), 42.6%
26th Ogden R. Reid (R), 67.3%
27th Martin B. McKneally (R), 47.4%
28th Hamilton Fish, Jr. (R), 71.2%
29th Samuel S. Stratton (D), 64.3%
30th Carleton J. King (R), 59.0%
31st Robert C. McEwen (R), 72.4%
32nd Alexander Pirnie (R), 65.6%
33rd Howard W. Robison (R), 67.6%
34th John H. Terry (R), 59.6%
35th James M. Hanley (D), 51.6%
36th Frank J. Horton (R), 70.0%
37th Barber B. Conable, Jr. (R) 66.0%
38th James F. Hastings (R), 73.1%
39th Jack F. Kemp (R), 54.3%
40th Henry P. Smith III (R), 63.0%
41st Thaddeus J. Dulski (D), 79.6%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NORTH CAROLINA
Electoral vote: 13 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Robert W. Scott (D)
Elected 1968, 51. 7% VS James C. Gardner (R)
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Raleigh
GOP
Headquarters
North Carolina Republican Executive Committee
307 W. Jones Street
Raleigh 27603
919/828-0678
State Chairman
James E. Holshouser, Jr.
P. O. Box 328
Boone 28607
(O) 704/ 264-8809 (H) 704/264-8018
National
J. E. Broyhill
Committeeman
Wilkesboro Road
Lenoir 28645
704/754-3421
National
Mrs. Louise G. Rogers
Committeewoman
Route #3, Box 251-A
Charlotte 28210
704/588-1181
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
B. Everett Jordan (D), elected 1966, 55.6% vs John S.
Shallcross (R)
Samuel J. Ervin, Jr. (D), re-elected 1968, 60.0%
vs Robert Somne rs (R)
Congressmen
1st
Walter B. Jones (D), 70.2%
2nd L. H. Fountain (D), unopposed
3rd David N. Henderson (D), 60.0%
4th Nick Galifianakis (D), 52.6%
5th Wilmer Mizell (R), 58.2%
6th L. Richardson Preyer (D), 66.0%
7th Alton Lennon (D), 72.0%
8th Earl B. Ruth (R), 56.2%
9th Charles R. Jonas (R), 66.6%
10th
James T. Broyhill (R), 57.3%
11th
Roy A. Taylor (D), 67.2%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House : Democrat
Lower House:
Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NORTH DAKOTA
Electoral vote: 3 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
William L. Guy (D)
Re-elected 1968, 54. 7%
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Bismark
GOP
Headquarters
North Dakota Republican State Central Committee
P. O. Box 1917, Bismarck
701/255-0030
State Chairman
Jack Huss
P. O. Box 1254
Williston 58801
701/572-6272
National
Ben Clayburgh
Committeeman
201 S. 4th Street
Grand Forks 58201
701/772-7151
National
Mrs. Joe Burgum
Committeewoman
Arthur 58006
701/967-6611
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Quentin N. Burdick (D), elected 1964, 61.8% vs T Kleppe (R)
Milton R. Young (R), re-elected 1968, 63.4%, vs
Herschel Laskowitz
Congressmen
1st
Mark Andrews (R), 65.8%
2nd Arthur A. Link (D), 50.2%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
OHIO
Electoral vote: 25 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
John J. Gilligan (D)
Elected 1970, 54.3% vs Cloud (R)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Columbus
614/469-4210
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central & Executive Committee of Ohio
50 W. Broad Street, Suite 618
Columbus 43215
614/CA8-2481
State Chairman
John S. Andrews
1000 Urlin
Columbus 43212
614/228-2485
National
Ray C. Bliss
Committeeman
2315 First National Tower
Akron 44308
216/762-8903
National
Miss Martha C. Moore
Committeewoman
501 Oakland Boulevard
Cambridge 43725
614/432-2527
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Robert Taft, Jr. (R), elected 1970, 50.1% vs Metzenbaum (D)
William B. Saxbe (R), 51.6% vs John Gilligan (D), 1968
Congressmen
1st William J. Keating (R), 69.3% 13th Charles Mosher (R) 61.7%
2nd Donald R. Clancy (R), 56.0% 14th
John Seiberling (D)56.4%
3rd Charles W. Whalen, Jr. (R) 74. 0% 15th
Chalmers P Wylie(R)70.6%
4th William M McCulloch (R) 64.4%16th
Frank T. Bow (R), 56.3%
5th Delbert L. Latta (R), 71.1%
17th
John M Ashbrook (R) 62.3%
6th William H. Harsha (R), 67.9%
18th
Wayne L. Hays (D), 68.2%
7th Clarence J. Brown, Jr. (R) 69.2% 19th
Cha rles Carney (D), 58.7%
8th Jackson E. Betts (R), unopp.
20th
J. V. Stanton (D), 81.3%
9th Thomas L. Ashley (D), 70.9%
21st
Louis Stokes (D), 77.3%
10th Clarence E Miller (R), 66.1%
22nd
Charles A Vanik(D), 71.5%
llth J William Stanton (R), 68.2%
23rd
William E Minshall(R)60%
12th Samuel L. Devine (R), 57.7% 24th Walter E Powell (R) 51.5%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
OKLAHOMA
Electoral vote: 8 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
David Hall (D)
Elected 1970, 48.4% VS Dewey F. Bartlett (R)
4-year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Oklahoma City
4)5/JA 1-2345
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Oklahoma
103 N. W. 23rd
Oklahoma City 73103
405/528-3501
State Chairman
Clarence E. Warner
103 N. W. 23rd Street
Oklahoma City 73103
(O) 405/528-3501 (H) 405/373-2468
National
Bud Wilkinson
Committeeman
P. O. Box 910
Norman 73069
405/329-8000
National
Mrs. Dorothy Stanislaus
Committeewoman
1381 E. 26th Street
Tulsa 74114
918/743-4586
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Fred R. Harris (D), elected 1966, 53.7% vs Pat Patterson (D)
Henry Bellmon (R), elected 1968, 51.7%, vs Mike Monroney (D)
Congressmen
1st Page Belcher (R), 55.8%
2nd Ed Edmundson (D), 70.6%
3rd Carl Albert (D), unopposed
4th Tom Steed (D), 63.6%
5th John Jarmon (D), 73.1%
6th John N. Happy Camp (R), 64.3%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
OREGON
Electoral vote: 6 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Tom McCall (R)
Re-elected 1970, 55.7% VS Robert Straub (D)
4- year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Salem
530/364-2171
Contact: Ed Westerdahl
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Oregon
215 Front Street, NE
Salem 97301
503/585-5320
State Chairman
Floyd (Hank) Hart
48 Hawthorne Avenue
Medford, Oregon 97501
503/773-7325
National
George P. Stadelman, Sr.
Committeeman
P. O. Box 143, The Dalles 97058
(O) 503/296-3106 (H) 503/296-2205
National
Mrs. Collis P. Moore
Committeewoman
Box 225
Moro 97039
503/JO5-3527
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Mark O. Hatfield (R), elected 1966, 51.7% vs Robert Duncan(D)
Ro bert Packwood (R), elected 1968, 50.2% vs Wayne Morse (D)
Congressmen
1st Wendall Wyatt (R), 72.0%
2nd Al Ullman (D), 71.2%
3rd Edith Green (D), 73.7%
4th John R. Dellenback (R), 58.3%
STATE LEGISLA TURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
PENNSYLVANIA
Electoral vote: 27 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
Milton Shapp (D)
Elected 1970, 55.3% vs Broderick (R)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Harrisburg
717/787-2500
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Pennsylvania
112 State Street
Harrisburg 17105
717/CE4-4901
State Chairman
Clifford L. Jones
P. O. Box 1624
Harrisburg 17105
717/234-4901
National
Thomas B. McCabe
Committeeman
Scott Paper Company
Industrial Highway Road & Tincum Island Road
Philadelphia 19113
215/724-2000
ational
Miss Sarah Ann Stauffer
Committeewoman
Rohrerstown, Lancaster County 17571
717/392-6959
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Hugh Scott (R), Re-elected 1970, 51. 7% vs Sesler
Richard Schweiker (R), elected 1968, 51.9% vs Joseph Clark
Congressmen
1st Wm. A. Barrett (D), 68.8%
15th
Fred Rooney(D), 64.1%
2nd Robert N. C. Nix (D), 68.7%
16th
Edwin Eshelman (R), 66. 2%
3rd James A Byrne (D), 55.6%
17th
Herman Schneebeli(R), 57. 7%
4th Joshua Eilberg (D), 59.4%
18th
Robert Corbett (R), 60.3%
5th William J. Green (D), 66.5%
19th
Geo. Goodling (R), 53.9%
6th Gus Yatron (D), 65.3%
20th
Joseph Gaydos (D), 78.2%
7th Lawrence Williams (R), 59.3%
21st
John H. Dent (D), 68.4%
8th Edw. G. Biester, Jr. (R),56.6%
22nd
John P. Saylor (R), 57.5%
9th John H. Ware (R),' 59.1%
23rd
Albert Johnson (R), 58.0%
10th Joseph M. McDade (R), 65.5%
24th
Joseph Vigorito (D), 67.0%
11th Daniel J. Flood (D), 96.6%
25th
Frank M Clark (D), 68.7%
12th J. Irving Whaley (R), 64.2%
26th
Thomas E Morgan(D)68.6%
13th R. Lawrence Coughlin(F
27th
James G Fulton(R), 60.8%
14th Wm. S. Moorhead (D), 76.4%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
PUERTO RICO
GOVERNOR
Robert Sanchez Vilella (PD)
Elected 1964
State Capitol: San Juan
GOP
Headquarters
The National Republican Party of Puerto Rico
P. O. Box 507
Hato Rey, San Juan 00919
809/765-9932 & 765-2988
State Chairman
Jose V. Usera
P. O. Box 1960
San Juan 00936
809/765-7350
National
Jaime Pieras
Committeeman
P. O. Box 507
Hato Rey 00919
809/765-9932
National
Mrs. Gilda Julia
Committeewoman
Box 11605
Santurce 00910
809/724-0850
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Resident Commissioner Santiago Polanio Abreu
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
RHODE ISLAND
Electoral vote: 4 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
Frank Licht (D)
Elected 1970, 50.4% vs Herbert F. Desimone(R)
2 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Providence
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Rhode Island
87 Weybosset Street
Providence
02903
401/421-2570
State Chairman
Thomas E. Wright
c/o Headquarters
401/421-2570
National
Frederick Lippitt
Committeeman
1109 Hospital Trust Building
Providence 02903
401/521-1100
National
Mrs. Donald T. Gibbs
Committeewoman
163 Riverview Avenue
Middletown 02840
401/846-1579
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Claiborne Pell (D), elected 1966, 67.7% vs Ruth M. Briggs (R)
John O. Pastore (D), elected 1970, 67.7% vs John McLaughlin(R)
Congressmen
1st
Fernand J. St. Germain (D), 61.0%
2nd
Robert O. Tiernan (D), 66.5%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democ rat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
SOUTH CAR OLINA
Electoral vote: 8 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
John C. West
Elected 1970, 52.1% vs Albert W. Watson
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Columbia
803/758-3261
GOP
Headquarters
The South Carolina Republican Party
P. O. Box 5247
Columbia 29205
803/253-7033
State Chairman
C. Kenneth Powerll
2231 Devine Street
Columbia 29205
803/252-1916
National
J. Drake Edens, Jr.
Committeeman
905 Arbutus Drive
Columbia 29205
803/787-7939
National
Mrs. Alice Wilder
Committeewoman
P. O. Box 443
Aiken 29801
803/649-7098
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Strom Thurmond (R), elected 1966, 62.2% vs P. Bradley
Morrah, Jr. (D)
Ernest F. Hollings (D), re-elected 1968, 62.0% vs Marshall
Parker (R)
Congressmen
1st
Mendel Rivers (D), unopposed
2nd
Floyd Spence (R), 53.5%
3rd W. J. Bryan Dorn (D), 74.8%
4th
James R. Mann (D), unopposed
5th
Thomas S. Gettys (D), 65.9%
6th
John L. McMillan (D), 63.9%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
SOUTH DAKOTA
Electoral vote: 4 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Richard F. Kneip (D)
Elected 1970, 54. 9% vs Frank Farrar (R)
2 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Pierre
605/224-5911
GOP
Headquarters
South Dakota Republican State Central Committee
P. O. Box 1099
Pierre 57501
605/224-7347
State Chairman
Charles A. Howard, Jr.
Box 248
Aberdeen 57401
605/225-6326
National
D. Jack Gibson
Committeeman
P. O. Box 1233
Sioux Falls 57101
605/336-3400
National
Mrs. Louise B. Humphrey
Committeewoman
White River 57579
605/259-3103
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Karl E. Mundt (R), elected 1966, 66.3% vs Donn H. Wright (D)
George McGovern (D), elected 1963, 57%
Congressmen
1st Ben Reifel (R), 57.6%
2nd E. Y. Berry (R), 59.3%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
TENNESSEE
Electoral vote: 10 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Winfield Dunn (R)
Elected 1970, 51. 9% vs John J. Hooker, Jr.
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Nashville
615/256-7803 or 615/256-0311
GOP
Headquarters
Tennessee Republican State Executive Committee
306 Gay Street
Nashville 37219
615/254-1937
State Chairman
S. L. (Kopie) Kopald, Jr.
P. O. Box 398
Memphis 38101
(O) 901/682-9111 (H) 901/683-8896
National
George E. Wilson, Jr.
Committeeman
P. O. Box 431
Harriman 37748
615/882-0121
National
Mrs. Keith McCauley Spurrier
Committeewoman
89 Goodwyn
Memphis
38111
901/458-8418
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Howard H. Baker (R), elected 1966, 55.7% vs Frank Clement (D)
William E. Brock (R), elected 1970, 51.6% vs Albert Gore (D)
Congressmen
1st
James H. Quillen (R), 67.9%
2nd
John J. Duncan (R), 74.0%
3rd
Lamar Baker (R), 52.8%
4th
Joe L. Evins (D), 82.6%
5th
Richard Fulton (D), 70.5%
6th
William R. Anderson (D), 81.6%
7th
Ray Blanton (D), 72. 7%
8th
Ed Jones (D), unopposed
9th
Dan Kuykendall (R), 64.6%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
TEXAS
Electoral vote: 26 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
Preston Smith (D)
Elected 1970, 53.6% vs Paul Eggers
2 year term ends 1973
State Capitol: Austin 78711
512/475-4101
GOP
Headquarters
Republican Party of Texas
310 Littlefield Building
Austin, Texas 78701
(205/322-5733)
State Chairman
George Willeford, M. D.
1404 Gaston Avenue
Austin, Texas
78703
(o) 512/454-7741
(h) 512/472-1073
National
Peter O'Donnell, Jr.
Committeeman
4275 First National Bank Building
Dallas, Texas 75202
214/743-7211
National
Mrs. Tobin Armstrong
Committeewoman
Armstrong Ranch
Armstrong, Texas
78338
512/592-1491
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Lloyd Bentsen (D), elected 1970, 53.5% vs. George Bush (R)
John Tower (R), elected 1966, 56.4% vs. Waggoner Carr(D)
Congressmen
1st
Wright Patman (D), 78.2% vs Hogan (R)
2nd
John Dowdy (D), unopposed
3rd
James M. Collins (R) 91.7% vs Mead (D)
4th
Ray Roberts (D), unopposed
5th
Earle Cabell(D), 59. 7% vs Crowley (R)
6th
Olin E. Teague (D), unopposed
7th
Bill Archer (R), 64.5% vs Greenwood
8th
Bob Eckhardt (D), unopposed
9th
Jack Brooks (D), 64.5% vs Pressler (R)
10th
J. J. Pickle (D), unopposed
11th
William R. Poage (D), unopposed
12th
James C. Wright, Jr. (D), unopposed
13th
Graham B. Purcell (D), 64. 9% vs Staley (R)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
TEXAS (Cont'D)
14th
John Young (D), unopposed
15th
Eligo de la Garza (D), 76.8% vs Martinez (R)
16th
Richard C. White (D), 61.8% vs Provencio (R),
17th
Omar Burleson (D), unopposed
18th
Robert D. Price (R), unopposed
19th
George H. Mahan (D), unopposed
20th
Henry B. Gonzales (D), unopposed
21st
O. Clark Fisher (D), 61. 6% vs Gill (R)
22nd
Robert R. Casey (D), 55. 7% vs Busch
23rd
Abraham Kazen, Jr. (D), unopposed
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
UTAH
Electoral vote: 4 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Calvin L. Rampton (D)
Re-elected 1968, 68.6% vs Carl Buehner (R)
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Salt Lake City
801/328-5231
GOP
Headquarters
Utah Republican State Central Committee
302 Crandall Building
Salt Lake City 84101
801/355-1719
State Chairman
Fred T. Wright
825 N. 100 East Street
American Fork
84003
(O) 801/225-2800 Ex 6171
(H) 801/756-4205
National
Kendall D. Garff
Committeeman
531 South State Street
Salt Lake City 84111
801/328-3111
National
Mrs. Madge Fairbanks
Committeewoman
2757 St. Mary's Way
Salt Lake City 84108
801/485-3120
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
(R)
Senators
Frank E. Moss (D), re-elected 1970, 56.1% vs Laurence Burton
Wallace F. Bennett (R), re-elected 1968, 53.8%
Congressmen
1st
K. Gunn McKay (D), 59.0%
2nd Sherman P. Lloyd (R), 52.4%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
VERMONT
Electoral vote: 3 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Deane C. Davis (R)
Re- Elected 1970, 57.0% vs O'Brien (D)
2 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Montpelier
802/CA3-2311
GOP
Headquarters
Vermont Republican State Committee
P. O. Box 70
Montpelier 05602
802/223-3411
State Chairman
Russell F. Merriman, Acting Chairman'
P. O. Box 70
Montpelier 05602
(O) 802/223-3411 (H) 802/223-5044
National
Edward G. Janeway
Committeeman
P. O. Box 117
South Londonderry 05155
802/VA4-6330
National
Mrs. Consuelo Northrop Bailey
Committeewoman
Strong Building
Burlington 05401
802/UN2-3791
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Winston L. Prouty (R), re-elected 1970, 58.8%
George D. Aiken (R), re-elected 1968, unopposed
Congressman
Robert T. Stafford (R), unopposed
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
VIRGINIA
Electoral vote: 12 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Linwood Holton (R)
Elected 1969, VS Battle - 53.3%
4 year term ends 1973
State Capitol: Richmond
703/770-2211
GOP
Headquarters
Republican Party of Virginia
1001 E. Main Street
Room 327
Richmond 23219
703/648-1015
State Chairman
Wareen B. French
Route #2
Box 209A
Edinburg 22824
(O) 703/984-4141 (H) 703/459-3456
National
I. Lee Potter
Committeeman
3120 N. Wakefield Street
Arlington 22207
703/538-4133
National
Mrs. Cynthia S. Newman
Committeewoman
3535 Half Moon Circle
Falls Church 22044
703/256-5429
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
William B. Spong, Jr. (D), elected 1966, 58.5% vs James Ould(R)
Harry F. Byrd, Jr. (I), re-elected 1970, 53.5% vs Rawlings
Congressmen
1st
Thomas N. Downing (D), unopposed
2nd G. William Whitehurst (R), 61.7%
3rd
David E. Satterfield (D), 67.5%
4th
Watkins M. Abbitt (D), 61.2%
5th
W. C. Daniel (D), 72.9%
6th Richard H. Poff (R), 74.5%
7th Kenneth Robinson (R), 62.0%
8th William L. Scott (R), 63.3%
9th
William C. Wampler (R), 63.3%
10th
Joel T. Broyhill (R), 54.4%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
VIRGIN ISLANDS
GOVERNOR
Melvin H. Evans
Elected 1970
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Charlotte Amalie
GOP
Headquarters
The Republican Party of the Virgin Islands
P. O. Box 296
St. Thomas 00801
809/774-6677 or 809/774-9157
State Chairman
Omar Brown
No. 1B Commandant Gade
Charlotte Amalie
St. Thomas 00801
809/774-6677
National
Evan A. Francois
Committeeman
P. O. Box 276
St. Thomas 00802
809/774-1450
National
Mrs. Philip C. Clark
Committeewoman
Box 788
Christiansted
St. Croix 00820
809/773-0553
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
WASHINGTON
Electoral vote: 9 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
Daniel J. Evans (R)
Re-elected 1968, 53.2% vs John O'Connell (D)
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Olympia
206/753-6780
Contact: Jim Dolliver
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Central Committee of Washington
497 Tyee Drive
Olympia 98501
206/943-2180
State Chairman
Earl J. Davenport
1275 S. 2nd Avenue, #109
Olympia 98501
206/943-5121
National
Kenneth R. Nuckolls
Committeeman
P. O. Box 127
Bellingham 98225
206/734-2500
National
Mrs. Harlan Anderson
Committeewoman
819 W. 23rd Place
Kennewick 99336
509/582-2377
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Henry M. Jackson (D), re-elected 1970, 83.9% vs Elicker (R)
Warren G. Magnuson (D), re-elected 1968, 64.9% vs Metcalf(R)
Congressmen
1st
Thomas M. Pelly (R), 66.6%
2nd
Lloyd Meeds (D), 74.2%'
3rd
Julia Butler Hansen (D), 59.1%
4th
Mike McCormack (D), 52.9%
5th
Thomas S. Foley (D), 66.9%
6th
Floyd Hicks (D), 70.3%
7th
Brock Adams (D), 67.5%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House Democrat
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
WEST VIRGINIA
Electoral vote: 6 (Humphrey)
GOVERNOR
Arch A. Moore (R)
Elected 1968, 50.9% vs James M. Sprouse (D)
4 year term ends 1972
State Capitol: Charleston
304/348-4411
Contact: Bill Loy
GOP
Headquarters
Republican State Executive Committee of West Virginia
P. O. Box 1007,
Charleston 25324
304/344-3615
State Chairman
Thomas E. Potter
1601 Kannawha Valley Building
Charleston 25301
(0) 304/343-4331
(H) 30 4/342-4252
National
Arch A. Moore, Jr. Capitol
Committeeman
900 Kannawha Boulevard, E
Charleston 25304
304/348-2000
National
Mrs. Irvin Humphreys
Committeewoman
1546 16th Street
Huntington 25701
304/522-2198
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
Jennings Randolph (D), elected 1966, 59.5% vs Francis Love(D)
Robert C. Byrd (D), re-elected 1970, 77.66%
Congressmen
1st
Robert H. Mollohan (D), 61.4%
2nd
Harley O. Staggers (D), 63.6%
3rd
John M. Slack, Jr. (D), 65.5%
4th
Ken Hechler (D), 67.4%
5th
James Kee (D), 70.7%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Democrat
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
WISCONSIN
Electoral vote: 11 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Patrick J. Lucey (D)
Elected 1970, 54.6% vs Olson (R)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Madison
GOP
Headquarters
Republican Party of Wisconsin
P. O. Box 31
303 E. Wilson
Madison 53701
608/257-4765
State Chairman
John E. Hough
P. O. Box 591
Janesville 53545
608/756-1241
National
Ody J. Fish
Committeeman
135 Cottonwood Avenue
Hartland 53029
414/367-2141
National
Mrs. Byron Ising
Committeewoman
514 Gehres Court
Oshkosh 54901
414/235-6319
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators
William Proxmire (D), re-elected 1970, 71.1% vs Erickson (R)
Gaylord A. Nelson (D), re-elected 1968, 61.8% vs Leonard (R)
Congressmen
1st
Les Aspin (D), 61.2%
2nd
Robert W. Kastenmeier (D), 68.7%
3rd
Vernon W. Thomson (R), 55.4%
4th
Clement J. Zablocki (D), 80.5%
5th
Henry Reuss (D), 76.1%
6th
William A. Steiger (R), 67.0%
7th
David A. Obey (D), 67.6%
8th
John W. Byrnes (R), 55.5%
9th
Glenn R. Davis (R), 52.0%
10th Alvin E. O'Konski (R), 51.0%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Democrat
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
WYOMING
Electoral vote: 3 (Nixon)
GOVERNOR
Stanley K. Hathaway (R)
Re-elected 1970, 62.8% vs Rooney (D)
4 year term ends 1974
State Capitol: Cheyenne
307/777-7011
Contact: Keith Osborn
GOP
Headquarters
Wyoming Republican State Committee
P. O. Box 241
Casper 82601
307/234-9166
State Chairman
Clarence A. Brimmer
Box 999
Rawlins 82301
(O) 307/324-3444 (H) 307/324-2158
National
Robert F. Gosman
Committeeman
P. O. Box 241
Casper 82601
307/234-2801
National
Mrs. Jack L. Stacy
Committeewoman
P. O. Box 96
Douglas 82633
307/ 358-2556
CONGRESSIONAL DELEGATION
Senators:
Clifford P. Hansen (R), elected 1966, 51.8% vs Teno Roncalio(D)
Gale W. McGee (D), re-elected 1970, 55.8% vs John Wold (R)
Congressman - At-Large - A. L. Teno Roncalio (D) 50.3%
STATE LEGISLATURE
Upper House: Republican
Lower House: Republican
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
nts to the
duced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
DIRECTORY OF STAFF ASSISTANTS
TO THE GOVERNORS
MARCH, 1971
NATIONAL GOVERNORS' CONFERENCE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
DIRECTORY OF STAFF ASSISTANTS TO THE GOVERNORS
ALABAMA
Governor George C. Wallace
Address:
State Capitol, Montgomery 36104
Telephone:
(205)
269-6011
[Main State Capitol No.]
Executive Secretary -- Finus C. Gaston
Legal Adviser -- John 0. Harris
Press Secretary -- Billy Joe Camp
Secretary -- Mrs. Sara G. Crumpton
Extradition Secretary -- Mrs. Kate Simmons
ALASKA
Governor William A. Egan
Address:
State Capitol, Juneau 99801
Telephone:
(907)
586-5246
[Main State Capitol No.]
(907)
272-1478
[Anchorage]
(907)
452-1545
[Fairbanks]
Lieutenant Governor -- H. A. Boucher
Executive Assistant -- Wes Coyner
Administrative Assistant -- Warren Wiley
Legislative Assistant -- Alex Miller
Director of Information -- Robert H. Yaskell
Press Secretary -- Will Lawson
Secretary -- Trudy Cain
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-2-
AMERICAN SAMOA
Governor John M. Haydon
Address:
Government House, Pago Pago 96920
Telephone:
*3-2131 [Main State Capitol No.]
Ext. 104 [Governor's Office]
*Direct line with overseas communications office is available
Lieutenant Governor -- Frank C. Mockler
Special Assistant -- Richard A. Berg
Attorney General -- Donald C. Williams
Administrative Assistant -- Palauni M. Tuiasosopo
Confidential Secretary -- Mrs. Wanda M. Miles
Information Officer -- Edwin P. Engledow
ARIZONA
Governor Jack Williams
Address:
State House, Phoenix 85007
Telephone:
(602)
271-4900
[Main State Capitol No.]
271-4331 [Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant -- C. R. Krimminger
Administrative Aide (Special Assignments) -- Bob Macon
Legal and Research Aide -- Fred Craft
Staff Director-Federal State Coordinator -- Leo Crowley
Special Assistant (Economic Development) --
Hawley Atkinson
Appointment Secretary -- Mrs. Lucille Schrage
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-3-
ARKANSAS
Governor Dale Bumpers
Address:
State Capitol, Little Rock 72201
Telephone:
(501)
371-2313
[Main State Capitol No.]
371-2345 [Governor's Office]
Executive Secretary -- Eugene T. Kelley
Administrative Assistant (Appointments, Schedule and Speaking
Engagements) -- Archie Schaffer III
Administrative Assistant (Legal Matters) -- Garry Brewer
Administrative Assistant (Boards and Commissions) -- James A. LaMonica
Special Assistant for Human Resources -- Irene Samuel
Press Secretary and Public Relations -- (Handled by Executive Secretary)
Personal Secretary -- Pat Williams
Assistant (Liaison with National Governors' Conference) -- Executive Secretary
CALIFORNIA
Governor Ronald Reagan
Address:
State Capitol, Sacramento 95814
Telephone:
(916)
445-4711
[Main State Capitol No.]
445-2841 [Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant -- Edwin Meese III
Assistant and Director of Administration
-- Michael K. Deaver
Appointments Assistant -- Ned Hutchinson
Scheduling Secretary -- Patricia Gayman
Director of Security -- Edward V. Hickey
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Helene Von Damm
Assistant and Director of Programs and Policy -- George R. Steffes
Legislativie Assistant -- William Evans
Legislative Assistant -- John T. Kehoe
Assistant and Director of Public Affairs -- James E. Jenkins
Press Secretary -- Paul J. Beck
Assistant for Research and Information -- Jerry Martin
Assistant for Community Relations -- Robert J. Keyes
Special Assistant -- Mrs. Nancy Clark Reynolds
Cabinet Assistant -- James J. Crumpacker
Education Advisor -- Dr. Alex C. Sherriffs
Legal Affairs Secretary -- Herbert E. Ellingwood
Military Assistant -- Herbert R. Temple
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-4-
COLORADO
Governor John A. Love
Address:
State Capitol, Denver 80203
Telephone:
(303) 892-2471 [Governor's Office]
Staff Director -- Lyle Lindesmith
Legal - Legislative Assistant -- John W. (Ty) Patterson
Executive Assistant -- Raymond C. Lee
Administrative Assistant -- John C. Bromley
Administrative Assistant -- Oscar W. Carlson
Administrative Assistant I -- Peggye Underwood
Administrative Assistant I -- Mildred Christenson
Information Representative
-- Deanna Austin
CONNECTICUT
Governor Thomas J. Meskill
Address:
State Capitol, Hartford 06115
Telephone:
(203) 566-4840 [Governor's Office]
Personal Secretary -- Ann Schnitzke
Special Assistant (Transportation) -- Renee Bonynge
Special Assistant (Federal-State Relations and Alternate) -- Susan Hobbie
Press Secretary -- Terry Mariani
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-5-
DELAWARE
Governor Russell W. Peterson
Address:
Legislative Hall, Dover 19901
Telephone:
(302)
678-4000
[Main State Capitol No.]
678-4101
[Governor's Office]
(302)
655-2212
[704 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington
19801]
Executive Assistant -- Edward Sidney (Sid) Shaw
Administrative Assistant -- G. Daniel Enterline, Jr.
Staff Assistant -- Dee Lafferty
Special Assistant for Human Affairs (Wilmington Office) -- Mrs. Arva J. Jackson
Legal Counsel -- Fletcher E. Campbell, Jr.
Press Secretary -- Gerald T. Sapienza
Personal Aide -- Lt. Arthur McGee
Secretary -- Mrs. Mary Joy Breton
Secretary -- Mrs. Evelyn Kneisley
FLORIDA
Governor Reubin O'D. Askew
Address:
State Capitol, Tallahassee 32304
Telephone:
(904)
222-1900
[Main State Capitol No.]
Executive Assistant -- James Apthorp
Special Assistant -- Harvey Cotton
Executive Assistant to the Lieutenant Governor -- Jim Smith
Special Assistant -- Bernie Parrish
Press Secretary -- Donald F. Pride
Governmental Assistant -- Robert A. Hugli
Governmental Assistant -- Joseph W. Landers, Jr.
Governmental Assistant -- Gregory B. Johnson
State-Federal Program Coordinator -- Douglas L. Stowell
Administrative Services Director -- H. Harry Hair, Jr.
Local Government Coordinator
:
William
D.
Owens
Administrative Assistant -- Lorna D. Allen
Assistant -- William Maloy
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-6-
GEORGIA
Governor Jimmy Carter
Address:
State Capitol, Atlanta 30334
Telephone:
(404)
656-2000
[Main State Capitol No.]
656-1784 [Governor's Office]
Assistant -- Milton Jones
Executive Secretary -- Hamilton Jordan
Executive Counsel -- William L. Harper
Assistant Executive Counsel -- Frank Sutton
Auditor -- Charles F. Swint, Jr.
Chief of Staff -- Charles Kirbo
News Secretary -- Jody Powell
Security Aide -- R. C. Coleman
Confidential Secretary -- Sarah Lee
Appointment Secretary -- Mrs. Mary Beazley
Special Assistant -- Lansing Lee
GUAM
Governor Carlos G. Camacho
Address:
Executive Chambers, Agana 96910
Telephone:
(Oakland Operator) 777-9845 [Main State Capitol No.]
Legal Advisor -- James S. Brooks
Coordinator of Federal Programs -- Gregorio Sanchez
Director-Bureau of Budget and Management Research -- Joaquin Guerrero
Press Secretary -- Edward Duenas
Assistant Press Secretary -- Elaine Cruz
Management Coordinator -- Antonio M. Palomo
Private Secretary -- Josephine Brennan
Assistant (Administrative Affairs) -- Jose Q. Taitano
Assistant (Fiscal Affairs) -- Melvyn Ilagan
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-7-
HAWAII
Governor John A. Burns
Address:
State Capitol, Honolulu 96813
Telephone:
(808)
548-2211
[Main State Capitol No.]
548-2301 [Governor's Office]
Administrative Director --
Administrative Assistant -- Daniel T. Aoki
Administrative Assistant -- Edward G. Rohrbough, Jr.
Administrative Assistant for Protocol -- Brig. General Francis R. Boyles
Press Secretary -- Donald K. Horio
Private Secretary -- Mary N. Isa
Special Assistant -- William S. Cook
Special Assistant -- Dr. Hirobumi Uno
IDAHO
Governor Cecil D. Andrus
Address:
State Capitol, Boise 83701
Telephone:
(208)
384-2100
[Main State Capitol No.]
Executive Secretary -- Mrs. Jean Taylor
Administrative Assistant -- Ed V. Williams*
Special Assistant -- Larry Meierotto
Special Assistant -- Roy Haney
Secretary -- Marge McGee
Research -- Mrs. Pat Erlich
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Zuriel Brown
Press Secretary and Public Relations -- John D. Hough
*Mr. Williams will assume the Administrative Assistant post at the conclusion
of the current Legislative session, about mid-April.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-8-
ILLINOIS
Governor Richard B. Ogilvie
Address:
State Capitol, Springfield 62706
Telephone:
(217)
525-2000
[Main State Capitol No.]
525-6830
[Governor's Office]
(312)
793-2121
[Chicago]
Executive Assistant -- Brian B. Whalen
Special Assistant - Social Service and Human Relations, Finance, Policy
Development and Legislation -- John P. Dailey
Assistant - Regulatory Agencies -- Richard L. Mathias
Assistant - Intergovernmental Relations -- Ronald D. Michaelson
Assistant - Personnel -- Donald Udstuen
Assistant - Extraditions -- David R. Sturgis
Assistant - Special Projects -- James H. Mack
Assistant - Legislation -- Arthur R. Swanson
Assistant - Schedule, Travel, Public Appearances -- Jay Bryant
Legislative Counsel -- William S. Hanley
Special Counsel to the Governor (Chicago) -- Jeremiah Marsh
Press Secretary --
Fred Bird
Press Assistant -- John Kolbe
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Judy Allan
INDIANA
Governor Edgar D. Whitcomb
Address:
State Capitol, Indianapolis 46204
Telephone:
(317)
633-4567
[Main State Capitol No.]
Administrative Assistant - Federal Liaison, Higher Education --
Dr. James B. Kessler
Administrative Assistant - Law Enforcement -- James P. Quinn
Administrative Assistant - Intragovernment Matters -- Joseph R. Root
Press Secretary -- Kenneth B. Smith
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Dorothy Moore
Appointment Secretary -- Mrs. Evelyn Hauser
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-9-
IOWA
Governor Robert D. Ray
Address:
State Capitol, Des Moines 50319
Telephone:
(515)
281-5011
[Main State Capitol No.]
281-5211 [Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant -- John S. Murray
Administrative Assistant (Legal) -- Michael M. Sellers
Administrative Assistant -- Bill Jackson
Administrative Assistant (Legislation) -- Elmer (Dutch) Vermeer
Administrative Assistant (Press) -- Dick Gilbert
Confidential Secretary -- Jan Van Note
KANSAS
Governor Robert Docking
Address:
State House, Topeka 66612
Telephone:
(913)
296-0011
[Main State Capitol No.]
296-3232
[Governor's Office]
Administrative Assistant -- John Ivan
Executive Assistant -- Patrick Burnau
Special Assistant for Urban and Community Affairs -- Theodore A. Sanborn
Advisor on Education -- Calvin Williams
Executive Director - Department of Administration -- Robert Brandt
Press Secretary -- James Shaffer
Personal Secretary -- Mary Hanfelt
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-10-
KENTUCKY
Governor Louie B. Nunn
Address:
State Capitol, Frankfort 40601
Telephone:
(502)
564-2500
[Main State Capitol No.]
564-3450 [Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant -- James T. Watson
Administrative Assistant (Education) -- Fred Karen
Administrative Assistant (General Government) -- James R. Collins
Administrative Assistant (Highways and Regulatory Departments) --
Larry S. Perkins
Administrative Assistant (Parks and Natural Resources) -- Carter Hooks
Administrative Assistant (Social Services) -- Mrs. Jewel Hamilton
Press Secretary -- Larry Van Hoose (Commissioner, Department of Public Information)
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Runnelle Jackson
Appointment Secretary -- Mrs. Virginia Strohecker
LOUISIANA
Governor John J. McKeithen
Address:
State Capitol, Baton Rouge 70804
(Governor's mailing address: P.O. Box 44004,
Capitol Station, Baton Rouge 70804)
Telephone:
(504) 389-6321 [Main State Capitol No.]
389-5281
[Governor's Office]
Chief Assistant -- W. W. McDougall
Executive Secretary -- Louis S. Quinn
Executive Counsel -- Eugene J. Murret
Secretary -- Mrs. Rita Vicknair St. Amant
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-11-
MAINE
Governor Kenneth M. Curtis
Address:
State House, Augusta 04330
Telephone:
(207) 289-3531 [Main State Capitol No.]
Administrative Assistant -- Kermit Lipez
Special Assistant - Press -- Neil Rolde
Special Assistant -- Allen Pease (part time)
Federal-State Coordinator -- Peter Bradford
Director-Office of Economic Opportunity -- Herbert S. Sperry
Model Cities Coordinator -- Roy A. Whitcomb, Jr.
Director-State Planning Office -- Philip M. Savage
Executive Secretary -- Josephine Gacetta
MARYLAND
Governor Marvin Mandel
Address:
State House, Annapolis 21404 sc/bungpshs beline
932-7069
Telephone:
(301)
267-5431
[Main State Capitol No.]
267-5901
[Governor's Office]
(301)
383-4950
[Baltimore]
Lieutenant Governor
-- Blair Lee III 265-5905 duest number)
Secretary of State -- Fred L. Wineland
Executive Assistant -- Marty Underwood
Special Assistant for Interstate Relations -- Edmond F. Rovner
Public Relations Officer -- Frank DeFilippo
Appointments Officer -- Maurice R. Wyatt
Legislative Officer -- John C. Eldridge
Assistant Legislative Officer -- Ronald Schreiber
Legislative Liaison Officer -- Frank H. Harris
Secretary -- Grace C. Donald
Secretary to Mrs. Mandel -- Mrs. Libby Thomas
Security captain KAptow 267-5070
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-12-
MASSACHUSETTS
Governor Francis W. Sargent
Address:
State House, Boston 02133
Telephone:
(617) 727-3600 [Main State Capitol No.]
Assistant -- Jack Flannery
Special Assistant -- Harold Greene
Chief Legal Counsel -- Christopher J. Armstrong
Director of Research -- Richard Linden
Commissioner of Administration -- Charles E. Shepard
National Governors' Conference Liaison and Secretary -- John A. Jackson
Chief Secretary -- Robert L. Yasi
Appointment Secretary -- David R. Nagle
Deputy Press Secretaries -- Ray McNulty
Normand Dufresne
Legislative Secretary -- Scotty Morrow
Urban Affairs Secretary --
Albert Kramer
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Lydia Tilden
MICHIGAN
Governor William G. Milliken
Address:
State Capitol, Lansing 48903
Telephone:
(517)
373-3400
[Main State Capitol No.]
373-3410
[Governor's Office]
(313)
222-2893
[Detroit]
Executive Officer -- Don Gordon
Executive Assistant for Special Assignments -- James C. Kellogg 373-3427
Special Assistant for Urban Affairs -- Roy Williams
Legal Advisor and Legislative Liaison -- Glenn S. Allen
Press Secretary -- George Weeks
Director of Programs and Budget -- Dr. John T. Dempsey
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Phyllis Dell
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-13-
MINNESOTA
Governor Wendell R. Anderson
Address:
State Capitol, St. Paul 55101
Telephone:
(612)
221-6013
[Main State Capitol No.]
221-3391
[Governor's Office]
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Lori Phillips
Executive Secretary -- Thomas A. Kelm
Administrative Assistant -- James L. Pederson
Special Assistant -- John Haynes
Special Assistant -- Mrs. Wenda Moore
Special Assistant -- Roger Franke
Special Assistant -- Robert Crew
Special Assistant -- Richard Miller
Special Assistant -- Linda Grittner
Press Secretary -- Ted Smebakken
Personal Secretary to Executive Secretary -- Jackie Burke
Personal Secretary to Administrative Assistant -- Mrs. Barbara Hoffmann
MISSISSIPPI
Governor John Bell Williams
Address:
State Capitol, Jackson 39205
Telephone:
(601)
354-7575
[Main State Capitol No.]
354-7578
[Governor's Office]
Special Assistant and Legal Advisor -- Billy L. Fulgham
Executive Assistant -- Herman C. Glazier
Administrative Assistant -- Van Douglas Gunter
Press Secretary -- Wallace D. Dabbs
Private Secretary -- Mrs. Elizabeth Fugate
Secretary -- Mrs. Wrenell Barr
Secretary -- Mrs. Sue Ivey Turk
Bookkeeper -- Mrs. Margaret W. Kern
Receptionist -- Mrs. Louise Ratliff
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-14-
MISSOURI
Governor Warren E. Hearnes
Address:
State Capitol, Jefferson City 65101
Telephone:
(314)
635-7911
[Main State Capitol No.]
635-7363 [Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant -- Floyd C. Warmann
Assistant for Urban Affairs -- Gene Sally
Legal Assistant -- Paul E. Williams
Press Secretary -- Jerry Bryan
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Cathryn Adams
Secretary -- Mrs. Jean Allen
Secretary -- Mrs. Winnis Duncan
Secretary -- Mrs. Nancy Dunwiddie
Secretary -- Mrs. Marla Matheney
Secretary -- Mrs. Lorraine Oligschlaeger
Secretary -- Mrs. Carolyn Smallwood
Secretary -- Mrs. Lucille Wallace
Receptionist -- Mrs. Mary Sue Hemmel
Switchboard Receptionist -- Mrs. Jane Neidner
MONTANA
Governor Forrest H. Anderson
Address:
State Capitol, Helena 59601
Telephone:
(406)
449-2511
[Main State Capitol No.]
449-3111
[Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant -- Ronald P. Richards
Administrative Assistant -- Gary J. Wicks
Administrative Assistant -- Frank R. Sennett
Administrative Assistant - Press -- Alec N. Hansen
Special Assistant - Social Secretary to Mrs. Anderson -- Mrs. Bobby Gruel
Legal Assistant -- Mrs. Diana Dowling
Executive Secretary -- Miss Jean Handel
Secretary -- Mrs. Nancy Raue
Secretary -- Karen Roberts
Secretary -- Mrs. Barbara Thorwardson
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-15-
NEBRASKA
Governor J. James Exon
Address:
State Capitol, Lincoln 68509
Telephone:
(402)
471-2311
[Main State Capitol No.]
471-2244 [Governor's Office]
Executive Administrative Assistant -- Norman A. Otto
Governor's Aide -- John Sullivan
Press Secretary -- Bill Riggs
NEVADA
Governor Mike O'Callaghan
Address:
State Capitol, Carson City 89701
Telephone:
(702)
882-7213
[Main State Capitol No.]
(702)
385-0213
[Las Vegas]
Administrative Assistant -- John McGroarty
Administrative Assistant - Press Secretary -- Bob Stewart
Administrative Assistant -- George Miller*
Confidential Secretary -- Mrs. Jean Clark
Secretary to Administrative Assistant -- Nevada Taylor
Secretary to Press Secretary -- Pearl Miller
Receptionist - Appointments Clerk -- Joanne Marke
Administrative Secretary -- Mrs. Sophie Taylor
Secretary -- Mrs. June Kruse*
*Temporary, will go to Welfare Department, May 1, 1971.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-16-
NEW HAMPSHIRE
Governor Walter Peterson
Address:
State House, Concord 03301
Telephone:
(603)
271-2121
[Main State Capitol No.]
Senior Executive Officer -- Stewart Lamprey
Junior Executive Officer -- Daniel Hoik
Confidential Secretary -- Mrs. Cynthia H. Kirby
NEW JERSEY
Governor William T. Cahill
Address:
State House, Trenton
08625
Telephone:
(609)
292-2121
[Main State Capitol No. ]
292-6000
[Governor's Office]
Administrative Assistant -- Ira Grayson
Assistant -- Nick Heil
Assistant -- Greg Saputelli
Legal Counsel -- Pierre Garven
Press Secretary -- Thomas Flynn
Personal Secretary -- Jean Mulford
Appointment Secretary -- Daniel Johnson
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-17-
NEW MEXICO
Governor Bruce King
Address:
State Capitol, Santa Fe 87501
Telephone:
(505)
827-4011
[Main State Capitol No.]
827-2221
[Governor's Office]
Special Assistant -- Ymelda Salazar
Special Assistant -- Larry Hamm
Administrative Specialist -- Shirley Scarafiotti
Administrative Assistant -- Antonio (Toney) Anaya
Press Secretary -- Pete Pence
Office Manager -- Eloisa Block
Secretary -- Minnie Mae Powell
Secretary -- Lucille Valencia
Receptionist -- Carol Ann Walters
NEW YORK
Governor Nelson A. Rockefeller
Address:
State Capitol, Albany
12224
Telephone:
(518)
474-2121
[Main State Capitol No.]
474-8390
[Governor's Office
(212)
582-7030
[New York]
Secretary to the Governor -- Robert R. Douglass
Director of State Operations -- T. N. Hurd
Counsel -- Michael Whiteman
Executive Assistant -- Harry W. Albright, Jr.
Director of Communications -- Hugh Morrow
Press Secretary -- Ronald Maiorana
Deputy Director of State Operations -- Charles H. Palmer
Director-Office of Employee Relations -- Abe Lavine
Special Assistant -- James M. Cannon
Appointments Officer -- Joseph H. Boyd, Jr.
Director-Division of the Budget -- Richard L. Dunham
Director-Office of Planning Coordination -- Richard A. Wiebe
Assistant Secretary for Intergovernmental Affairs -- Mary J. McAniff
Assistant Secretary for Human Resources -- Barry Van Lare
Special Assistant to Director of Communications -- Jerry Danzig
Personal Secretary -- Ann C. Whitman
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-18-
NORTH CAROLINA
Governor Robert W. Scott
Address:
State Capitol, Raleigh
27602
Telephone:
(919)
829-1110
[Main State Capitol No.]
829-3615
[Governor's Office]
Administrative Assistant -- Ben Roney
Assistant (Special Projects)
--
David P. Murray
Assistant (Appointments) -- Wiley Earp
Assistant (Office Appointments) -- Mrs. Betsy Hinton
News Secretary -- C. T. West
Assistant (Researcher) -- Russell Clay
Assistant (Legal Advisor) -- Fred G. Morrison, Jr.
Assistant (Special Projects) -- Weldon B. Denny
Administrative Officer (Budget and Extradition) -- Mrs. Claire E. Nickels
NORTH DAKOTA
Governor William L. Guy
Address:
State Capitol, Bismarck 58501
Telephone:
(701)
224-2200
[Main State Capitol No.]
Administrative Assistant -- Arthur McKinney
Director of Administration -- Walter Christensen
Administrative Secretary -- Mrs. Bonnie Chase
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-19-
OHIO
Governor John J. Gilligan
Address:
State House, Columbus 43215
Telephone:
(614)
469-2000
[Main State Capitol No.]
469-3555
[Governor's Office]
(202)
265-4150
[1619 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.,
Washington, D.C.
20036]
Executive Counsel -- James M. Friedman
Assistant for Legislation -- John C. McDonald
Assistant for Administration -- Thomas H. Menaugh
Special Assistant (Scheduling) -- Robert E. Daley
Personal Secretary -- Susan Geoghegan
Press Secretary -- Robert C. Tenenbaum
Assistant for Federal Affairs (Washington, D.C.) -- Mark Shields
OKLAHOMA
Governor David Hall
Address:
State Capitol, Oklahoma City 73105
Telephone:
(405)
521-2346
[Main State Capitol No.]
521-2345
[Governor's Office]
Administrative Assistant -- Jim Hart
Administrative Assistant -- William B. Buxton
Administrative Assistant -- J. T. Weedman
Administrative Assistant -- Robert Pleas White
Executive Assistant -- A. W. Jenkins
Legislative Counsel -- G. M. Fuller
Special Advisor -- Dr. Bruce Carter
Special Counsel -- Gerald G. Barton
Legal Counsel -- G. Dan Rambo
Press Secretary -- Joseph H. Carter
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-20-
OREGON
Governor Tom McCall
Address:
State Capitol, Salem 97310
Telephone:
(503)
378-3100
[Main State Capitol No.]
378-3111
[Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant and Assistant for Human Resources -- Robert Davis
Administrative Assistant (Legal) -- Robert O.
Oliver
Administrative Assistant (Washington, D.C.) -- Dale Mallicoat
Administrative Assistant (Public Relations and Appointments) -- Ron Schmidt
Assistant (Natural Resources) -- Kessler Cannon
Director of Executive Department -- Cleigton Penwell
Budget Supervisor -- Robert W. Smith
Executive Secretary -- Mrs. Wanda Merrill
Extradition Secretary -- Mrs. Sue Close
Local Government Relations Administrator -- Robert K. Logan
Economic Development and Consumer Services -- James Faulstich
PENNSYLVANIA
Governor Milton J. Shapp
Address:
State Capitol, Harrisburg 17120
Telephone:
(717)
787-2121
[Main State Capitol No.]
787-2500
[Governor's Office]
(215)
238-6286
[State Office Building, 1400 Spring Garden
Street, Philadelphia 19130]
(412)
645-5360
[State Office Building, 300 Liberty Avenue,
Pittsburgh 15222]
(202)
296-8522
[1629 K Street, N.W., Suite 602,
Washington, D.C. 20006]
Executive Assistant -- Dr. Zalmon H. Garfield
Special Assistant for Governmental Operations and Programs -- Richard A. Doran
Special Assistant for Interstate Relations -- Norval D. Reece
Legislative Secretary -- John C. Pittenger
Press Secretary -- Tony May
Personnel Secretary -- Sam H. Begler
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Catherine Boyd
Special Assistant for Economic and Fiscal Affairs -- A. Edward Simon
Counsel -- Israel Packel
Appointments Secretary -- Julian N. Rothman
Budget Secretary -- Charles P. McIntosh
Deputy Secretary, Office of Administration -- Ronald G. Lench
Chief Clerk -- Joseph H. Schneitman
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-21-
PUERTO RICO
Governor Luis A. Ferré
Address:
La Fortaleza, San Juan 00902
Telephone:
(809)
723-0090
[Main State Capitol No.]
Ext. 312
[Governor's Office]
(202)
483-1660
[2210 R Street, N.W., Washington, D. C. 20008]
Special Assistant (Municipal and Political Affairs) -- Juan de Dios Quinones
Special Assistant (State-Federal Relations) -- Antonio J. Rodriguez
Special Assistant (Economic Development) -- Aurelio Torres Campos
Special Assistant (Community Education) -- Tomas Torres Munoz
Special Assistant (Public Relations and Protocol) -- Hector Hernandez
Specail Assistant (Judicial and Legislative Matters) -- Juan A. Arill
Special Assistant (Labor Matters) -- Mary Z. Asseo
Special Assistant (Press Matters) -- Antonio Quinones
Special Counselor -- Santiago Soler
Washington Representative -- Luis G. Guinot, Jr.
RHODE ISLAND
Governor Frank Licht
Address:
State House, Providence 02903
Telephone:
(401)
277-2000
[Main State Capitol No.]
861-3100 [Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant -- Donald F. Shea
Executive Counsel -- Alan J. Goldman
Administrative Assistant -- David V. Evans
Executive Staff Assistant -- Irene P. Smith
Federal Coordinator --
Research Assistant -- Mrs. Lorraine H. Silberthau
Press Secretary -- Thomas M. Buckley
Appointment Secretary -- Mrs. Eileen Chapman
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
SOUTH CAROLINA
Governor John C. West
Address:
State House, Columbia 29211
Telephone:
(803) 758-3261 [Main State Capitol No.]
Executive Assistant -- Col. James M. Whitmire, Jr.
Executive Assistant for Educational Affairs -- Robert E. (Jack) David
Executive Assistant for Public Affaris -- Philip G. Grose, Jr.
Administrative Assistant -- Mrs. Harry R. (Nettie) Bryan
Administrative Assistant -- Mrs. Roderick M. (Mary Jean) Todd
Assistant for Human Resources Development -- James E. Clyburn
Assistant for News Media and Legal Affairs -- H. Kelley Jones
SOUTH DAKOTA
Governor Richard F. Kneip
Address:
State Capitol, Pierre 57501
Telephone:
(605)
224-3011
[Main State Capitol No.]
224-3214
[Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant (Press, Scheduling, Speech Writing) -- Theodore R. Muenster
Special Advisor (Legal Counsel, Legislative Relations, Political Advisor) --
George Blue
Administrative Assistant (Office Manager) -- Mrs. Shirley Huffman
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
TENNESSEE
Governor Winfield Dunn
Address:
State Capitol, Nashville 37219
Telephone:
(615)
741-2001
[Main State Capitol No.]
256-7803
[Governor's Office]
Executive Assistant -- Frank Barnett
Administrative Assistant -- Joe Hopper
Director of Information -- Ralph Griffith
Counsel -- Lee Smith
Appointment Secretary -- Mrs. Judy Custer
TEXAS
Governor Preston Smith
Address:
State Capitol, Austin 78711
Telephone:
(512)
475-4101
[Main State Capitol No.]
Private Secretary -- Mrs. Faye Penn
Executive Assistant -- Otice A. Green
Legal Counsel -- Bob Bullock
Administrative Assistant (Appointments to Boards and Commissions, Itinerary) --
Larry Teaver
Public Information Officer -- Jerry Hall
Assistant Public Information Officer -- Carlton Carl
Assistant for Program Development -- Jim Oliver
Special Assistant (Staff Services) -- Mike McKinney
Division of Planning Coordination -- Dan S. Petty
Budget Director -- Dicky Travis
State-Local Relations -- Fritz Lanham
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-24-
UTAH
Governor Calvin L. Rampton
Address:
State Capitol, Salt Lake City 84114
Telephone:
(801)
328-5111
[Main State Capitol No.]
328-5231 [Governor's Office]
Administrative Assistant -- Ronald J. Swenson
Administrative Assistant -- Mrs. Macel P. Thurmond
Press Secretary -- Michael T. Miller
Receptionist -- Patricia M. King
VERMONT
Governor Deane C. Davis
Address:
State House, Montpelier 05602
Telephone:
(802)
223-2311
[Main State Capitol No.]
Ext. 401 [Governor's Office]
Special Assistant -- Peter Martin
Secretary of Civil and Military Affairs -- Frederick M. Reed
Personal Secretary -- Mrs. Ruth L. Stillings
Secretary -- Mrs. Joyce Wasson
Secretary -- Mrs. Pauline Smyers
Secretary -- Elin I. Barton
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-25-
VIRGINIA
Governor Linwood Holton
Address:
State Capitol, Richmond 23219
Telephone:
(703)
770-0000
[Main State Capitol No.]
770-2211
[Governor's Office]
Commissioner of Administration -- T. Edward Temple
Executive Assistant -- John Ritchie, Jr.
Special Assistant - Public Relations -- Staige D. Blackford
Special Assistant - Operations -- Bruce C. Miller
Special Assistant - Consumer Affairs and Minority Groups -- William B. Robertso
Special Assistant -- Gary Tredway
Secretary -- Lois O. Firesheets
Appointments Secretary -- Jeanne M. Ritchie
VIRGIN ISLANDS
Governor Melvin H. Evans
Address:
Government House, Charlotte Amalie, St. Thomas
00801
Telephone:
(809)
774-0001
[Main State Capitol No.]
Ext. 202
[Governor's Office]
(809)
773-1404
[Christiansted, St. Croix]
Executive Assistant -- Bruce E. Delemos
Administrative Assistant (St. Thomas)
--
Omar Brown
Administrative Assistant (St. John) -- George R. Simmons
Administrative Assistant (St. Croix) -- Henry E. Rohlsen
Administrative Assistant -- Leopold E. Benjamin
Private Secretary -- Mrs. Lilliam R. Greaux
Director of the Budget -- Magdalene M. Bryan
Director of Public Relations -- Donald Plantz
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-26-
WASHINGTON
Governor Daniel J. Evans
Address:
State Capitol, Olympia 98501
Telephone:
(206)
753-6780
[Governor's Office]
(509)
838-2983
[Spokane]
Administrative Assistant -- James M. Dolliver
Executive Assistant -- Mrs. Esther Seering
Legislative Assistant -- Glenn Paschall
Special Assistant (Appointments to Boards and Commission and Correspondence)
-- Mrs. Jo Garceau
Special Assistant for Legislation -- Wallace Spencer
Special Assistant -- Tom Gardner
Legal Assistant -- Richard W. Hemstad
Press Assistant -- Neil L. McReynolds
Receptionist -- Mrs. Ruth Yoneyama
WEST VIRGINIA
Governor Arch A. Moore, Jr.
Address:
State Capitol, Charleston 25305
Telephone:
(304)
348-3456
[Main State Capitol No.]
348-2000
[Governor's Office]
(304)
348-2028
[P. O. Box 250, Moundsville 26041]
(304)
348-3389
[312 West King Street, Martinsburg 25401]
Administrative Assistant -- William H. Loy
Administrative Assistant for Press -- Norman Yost
Administrative Aide -- John A. Cain, Jr.
Federal-State Coordinator -- Dr. William Coffindaffer
Executive Secretary -- Elaine Davidson
Appointment Secretary -- Carol Hopkins
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-27-
WISCONSIN
Governor Patrick J. Lucey
Address:
State Capitol, Madison 53702
Telephone:
(608)
266-1212 [Main State Capitol No.]
Executive Secretary -- Richard W. Weening
Director of the Executive Office -- Robert H. Dunn
Legal Counsel -- Allen Williams
Press Secretary -- Blake R. Kellogg
Administrative Assistant (Schedule and Appointments) -- Stephen E. Holmgren
WYOMING
Governor Stanley K. Hathaway
Address:
State Capitol, Cheyenne 82001
Telephone:
(307) 777-7011 [Main State Capitol No.]
777-7434 [Governor's Office]
Administrative Assistant -- Jack Speight
Press Assistant -- John H. Black
State Planning Coordinator -- Keith Osborn
Assistant Budget Officer -- Lee Galeotos
Executive Secretary -- Charlotte Eichelberg
Executive Secretary (Appointments) -- Nan Patton
Executive Secretary -- Betty Rendle
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
NATIONAL GOVERNORS' CONFERENCE
Iron Works Pike
Lexington, Kentucky 40505
Telephone: (606) 252-2291
Brevard Crihfield, Secretary-Treasurer
1735 DeSales Street, N.W.
Washington, D. C. 20036
Telephone: (202) 393-2662
Charles A. Byrley, Director of
Federal-State Relations
BVQ
March 1971
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix
teproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
IMPORTANT NOTE TO APPENDIX
The Appendix is intended to be kept current with updates
on advancing techniques and concepts. The Tour Office will send
out memoranda and information which should be placed in the
third section of the Appendix.
The Appendix is broken down into three sections: important
advancing information; advance information not currently in use but
potentially useful in the future; and, the repository for memos and
information updating the manual.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/1
In order to ascertain the local television impact of Presidential
visits the following program must be established.
We need three responsible, perceptive observers in both the
city where RN stops and one other major television market in the
state. Each of these six people should be assigned to one of the
major stations. They should watch both the early and late evening
local news shows. Also, they should be watching for live or delayed
type coverage. If a rally occurs after 6:00 p.m., the late news will
suffice.
We need to know the following:
1.
Was there any live TV coverage ?
2. Were there any delayed broadcasts of the rally outside
of regular newscasts ?
3.
What was the radio coverage ?
On the news shows (local only) we need to know:
1.
Was it lead story ?
2. How long was report ?
3. How long was there any film (silent and sound) of RN?
4.
What portion of RN's speech was shown ? What was thrust of
remarks ? (Don't need this word for word. ) -- - - How long was
film of RN ?
5. Which remarks of the President's were verbally reported
by the reporter (without sound film) ?
6. Was there applause on the coverage' ? How was crowd
response ? How did the crowd look ? How were
demonstrators referred to by the reporter?
7. Very important -- were platform guests identifiable ?
How prominently ?
8.
Any comments or observations by local reporters ?
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/2
9.
How did overall impact of coverage strike you as a viewer?
Was it representative of rally ?
10.
How much coverage did Democrats get during same newscast ?
The names, addresses and phone numbers of the monitors
should be submitted to the Tour Office no later than 5:00 p.m. the
day of the President's visit. The monitors should call the Tour
Office by 9:00 a.m. the morning after the visit with their reports.
The Advanceman must DEX to the Tour Office (Attention: Ron
Walker) each day a summary of the media coverage being given the
President's impending visit. The Media Reaction Chairman must
appoint individual monitors to report on television and radio coverage
being given the trip. This report must be DEXed to the Tour Office
daily. Also, copies of newspaper articles pertaining to the visit should
be sent. The Advanceman must arrange to have a trusted local contact
clip and send all the newspaper coverage of the President's visit to the
Tour Office.
Another important job that the Advanceman must do before
leaving is to produce a folder with samples of the handbill, tickets,
credentials, floor plans, diagrams, maps, etc. that were used.
Also, any information about the area that might help us in the future
should be included, i.e., other rally/meeting sites, future events,
key people worth working with again, etc.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/3
Presidential Gifts
Whenever possible the Advanceman should make arrangements to
accept gifts for the President and guarantee the presentor that those
gifts will be presented to the President either on board Air Force One or
at the White House. If it is avoidable, no gifts should be presented to or
placed in front of the President, particularly in conjunction with a
substantive meeting. The President gives gifts; he should not receive
them.
Individual Advancemen are responsible for various aspects on
an advance, but they are also available to help another Advanceman in any
form or fashion when needed. However, we must all keep paramount in
our minds that when you are not needed STAY OUT OF SIGHT. There is
nothing worse than seeing three or four Advancemen in a group and the
President coming down the hall.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/4
Sound System Guidelines
I. Use a reputable audio-sound company. This can be judged by
determining the following:
A. How long they have been in business.
B. The experience the personnel has had; particularly the
people who will be working on the event.
C. If the company handles any one of the following, they are
probably a good company: Altec, University, Electrovoice,
Bogen, Newcomb, Atlas, Collins, McIntosh, RCA.
D. That they are planning to have sufficient personnel, equip-
ment and reserve equipment on hand during the event.
II. General recommendations on equipment for outdoor appearances:
A. There are three parts to a sound system:
1.
Microphones (which receive the initial sound).
2.
Amplifying unit (pre-amplifier/power amplifier) which,
obviously, increases the volume level of the spoken
word.
3. Speakers which direct the sound after it has been
amplified.
B. The minimum requirements are as follows:
1.
Microphones - these must be directional pattern
microphones (as opposed to non-directional). The
point here is that unless this type is used, there is
a good chance all background noises, etc., will
come through the system. The directional will pick
up the speaker only. The sound company must pro-
vide a mic and stand. If they have no directional
type microphone, use the non-directional but be sure
there are no speakers behind the President or there
will be a feed-back. Also, be sure there are no
speakers behind the mic or again there will be a
feed-back.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/5
The minimum requirement mic, pre-amplifier and amp-
lifier must be of the low impedence type (50/250 ohms).
Recommended brand names are:
Condenser type mic -- Altec, Seinheiser, Byers,
Sony, Akg, etc.
* Dynamic type mic -- Altec, Electrovoice, Shure, etc.
2.
Amplifying Systems - this must have at least three
low impedence mic inputs so that if any goes bad, there
will be extra inputs. For small crowds (less than 500)
a minimum wattage of 100 watts is needed in the amplify-
ing system. For large places, such as city parks, foot-
ball fields, baseball parks, large auditoriums, a minimum
wattage of 200 watts is needed. Note here that the 200
watts (and even the 100 watts) can be made up by hooking
up different power amplifying units such as two 50 - watt
units less than 30 watts. Try always to use a miltiple
system so if one goes out there will still be something
in reserve.
Recommended brand names are: McIntosh, Altec,
Newcomb, Bogen, RCA, Collins, etc.
3. Speakers - you will need six paging horn-type
(University, WLC, or equivalent) speakers for the
first 40, 000 sq. ft. and one for each 10, 000 sq. ft.
behind that.
III. General recommendations:
A. It is vitally important that for all rallies and speeches
that extra speakers be set up outside and in the over-
flow hall.
B. The critical thing here is to be sure that no speakers are
facing the President. Such speakers could be in the back
of a hall or overhead, or on a scoreboard, or in the wall
behind the President.
C. Sabotaging sound systems is done by: sticking straight
pins in mic lines and cables, cutting lines and pulling
plugs. Have all cables and lines out of reach. Set up
at the last practical moment and keep a constant check
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/6
on the system by using it and guarding it. If practical,
bury all cables and wiring or run through a lead pipe;
again, common sense dictating what is necessary.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/7
Oct 10, 1970
3:30 p.m.
DETAILED STAFF SCHEDULE
PRESIDENT'S TRIP TO CONNECTICUT
Monday, October 12, 1970
9:10 a.m.
Helicopter departs Key Biscayne.
9:25 a.m.
Arrive Homestead Air Force Base.
The following people will board Air Force One:
The President
Mrs. Nixon
H. R. Haldeman
D. Chapin
R. Ziegler
Military Aide
Doctor
9:30 a.m.
Air Force One departs en route Bradley International
Airport, Hartford, Conn.
(Flying time: 2 hours, 45 mins.)
Lunch will be served in flight.
12:15 p.m.
Air Force One arrives Bradley International.
No crowd situation.
The President and Mrs. Nixon will be greeted by the following:
Cong. and Mrs. Thomas J. Meskill -
Republican Gubernatorial Candidate
Cong. and Mrs. Lowell P. Weicker, Jr. -
Republican Senatorial Candidate
Mr. and Mrs. Richard Kilbourn -
Congressional Candidate, 6th District
Mr. and Mrs. Robert Steele - Congressional
Candidate, 2nd District
A group of about 50 GOP contributors and supporters will
be positioned in an area adjacent to the plane. They are not
part of the reception committee and the President will
only acknowledge their presence.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/8
- 2 -
Board helicopters for flight to Colt Park.
Helicopter assignments as follows:
Helicopter #1
Helicopter #2
President
D. Chapin
Mrs. Nixon
S. Bull
Cong. Meskill
R. Walker
Mrs. Meskill
W. Henkel
Cong. Weicker
Mrs. Weicker
H. R. Haldeman
R. Ziegler
Military Aide
Doctor
12:20 p.m.
Helicopters depart for Colt Park.
12:30 p.m.
Helicopters arrive Colt Park.
No crowd situation.
President and Mrs. Nixon will be greeted by:
Miss Ann Ucello, Mayor of Hartford
(also Congressional candidate)
Mr. Howard Hausman, Republican State Chairman
Board motorcade.
Motorcade assignments as follows:
Pilot Car:
D. Chapin
w. Henkel
Photo Truck
Lead Car
President's Car:
The President
Mrs. Nixon
Follow-Up Car:
Doctor
Control Car:
H. R. Haldeman
S. Bull
Military Aide
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/9
- 3 -
VIP Car A:
Cong. and Mrs. Weicker
VIP Car B:
Cong. and Mrs. Meskill
Mayor Ann Ucello
Press Pool Report
Stationwagon:
R. Ziegler
Press Pool Reporter
WHCA Representatives
Wire Cars
Press Busses
Presidential Guest Bus: All Others
12:35 p.m.
Motorcade departs for Hartford Hilton Hotel.
A crowd is expected along an 8-block portion of the
motorcade route.
1:00 p.m.
Arrive Hartford Hilton.
The President and Mrs. Nixon will proceed to their
suite.
NOTE: Limited staff office space will be available in
Room 1610.
1:20 p.m.
The President proceeds to Hartford Room for closing
of the Northeast Media Briefing.
1:45 p.m.
President will meet Mrs. Nixon in the Terrace Room where
they will host a reception and buffet for the attendees of the
Media Briefing.
2:30 p.m.
Staff members are requested to return to their positions in
the motorcade.
NOTE: Secretary and Mrs. John Volpe will join the
President at the conclusion of the Media Reception
and will travel with the Presidential party from this
point on. They will ride in VIP Car A.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/10
- 4 -
2:40 p.m.
Motorcade departs en route helipad at the Park.
2:50 p.m.
Arrive helipad. Board helicopters.
Helicopter assignments as follows:
Helicopter #1
Helicopter #2
President
Secretary Volpe
Mrs. Nixon
Mrs. Volpe
Cong. Meskill
Mr. H. Hausman
Mrs. Meskill
D. Chapin
Cong. Weicker
S. Bull
Mrs. Weicker
R. Walker
H. R. Haldeman
W. Henkel
R. Ziegler
Military Aide
Doctor
2:55 p.m.
Helicopters depart en route Stamford, Conn.
(Flying time: 35 minutes)
3:30 p.m.
Helicopters arrive in Stamford, Conn. in a
parking lot adjacent to the Italian Center of
Stamford, Conn.
The President and Mrs. Nixon will be met by the
following:
Ralph Gervasio, President of the Center
Mayor Julius Wilensky, Republican Mayor of
Stamford
Stuart McKinney, Congressional Candidate,
4th District
3:35 p.m.
Band plays Ruffles & Flourishes and the President
and Mrs. Nixon are announced.
They move on to platform as band plays "Hail to the Chief",
escorted by Ralph Gervasio.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - - 1/11
- 5 -
Also on the platform will be the following:
Cong. and Mrs. Thomas Meskill
Cong. and Mrs. Lowell Weicker
Stuart McKinney
8 Principal Officers of the Italian Center
3:40 p.m.
Mr. James Molgano, Executive Director of the
Center, and Master of Ceremonies, will introduce
Miss Debbie Orgera, who will welcome Mrs. Nixon
and present her a bouquet of roses.
NOTE: Staff will be directed to an area where they
may view the proceedings.
3:43 p.m.
Mr. Molgano will introduce the President.
3:45 p.m.
President delivers remarks dedicating the Italian
Center.
4:00 p.m.
President concludes.
Mr. Ralph Gervasio will then invite the President and
Mrs. Nixon to dedicate the cornerstone.
Mr. Gervasio, the President and Mrs. Nixon proceed
down the platform steps where the cornerstone will be
positioned at the base of the platform.
The President will then unveil the inscribed cornerstone.
4:05 p.m.
Cornerstone dedication concludes.
Band plays "Hail to the Chief".
President and Mrs. Nixon depart and proceed to
helicopter.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/12
- 6 -
Helicopter assignments as follows:
Helicopter #1
Helicopter #2
President
D. Chapin
Mrs. Nixon
S. Bull
Secretary J. Volpe
R. Walker
Mrs. Volpe
W. Henkel
H. R. Haldeman
J. Foust
R. Ziegler
J. Kolstad
Military Aide
Doctor
4:15 p.m.
Helicopters depart en route Westchester County
Airport.
4:25 p.m.
Arrive Westchester County Airport.
Board Air Force One.
4:30 p.m.
Air Force One departs en route Andrews Air Force
Base.
(Flying Time: 1 hour)
5:30 p.m.
Air Force One arrives Andrews.
President and Mrs. Nixon board Marine One for
flight to White House.
5:45 p.m.
President and Mrs. Nixon arrive South Lawn of White
House.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - - 1/13
HARTFORD HILTON HOTEL ROOM ASSIGNMENTS
H. KISSINGER
1601-2
NSC STAFF
1606
D. CHAPIN
1609
WHITE HOUSE STAFF ROOM
1610
H. R. HALDEMAN
1614
R. ZIEGLER
1628
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/16
3.
Staff Car
Walker,
Press Busses
VIP Bus - All others
2:10 p.m. P-
Motorcade departs for University of
Nebraska Coliseum. (7-mile drive)
2:25 P.m. P-
Arrive Coliseuin, University of Nebraska.
The President, Mrs Nixon, and Tricia will
be met and escorted the holding room by
Chancellor Durward B. Varner and wife.
STAFF INSTRUCTIONS: Staff will be
directed to = VIP area where they
may view the proceedinga. Senator
Hruska and the Governor will proceed
to the platform and be introduced.
2:30 p.m. P.
The President, Mrs Nixon and Tricia pause
at entrance for Honors and announcement.
Enter to Hail to the Chief and proceed up
onto stage, accompanied by Chancellor
Varner.
(NOTE: Honors will be played by
University of Nebraska Bandal
8:33 p.m.
President Joseph Soshnik acknowledges
Mrs. Nixon and Tricia.
2:35 p.m. 7.
Président Soshnik introduces the President.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/14
Issued: 1/13/21
11:30 a.m.
DEY to mike Deeral Livedy rebrade
UNIVERSITY OF NEBR ASKA CONVOCA TION
Lincoln, Nebraska
Thursday, January 14, 1971
DETAILED STAFF SCHEDULE
8:00 arm,
Baggage call. Please deposit baggage in Lont
of the support building at the Western White
House compound.
9:05 s.m.
The following are requested to be aboard the
helicopters at the Western White House helipad:
#1
#2
H.R. Haldeman
Ed Morgan
Henry A. Kissinger
Dwight Chapin
John Ehrlichman
Bruce Kehrli
Rose Mary Woods
David Halperin
Gerald Warren
Constance Stuart
Doctor
Ray Price
Aide
Exe Hucbner
Jame Hruska
Steve Bull
Tod Hollin
The following are requested to be aboard Air Force
One at the Presidential arrival building at El Toro
MCAS:
Senator Roman L. Hruska
Mrs. Hruska
9:10 E.T.
Marine One departs for ET Toro MCAS.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/15
2.
f
9:30 a.m.
Air Force One departs El Toro enroute
Lincoln Municipal Airport, Linesin, Nebraska.
Flying Time: 2 hours, 30 minutes.
Time Change: Plus 2 hours
A snack will be served in flight
2:00 p.m.
Arrive Lincoln Municipal Airport, Lincoln,
Nebraska,
The President, Mrs. NINDRE Tricia atti
be greeted by:
Governor and Mrs. James Exon (D)
Mayor and Mrs. Sam Schwartskopf (D-Non - Partis
-
No crowd situation.
STAFF INSTRUCTIONS: Staff and guests
are requested to board motorcade. Assign-
ments as follows:
Pilot
Chapin, Duval
Lead Car
President's Car
The President, Mrs Nixon, and Tricia
Follow-up Car
Doctor
Control Car
Haldeman, Bull, Larson
Governor's Car
Governor and Mrs Exce
VIP Car
Senator and Mrs. Hruska
Mayor and Mrs. Schwartskopf
Wire Cars
Camera Cars
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1717
4.
2:35 p.m.
The President speaks.
FULL PRESS COVERAGE
INCLUDING LIVE TV.
NOTE: The President will begin His
speech by presenting to Coach Bob Devancy
a plaque recognizing the University of
Nebraska football team AS the Number One
Team in the Nation. Coach Devanev
will return to his seat with the plaque
and the President will move into his speech.
3:00 p.m.
President concludes remarks.
The President, Mrs. Nixon and Tricia
depart stage as hand clavriNall to the
Chief. IT
STAFF INSTRUCTIONS: Staffiare
requested to return to the motorcade,
Same motorcade and de signaments #5
upon arrival except for delation of
Governor's car.
3:10 P. p.m.
Depart via motorcade for Lineoln Municipal
Airport,
3:25 P: p.m.
Arrive Lincoln Municipal Airport. Board
Air Force One.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 1/18
5.
3:30 p.m.
'Air Force One departs for Washington, D.C.
Flying Time: 2 hours, 15 minutes.
Time Change: Hus *** hours
Lunch will be served in flight.
6145 p.m. D.
Air Force One arrives Andrews Air Force
Base. Subsequent transportation will be
provided for all Air Force One massengers.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/1
Color - Balloons
Balloons should be used only after White House clearance.
Balloons excite crowds. Use them in indoor rallies and outdoor events.
If your prime contact does not have enough, buy them locally from whole-
sale distributors. Use different colors--avoid the long banana shape and
use varying sizes. Balloons can be used in three ways: filled with helium
and strung from the auditorium chairs, dropped from the ceiling, or
bubbled from containers on the ground. Larger ones can be used (40" E. G.)
to float mobiles and banners.
1.
Balloons Tied to Chairs
For large rallies of over 10, 000 people, think in terms of at least
1000 balloons. Use monofilement (15 lb. test) fishing line, not string or
thread, to tie them. Don't tie any to chairs on aisles, corners, or along
the back row, as the congestion tangles people and handsigns at these
points. String the balloons at varying heights, but check from the stage
to be sure that the lowest doesn't block the view of those in the balcony.
For Field Houses and other large halls, use the larger balloons - - 20" and
40".
Helium tanks can be purchased locally (about $25 to $35 per tank).
The list which follows gives a rough idea of the amount needed:
11" balloons - 400 per tank (250 cu. ft. )
14" balloons - 200 per tank (250 cu. ft. )
20" balloons - 100 per tank (250 cu. ft. )
40" balloons - 50 per tank (250 cu. ft. )
Overbuy - too often a committee runs out of helium and it is then
too late to order more. Untapped cylinders can be returned without charge.
Special valve adapters are needed on the cylinders for the balloons. These
are usually in shorter supply than the gas, so get as many as possible (the
more tanks in operation, the quicker the job is done). Be sure the valve
adapters either have squeeze triggers of the rubber type of valve which
emits the gas when bent.
the faucet handled valves are too slow and waste
helium. Knot the balloon before tying the monofilament to it. Helium
will leak otherwise.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/2
2.
Balloon Drops
Get a large parachute (24') for the bag. The bigger, the better.
Nets can be made by tying together a number of volleyball nets, but a
parachute, if large, works best. Tie the bag as high as possible to
permit a long float when released. Secure about five air compressors
(1/2 h. p. is big enough) with hoses and nozzles small enough for balloon
necks. They can be plugged into normal 110v outlets. Rent is about
$5.00 per day.
Lay the parachute out flat. Tie one end of a long rope to the
center of the chute and tie the other end of the rope to a catwalk. Connect
the parachute shrouds (each about 4' long) to the rope and fill the para-
chute with air-filled balloons. The shrouds can be easily connected to
the rope by making loops at the end of each shroud line and connecting
these loops to a hook fastened about 8 to 10 feet up the rope. The bag
is released by having a man on the catwalk remove the shrouds from
the hook. It is most effective to release the balloons just as the Presi-
dent walks underneath.
A sketch is shown on the next page.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/3
Sketch of a balloon drop
ROBE
HOOK
BALLONS
PARACH
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/4
3. Balloon Releases
These are best done outside for airport and hotel arrivals, or
for outdoor rallies. It is a wasted stunt if not in close proximity to
a huge crowd for TV to pick up. Be sure the TV crews and still
photographers are cued for the release.
Either build or find a huge rectangular box, 8' X 8' X 12'. The
box must be bottomless and the top made of crepe paper or butcher
paper, which can be easily ripped open to release the balloons. Place
the box on two saw horses and stuff the helium-filled balloons under it.
The best type of box for this is one constructed out of plywood
since a cardboard box that is big enough is unwieldly.
SAW HORSE
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/5
4. Balloon Rise
A successful balloon rise should start with extremely heavy
"Hefty" bags. These bags are normally used to line trash containers.
They can be purchased in any hardware store or supermarket. Each
Hefty bag is heavy enough to handle 20 10" - 12" helium-filled balloons
and yet remain firm on the ground. These bags can be stored in a
corner of the hall or in a room just off the hall to be distributed shortly
before the President's arrival. 20 volunteers in two hours can fill
some 200 Hefty bags and these same volunteers can pass them out to
selected members of the audience approximately 20 minutes before
the President's arrival, with instructions to place the bags under their
legs.
As the President moves into the hall, the bag holders simply let
the balloons dribble out. Obviously, with some 200 bags of balloons
distributed over a medium-sized hall and coordinated properly, the
air will be filled with color, making the President's entry quite a
spectacle.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/6
5. Balloons - Miscellaneous
Mobiles - Using balsa wood or very light hollow plastic tubing,
construct mobiles with the President's picture, signs or banners,
and float them with large clusters of balloons. Don't use solid
wood, because it is too heavy. Some of the balloons may break and
the mobile could drop on someone's head. Always provide a tie
line to bring the mobile down, if necessary, since it could float in
front of the President or the TV cameras; also, if outside, it would
otherwise float away.
Walls - When bunting is used around the sides of rally halls, clusters
of air-filled balloons can be fastened with masking tape to the walls
at points where the bunting forms scollops.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/7
Balloon Trees - Using a cluster of large helium-filled balloons for
lift, tie clusters of air-filled balloons to the line that holds the
helium cluster. These balloon trees must be anchored.
16"
Barrage Balloons - It takes about 13 to 15 tanks of helium to fill a
barrage balloon and a number of volunteers to hold it down, but if
covered with Nixon banners and lighted by searchlights, it makes a
great advertising gimick for a rally, or for bringing a crowd to the
sidewalks for a motorcade.
The Goodyear Company is the best place to obtain these. However,
they are sometimes available at war surplus stores.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/8
Confetti - (only with White House approval)
Confetti Drop - There is nothing worse than a poor confetti drop
and nothing more colorful than a good one. The best and cheapest source
is shredded paper. These sources are usually listed in the yellow pages
under the heading "Paper - Shredded". Most paper shredding companies
produce a product that is not acceptable because the size and shape is
too coarse and heavy. The paper, in almost all cases, must be run thru
the shredding machines at least a second time.
NOTE: Confetti purchased as such is usually available
only from novelty supply houses and in small
qualtities. Since a well done drop is measured
in tons and the price must be considered, you
must find a source of supply from a wholesale
house. Once an acceptable supplier of shredded
paper is found, intricate planning is essential.
A. Bagging and Warehouse Operation - If possible, arrange with
the supplier to bag the paper at his plant. Large burlap bags are well
suited for this purpose. A central location near the "drop" area should
be found for storage--a garage or warehouse would be suitable.
B. Organization - A Chairman is essential. The Chairman must
cover the entire drop route and get as many individual Building Captains
as possible. Each Building Captain has the assignment of making sure
that at least one or two windows in his building are manned at the time
of the drop. Further, the Building Captain must be at the service en-
trance at a predetermined time to receive the confetti. The Chairman
also must work out a minute-by-minute delivery schedule and advise
his Building Captains of same.
C. The Actual Drop - The fifth to the eighth floor is about the
right height--higher is acceptable, but no lower. Office fans 12" or
larger should be placed slightly inside the open windows and the confetti
is blown out by dropping it - not too much at a time--in the air stream.
Dust pans are good to use to lift the confetti from the bags into the air
stream.
NOTE: Sometimes there will be rally operations in areas
where there are TV are motion picture studios.
These studios might have "snow machines". These
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/9
gadgets are excellent for blowing confetti from
the tops of lower buildings. (A balcony will
suffice if the machine operator can stay out of
sight. )
D. Timing - Timing is again critical and discipline is essential
because all the careful preparations are for naught if the confetti is pre-
maturely dropped. Remember, the end to be achieved here is to impress
the media with a spontaneous outburst of enthusiasm, and this can't happen
if the President and the press are ten blocks away when the confetti drops.
E. How much Confetti? - The answer depends upon the specific
area, but remember that the amount of confetti dropped is comparable
to the bodies at a rally--there is always room for more!
Common sense should always dictate the sort of area that
should be selected for this type of operation. In other words, a snow-
storm of confetti would be an absurdity in a downtown area in New Hampshire
or North Dakota, but a great plus in Dallas or Chicago.
During a motorcade in a 12-block route in downtown Los
Angeles, 3 tons of confetti and 3 Warner Brothers snow machines were
used. In downtown New York City (up Broadway from the Battery through
the Financial District) 11 tons of confetti were used.
NOTE: In all cases there will be quite a bit of spontaneous or
unorganized throwing. However, never count on this
for overall effect. When choosing the locale for a
confetti drop, be sure to make a test of the wind by
throwing some handfulls of shredded paper out of the
windows. If you fail to do this and the wind is wrong,
the confetti may plaster against the sides of the
buildings or just blow back in the faces of the volunteers.
Choral Groups
The idea here is to pull together volunteer singers from as many
church, barbershop, local symphony, "Sing Out America, " and other
choirs as possible. The Advanceman should always look for a competent
Local choir director. There is no limit to the number of voices in the
choir; it should always have at least 400. (In 1968 there were 1500 voices
in such a choir for Nixon in Knoxville, Tennessee.)
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 2/10
It takes some time to get the word out to all singing groups in a
town, so start on this immediately on your first visit. Line up the best
choir director in town to help contact the groups. Select a date immedi-
ately for the first rehearsal so that newspaper ads announcing the first
rehearsal can be placed. Besides providing great excitement at the
rally, this is a good way to help fill the hall.
Have the choir arrive the night of the event at least an hour before
the President for warmup--alternate singing with the band. Having light-
ing men at the hall give special lighting for the choir. Cue TV crews
about the choir. Not only should the choir be on the hall PA system, but
there should be an individual PA system set up around the choir so the
singers can hear the piano and director.
In addition to "America the Beautiful, 11 "God Bless America,"
and "Battle Hymn of the Republic" (which any choir is prepared to sing,
try a few fast-paced numbers such as "This is My Country, 11 "It's a
Grand Old Flag, " etc.
Have choir members make a huge "Voices for Nixon" banner to
place over the back row. Uniformed dress for the choir is not necessary.
All rally programs should be short, but the choir should have one number
in the program. (Cue TV crews as to when this will be.)
Be sure you rope off a large enough section in the hall so that if
additional volunteer singers show up there will be seats for them. Put
out signs to indicate that section is reserved for the choir.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
Appendix - 3
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
MEMORANDUM
THE WHITE HOUSE
WASHINGTON
March 16, 1972
TO:
ALL ADVANCEMEN
FROM:
RONALD H. WALKER
RE:
ADDITIONS TO THE MANUAL # 2
The following changes and additions from recent memos have
been pulled together for insert into the manual.
1.
Presidential Limousines
The use of the Presidential limousines for extremely short
distances should be carefully considered. The expense of
transporting these cars to the locations is considerable and
you should verify through the Advance Office that the use of
the limousine has been approved.
2.
Tours of Spirit of '76.
Tours of S '76 must be scheduled to conclude one hour prior
to the departure of the airplane. If you are unable to be present
for the tour, you should coordinate the arrangements between
the Secret Service airport agent and the Air Force advance
agent.
3.
Personnel Moving with the President
The number of advancemen moving with the President must be
kept to the absolute minimum. If you are not involved in a
specific movement stay out of sight.
4.
Invitations to the White House
If you meet any super, super people, specifically people working
for the Committee for the Re-election of the President, consider
them for an invitation to the White House. They should be
recommended to the Advance Office and obviously without their
knowledge.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-2-
5.
Other Events
You must be aware of other events happening at the same time
the President visits a locality. These should not be limited to
conventions, etc. Submit a list to the Advance Office for
consideration as possible drop-by.
6.
Staff Schedules - Meal Times
Meal times aboard S '76 will be shown on all schedules. The
time shown will be the time at which guests in the VIP
compartment will be served.
7.
Helicopter Manifests
No Cabinet Officers, Agency Heads, Congressman or Senators
will be manifested on the President's helicopter. These people
will be transported by separate helicopter and the President's
helicopter should be limited to the President, his family, and
previously approved White House staff.
8.
Color Input
Prior to the President's departure, the Advanceman should either
dex or phone in local color items (i.e. favorable editorials; items
relating to local citizens who have recently won awards for
heroism, good citizenship, etc; policemen, firemen injured on
duty; victory by a local sports team; local holidays) to the
Advance Office. The Advance Office will then forward the
information to Dick Moore.
More often than not, this input would be a last minute thing, i.e.
information from the local newspapers on the day of the visit.
In this case the Advanceman should pass the information directly
to Dick Moore via phone patch on S '76 when Dick is part of the
traveling staff.
9.
Presidential Certificates
We must do a better job to insure that all groups, ie., police,
firemen, bands, that participate in a Presidential visit receive
a Presidential Certificate of Appreciation.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
-3-
10.
Local Contacts
When you are in the field you must be aware of sharp people
you meet. We might use them as advancemen, local contacts
or refer them to other people as good local contacts. You
should submit their names to the Advance Office.
11.
Optional Remarks Situation
If a very good crowd situation is expected at some point other
than the main event, it should be considered for an "Optional
Remarks Location. 11 This point should be identified in the
schedule and discussed with the Secret Service. The President
would probably speak from his car.
12.
Presidential Gifts
When you are on the road, be careful and conscientious about
to whom you give "goodies. 11 Be aware of the fact that you
could possibly give a present to someone who may later meet the
President and be placed in an awkward situation should the
President happen to give them the exact same gift. Also make
sure that the Secret Service is aware of this.
13.
Audience Enthusiasm
You should always have a program to build-up audience enthusiasm
ahead of time. You should have a plan for doing this and should
make sure that it's carried out so that it's not left up to the local
people to have it done.
14. Motorcade - WHCA Car
For the next few motorcades we have, work with the WHCA Trip
Officer and the USSS to put the WHCA Car directly behind the
first staff car and in front of the first bus.
15.
Make-up Men
Claude Thompson and Ray Voege are the President's make-up men.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
4 -
16.
Mrs. Nixon on Presidential Trips
On military installations the Military Aide will be with the
President and Steve Bull will be with Mrs. Nixon. In other
than military situations the reverse will be true. The Lead
Advanceman should always be thinking of Mrs. Nixon and
trying to prevent possible difficulties. Mrs. Nixon's move-
ments are normally very low key. While at the same location,
Mrs. Nixon should be kept on a line of sight with the President.
17.
Presidential Guests
You should assign at least one and maybe more, trainee and/or
sharp local guy to take care of the staff and guests traveling
with the President. They should be issued DCN's and told only
to speak when spoken to. Also they should be completely
briefed as to what their duties are.
18. Quotations in the Press
You must be alert to and cautious against any situation in which
your remarks may be misinterpreted or quoted by the press,
even if it is made in jest.
19. Crowd Behind Press Platform
People should not be placed behind platforms where they can
not see the speaker's platform. This causes them to become a
distraction because they are not happy and start moving and talking.
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
and a final last word:
Now that you've mastered this manual--there
is only one thing that is guaranteed to totally
annihilate even the most letter-perfect text
book advance.
Let one thing be perfectly clear
Reproduced at the Richard Nixon Presidential Library and Museum
The 37th President of the United States of America
NEVER WEARS HATS
no honorary hats
no protocol hats
no "great photo" hats
no "the law requires" hats
no "it's the custom" hats
no cute hats
no beanies
no stovepipes
no firehats
no captains hats
no caps
no Indian headdress
no feather hats
no hard hats
no soft hats
no ladies hats
no mens hats
no fur hats
no paper hats
no grass hats
no thorn hats
no "Nixon's The One" hats
no nothing
Reproduced
HATS ATISAD CANKILL YOU